ZONAL TRAINING CENTRE 36 – TEG BAHADUE ROAD DEHRADUN TEL % 0135&2670946] FAX% 0135&2678007
CCORE BANKING SOLUTION
Lead to inspire
Lead to serve
Lead to resolve
Lead to influence
Lead to facilitate sales.
(Updated 31.01.2015) Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[1]
TABLE OF CONTENTS S.No.
PARTICULARS
1. 2.
Nevigation key – an introduction Customer ID Creation – Step by Step process (i) Number of customer ID required for a customer (ii) Risk Classification of the customer Flow chart for opening of SF/CA accounts (i) Small account product – SBSML (ii) Seeding of Aadhar number in accounts Transfer of accounts across SOLs Transfer of accounts between Schemes List of accounts attached with Mobile / Pan Number Handling KYC NON compliant accounts Transfer of accounts to inoperative category Depositor education and awareness fund scheme – 2014 (DEAF) Transfer of accounts from inoperative to operative category Standing Instructions maintenance Cheque Book Maintenance Security forms inventory management in CBS system Clearing Operations Transaction maintenance Cash payment – Use of menu option ‘TOKEN’ Facilities available in intersol / base branch Proxy Posting (i) Reversal of proxy posted transactioin Quoting of permanent account number (PAN) Pay order – Issue and Payment Inland Bills Term deposit account – Flow chart to open (i) Handling preferential interest on term deposit (ii) Correction of preferential interest in term deposit (iii) Auto generation of form 15G/15H (iv) Print TDS Certificates Locker module in CBS (i) Partial Recovery of Locker Rent (iii) Capturing signature of locker holder / authorised signatory (ii) Reports in locker module Loans and Advances (i) Cash Credit / Overdraft accounts (a) Attaching security with Loan accounts (b) Help window for interest table code (c) Handling subsidy linked through running account (ii) Term Loan / Demand Loan accounts (a) Opening loan a/c in transfer in mode (b) Reversal of Transaction in TL/DL account (c) CRMS – Credit rating Management (d) Back ended Principal subsidy loan accounts opening (d) Subsidy related transactions
3.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22.
24.
25.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
PAGE NO.
4 4 7 11 12 13 16 18 18 19 20 21 21 23 24 28 30 30 36 39 40 40 41 42 42 44 52 55 56 61 61 64 67 68 69 70 71 73 77 80 81 86 89 91 93 95
[2]
(iii)
26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35.
36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42.
43. 44. 45. 46. 47.
Maintenance of Term Loan/ Demand Loan accounts (a) Generation of common reminders for all irregular accounts (b) Recalled account maintenance (c) TL where interest parked in office account –handling thereof (d) Correction of wrong interest demand effective date (e) Entering group codes in loan accounts (f) Loan module utilities and Wilful defaulters marking in CBS (g) Recovery of overdue instalment from operative account (h) Limit node maintenance (i) Post Dated cheque Management Guarantee Master Maintenance (i) Use of SFMS in sending and receiving Bank guarantee Inland letter of credit – ILCs through SFMS Non Fund details use of NFDET menu Memopad maintenance and entry in CBS FAMS – Integration with CBS Daily monitoring system Expenditure Monitoring system PAN Card business Indicative List of CBS Menu option NPA Management in CBS (i) Maintenance of restructured accounts use of RSAM Menu (ii) Charges handling in NPA Accounts Important credit related reports Frauds identification and marking in CBS Bio-metric Login in CBS – procedure Direct Benefit Transfer – LPG Indicative List of Scheme codes in CBS Trouble shooting - Day end activites Alternate Delivery Channels (i) ATM Card / Debit Card (ii) Credit Card (iii) Internet Banking - Retail (iv) Internet Banking - Corporate (v) Mobile Banking (vi) SMS Codes for customer facility (vii) Visually impaired customers Cash Deposit Machine – functionality Self Service Passbook printing terminal – functionality MIS codes in Loan accounts – V detail Report Generation in CBS – Indicative list of menu options NEFT and RTGS
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
102 109 109 109 111 113 121 121 125 130 132 133 134 136 139 142 146 147 150 152 177 192 192 196 197 199 204 205 212 214 214 223 227 233 237 244 246 248 252 253 274 279
[3]
NAVIGATION KEY –AN INTRODUCTION For the purpose of navigation the important function keys are as underPHYSICAL KEY F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F9
DESCRIPTION
PHYSICAL KEY DOWN UP CTRL+D CTRL+ E CTRL+F CTRL+U
DESCRIPTION
Field Level Help Next Record List Previous Record Quit Page Down on a List Accept Explode Back Ground menu Clear Field Next Block (page) Page up on a List View Signatures (F4 & F3 to Close) F10 Commit SHIFT+F4 Select the current item from the list F11 Next Field/Next Page on same SHIFT+F11 Transmit (Background Menu) Screen F12 Previous Block (previous page) SHIFT+TAB Go to the Previous Field TAB Go to the Next field ENTER Go to the Next Field Most of the function keys are also available on the last line of first page which can be used with mouse . CUSTOMER ID CREATION – STEP BY STEP PROCESS CCCCCCUSTOMER ID OF CUSTOMER ID EP BSTEP GUIE CUSTOMER ID CREATION – STEP BY STEP PROCESS STEP DESCRIPTION 1 Invoke CUMM menu 2
Enter “A” in function block and F4
3
Customer Title – F2 and
4
Name – Enter the Full name of the Customer and
5
Short name – Enter Short Name and . Go to “Gender “ field by
6
Gender – Enter the required value and . Go to “Staff “ field by
7
Staff – Enter “N” and . If staff, enter “Y” then for “Staff No” enter Employee PF
SHIFT + F4
required code and
No. or simply "Staff" and 8
Minor – Enter “N” and
9
Non-Resident – Enter “N” and
10
Trade Finance Customer – Enter “N” and
11
Marital Status – Enter appropriate Value and
12
Introducer Details – Title – F2 and SHIFT +F4 appropriate value and
13
Name – Enter the name of the Introducer and
14
Introducer Status – F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate value and
15
Frequency of Statement – (Please skip this) Press F6
16
Address Type – Enter “C” and .
17
Communication Address – Enter the full address of the customer in two fields and City Code – F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate city code and State – F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate State code and
18 19
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[4]
20
Postal Code – Enter the PIN code of the city and
21
Country – F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate Country code and For India – IN
22
Phone Number – Enter the telephone number and and go to Next Address
23
Repeat steps 17 to 22 and for Next Address You can also fill up permanent address & Employer address
24
Repeat steps 17 to 22 and and go to field “Combined Statement”
25
If Customer wants Combined Statement – Enter “Y” (This will enable to print a combined statement for all types of accounts for this customer.) press and go to field “Tax Slab”
26
Tax Slab – Enter “TDSGE” and and and go to field “Purge Allowed”
27
Purge Allowed – Enter “N” and and go to field “Allow Sweeps”
28
Allow Sweeps – Enter “N” and and F4 For Sweep type account “Y”
29
The cursor will be at the Option Block. Here at option block enter “E” and F4
30
Enter “INR” and “EXPLODE”
31
Enter 0.00 and F4 and F4 and
32
The cursor will be again at the Option Block. Here at Option block enter “#” and press F4 twice. Fill here, State code, District Code, Sub district/Tehsil code and village code by taking help from F2. Also fill up details of KYC Documents and SBSML code which is shifted from 7th page of CUMM to # details(refer details below) Press now F4 and F10. Note down the customer ID.
34
Capturing of KYC details: To handle the revised KYC guidelines and to facilitate F2 (help) facility, functionality to capture KYC data has been shifted to CUMM (#) sub option. (Branches are already using CUMM ‘#’ sub option to capture village details of the customer). The existing data filled in CUMM (G) details– 7th page earlier has been migrated to respective data fields in CUMM (#) sub option. Process guidelines to capture KYC data is as under: a) Menu option – CUMM b) Option - M- to modify and A- Add c) In sub option check box: branch user has to enter ‘#’ and press F4 twice. d) After entering the mandatory details, branch user has to enter ‘Y’ in Cont.(Y/N) field to save the details or vice versa and complete the existing process of CUMM menu option. Important Note: i) ii) iii) iv)
F2 (Help) functionality has been provided. Now branch user can use F2 button to select appropriate value related to KYC details. Either of the Husband/father name can be captured as per customer request. SBSML code is to be filled in case of Small accounts deposit product only In case Identity Proof is PAN card (PANCD), system will not populate the same at CUMM – ‘G’ 4th page in PAN/GIR field but system will validate the entered PAN no. at Identification no. field in
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[5]
‘#’ option with the PAN no. entered in PAN/GIR field at CUMM – ‘G’ 4th page. Hence, user has to enter the same PAN no. in both the fields. The detailed list of document codes and related document type are mentioned in Annexure A.
v)
Handling of KYC in Small Accounts: Continuation to the ITD/CBS/Circular No. 23/2013 dated 15-04-2013, the validations on KYC compliant documents with respect to SBSML codes have also been accordingly customized in CUMM (#) sub option. The details of the same are mentioned are as under: a. b.
c.
Small accounts can only be opened under scheme code SBSML if valid values are entered in SBSML code in CUMM (#). Valid SBSML Codes are: i) 000 - customer opens account by giving self-attested photograph and complete account opening form along with self-declaration. ii) 001 - Applied for ID Proof iii) 002 - Applied for Address proof iv) 888 - Applied for both Identity & address proof v) 003 - Submits Identity proof vi) 004 - Submits address proof vii) 999 - Submits both & address proof Applicable documents for above mentioned SBSML codes are mentioned in Annexure- B. Branches are advised to enter valid codes in KYC fields along with Small a/c codes.
ALLOTMENT OF UNIQUE CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION CODE [UCIC] FOR BANK’S CUSTOMERS 1) Existing Cust ID of a customer for opening his / her account is to be used and not to create a fresh Cust ID for an exisisting customer. 2) Menu options CRV / MOPACINQ may be used, as a tool, to ascertain the existing Cust-ID of the customer and menu option CCA may be used for clubbing multiple Cust-IDs of an existing customer. 3) In order to check multiple Cust-IDs of a customer, necessary changes is made in CBS system that as and when branch user enters Aadhaar Number / PAN Number / Mobile Number / Passport Number of the proposed customer for creating a new Cust- ID at the time of opening an account , system will display a list of existing Cust-IDs on the screen of the computer, if Cust-ID is already been created with the same Aadhaar Number / PAN Number / Mobile Number / Passport Number and branches were advised to use the existing Cust-ID only. Ensure: To use the Cust ID of an existing customer for opening his / her new account . i) CRV / MOPACINQ menu options may be used as a tool to ascertain the existing Cust ID of a customer. ii) Wherever fresh cust ID is required to be created, it must be created in a prescribed manner. iii) To generate report on ‘Multiple Cust IDs of a customer based on PAN No’ and take corrective action. iv) To ensure that correct PAN No is fed in the system at appropriate place and take corrective steps, wherever required. CREATION OF CUST ID FOR OPENING OF ACCOUNT Applicable for all type of customers: i. All other details/relevant fields in CBS system to be filled in ii. PAN number be recorded in the field ‘PAN/GIR No.’ under Customer Tax Details in ‘CUMM iii. Selection of proper customer wise code for TDS
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[6]
iv. The branches will not suspend valid customer IDs (belongs to trustee authorized/ partners authorized/joint account holder customer ID/ Proprietor) belongs to S. No. 2,5,6,7,8 till accounts are in open state. CREATION OF CUSTOMER ID – NUMBER OF CUSTOMER ID FOR SINGLE ACCOUNT: S.No. 1 2
Type of customer Individual Joint a/c of individuals
Guidelines for maintaining CUST ID One Cust ID for each individual i) Cust. ID to be created separately for each individual if not an existing customer ii) At the time of a/c opening CUST IDs are to be entered in related party details to open joint account (A-details) 3 Minor Create cust ID for minor only 4 HUF Create Cust ID for Karta only 5 Sole-Proprietor i) Create Cust ID for sole-prop. Firm ii) Create Cust ID for proprietor and entered in A-detail. iii) The details of proprietor is to be entered in related party details i.e. A-Detail. Details of authorized person/POA (If any) to be entered in A-detail only and need not to create a separate Cust ID. 6 Partnership firm i) Create Cust ID of Partnership Firm ii) Create Cust ID of all the partners authorized to operate the account and entered all the information in A-details iii) The details of authorized person/POA (If any) to be entered in A-detail only and need not to create a separate Cust ID. 7 Trust i) Create Cust ID of Trust ii) Create Cust ID of trustee authorized to operate the account and entered all the information in A-details iii) If any person other than trustee is authorized to operate the account, the details of authorized person/POA (If any) to be entered in A-detail only and need not to create a separate Cust ID. 8 Company i) Create Cust ID of the Company ii) Create Cust ID of authorized persons to operate the account and entered all the information in A-details iii) The details of POA (If any) to be entered in A-detail only and need not to create a separate Cust ID. VALIDATIONS/CHECKS CUSTOMIZED: Apart from above modifications, few logical checks & validations have been put in place in CUMM to ease operations in CUMM and capturing of qualitative data. The details of the same as under: S. No. Data Field Validations 1. Customer Name/ System will not accept any special character in Customer name/ short name Short Name field. 2. Minor Cust. Details: Check incorporated to accept only 6 digit postal numeric code incase Postal Code country code is 'IN' 3. Postal Code in Check incorporated to accept only 6 digit postal numeric code incase Communication/ country code is 'IN' Permanent Address In case country code other than ‘IN’ – INDIA and customer NRE flag as ‘Y’, system will allow to enter ‘ALPHA’ / ‘ALPHA NUMERIC’ PIN CODE. Help for entering valid PIN CODE After entry of city code and state code, press ‘F2’ button and then system displays list of valid PIN codes available in CBS for the combination of entered city & state code. In case non availability user should enter pin code as provided by customer.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[7]
ENTRY OF BENEFICIAL OWNER DETAILS – “P” DETAILS As per HO KYC cell capturing of Beneficial Owners details are required, hence necessary check has been put in place in CUMM to enter said details using sub-option ‘P’ in CUMM menu option. Following two codes are created in CBS: a. 026 – in case of Beneficial Owner b. 027- in case there is no Beneficial Owner Note: At least one record with 026 or 027 code should be entered otherwise system will not allow new account opening using the customer ID. Capturing of details of Beneficial Owners is mandatory for following constitution codes: Code Description Code Description 003 Co-op society 018 Micro finance institutions 004 Association 019 NBFC 005 Recreational club 020 NBFC-IFC 006 Trusts 021 NBFC-NDSI 007 Pvt. LTd. Company 022 PSU 008 Public Ltd. Company 024 Foreign Sovereign 012 Registered Society 025 Foreign PSE 013 Banking Company 026 AFC – Asset Finance Company 016 Self help group 028 CCP- Corporate 017 Joint Liability Group 029 LLP-Limited Liability Partnership Ensure that Beneficial Owner(s) is identified invariably in all above category of accounts (ie. Pvt. Ltd. Co. / Partnership firm / Unincorporated association or body of individuals / Clubs / Societies / Trust) and Cust ID of the Beneficial Owner(s) is entered in menu option CUMM ( P ) details of the above said accounts with relation code as 026. ANNEXURE-A List of Valid KYC Documents for accounts of Individuals (Except SBSML accounts): Valid Identity proof documents: Codes CRCRD
Document Description PHOTO CREDIT CARD WITH STATEMENT
DRVG
DRIVING LICENSE
ESIC
EMPLOYEE STATE INSURANCE CARD WITH PHOTOGRAPH
FFPAS IDCRD
FREEDOM FIGHTER PASS ISSUED BY MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS, GOVT. OF INDIA WITH PHOTOGRAPH IDENTITY CARD ISSUED BY RECOGNISED AUTHORITIES
LOCAL
LOCAL GOVT. AUTHORITY
MRDWM
MARRIED WOMEN IDENTITY PROOF (SUPPORTED BY MARRIAGE CERTIFICATE)
NREGA
NREGA JOB CARD
PAIDT PANCD
LETTER FROM A RECOGNIZED PUBLIC AUTHORITY OR PUBLIC SERVANT VERIFYING THE IDENTITY AND RESIDENCE OF THE CUSTOMER TO THE SATISFACTION OF BANK PAN CARD
PROPD
REGISTERED PROPERTY DOCUMENTS WITH PHOTO
PSPRT
PASSPORT
UIDAI
AADHAR CARD
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[8]
VOTER
VOTER ID CARD
Valid address proof documents: Codes
Document Description
BNKST
BANK ACCOUNT STATEMENT
CRCRD
CREDIT CARD WITH STATEMENT
DEED
COPIES OF REGISTERED LEASE AND LICENSE AGREEMENT/SALE DEED/LEASE AGREEMENT
DOMCL
DOMICILE CERTIFICATE WITH COMMUNICATION ADDRESS AND PHOTOGRAPH
DVORC
COURT DIVORCE ORDER. MARRIAGE ANNULMENT ORDER ISSUED BY COURT
ELBIL
ELECTRICITY BILL
EMPLT
LETTER FROM EMPLOYER
GASCD GZPSU
CONSUMER GAS CONNECTION CARD/BOOK/PIPE GAS BILL OFFICIALS OF CENTRAL/STATE GOVERNMENTS AND PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS, WHO ARE LOW RISK CUSTOMERS FOR BANK
HOSTL
CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY HOSTEL WARDEN/PRINCIPAL/DEAN OF STUDENT COLLEGE
ITWAO
INCOME/ WEALTH TAX ASSESMENT ORDER
POPBP
POST OFFICE SAVINGS PASS BOOK
PPO
PENSION PAYMENT ORDER
PSLTT PSOTH
LETTER FROM PUBLIC AUTHORITY LETTER FROM ANY RECOGNISED PUBLIC AUTHORITY HAVING PROPER AND VERIFIABLE RECORD OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH CERTIFICATE
PSUEM
LETTER FROM PUBLIC SECTOR EMPLOYER
RCARD
RNTAG
RATION CARD STUDENTs RESIDING WITH RELATIVES, ADDRESS PROOF OF RELATIVES, ALONG WITH THEIR IDENTITY PROOF A RENT AGREEMENT INDICATING THE ADDRESS OF THE CUSTOMER DULY REGISTERED WITH STATE GOVERNMENT OR SIMILAR REGISTRATION AUTHORITY
TLBIL
TELEPHONE BILL
TLMBL
TELEPHONE BILLS FROM ANY TSPs AND MSP NOT MORE THAN 2 MONTHS OLD, POSTPAID. THE LETTER ISSUED BY UIDAI CONTAINING DETAILS OF NAME, ADDRESS AND AADHAAR NUMBER. IN CASE THE ADDRESS PROVIDED BY THE ACCOUNT IS THE SAME AS THAT OF AADHAAR LETTER CERTIFICATE BY VILLAGE EXTENSION OFFICER (VEO) / VILLAGE HEAD OR EQUAL OR HIGHER RANK OFFICER
RLTVE
UIDAI VLGHD VOTER WRDCR
VOTER ID CARD CERTIFICATE FROM WARD/EQUIVALENT RANK OFFICER, MAINTAINING ELECTION ROLL CERTIFYING ADDRESS OF THE APPLICANT ANNEXURE B
Valid documents for applicable SBSML codes are as under: SBSML Code 000
ID proof Documents/ID proof Field
001
AARMLC
Blank (Not to be filled) APPL. FOR ARMED LICENSE ISSUED BY GOVT.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Address Proof Documents/ Address Proof Field Blank (Not to be filled) Blank (Not to be filled)
[9]
ADRVG AMRDWM
ANREGA APANCD APSPRT ARMLC AUIDAI AVOTER 002
APPL. FOR DRIVING LICENSE APPL. FOR MARRIED WOMEN IDENTITY PROOF APPL. FOR NREGA JOB CARD APPL. FOR PAN CARD APPL. FOR PASSPORT ARMED LICENSE ISSUED BY GOVT. APPL. FOR AADHAR CARD APPL. FOR VOTER ID CARD
Blank (Not to be filled)
ADOMCL
AELBIL AGASCD
ARCARD ATLBIL AVOTER 003 004
Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned in Annexure A Blank (Not to be filled)
APPL. FOR DOMICILE CERTIFICATE WITH ADDRESS AND PHOTOGRAPH APPL. FOR ELECTRICITY BILL APPL. FOR CONSUMER GAS CONNECTION CARD/BOOK/PIPE GAS BILL APPL. FOR RATION CARD APPL. FOR TELEPHONE BILL APPL. FOR VOTER ID CARD
Blank (Not to be filled)
888
Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned for SBSML code 001 above.
Any of the valid address proof code mentioned in Annexure A Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned for SBSML code 002 above.
999
Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned in Annexure A
Any of the valid address proof code mentioned in Annexure A
CAPTURE AREA CODE DETAILS OF THE CUSTOMERS Ministry Of Finance (MoF), India has mandated the Bank’s to provide functionality in CBS to capture the village/ town code (as per Census Code) details as part of capturing the customer details. The village/town code details which need to be incorporated consists of a combination of State Code, District Code, Taluk/Sub-district code and Town/Village code codes provided by RBI/Census data are incorporated in CBS to comply with this directive. This code will be a 16 character/digit format comprising of State Code(2) + District Code(3) + Sub District Code(5) + Town/Village Code (6) USER GUIDE 1. Branch user has to invoke menu option ‘CUMM’. 2. In CUMM, Branch user has to enter the function code as per requirement and then press F4.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[10]
3. 4.
5. 6. 7. 8.
A- To Add M- To modify To capture village/town code details, an additional custom tab is proposed (# - details). Branch user has to enter ‘#’ in ‘Enter option’ Field. Screenshot for reference is attached. Branch user has to select following codes, by pressing F2 button - State - District - Sub District - Town/village After entering the same, branch user has to press ‘F4’ mandatory to exit from this additional details form. Then continue with the normal process of CUMM menu option. As per maker checker concept, another branch user has to verify the same. The state code and other codes in this form will be given as per details captured in the address field which is meant for communication purpose. While entering the address if the use has chosen ‘P’ or ‘E’ i.e. permanent address or employer address as mandatory which will be printed in the passbook, the village/town code should be selected according to this mandatory address.
VERIFICATION OF CUSTOMER MASTER CREATION MENU OPTION -- "CUMM - V" Check all the relevant details from AOF and verify it. SUSPENSION OF CUSTOMER WITHOUT ANY ACCOUNT NUMBER Can be handled in two ways : 1) Invoke menu option CUMM use option “D” for suspension of Customer ID and use option “U” to unsuspend the Customer ID. 2) System will not allow suspending the customer ID using CUMM or CUMMSUSP menu option, if there is an active account/locker existing in the system. Further, customer IDs created for opening of Joint Account cannot be suspended till Joint account exists (Active) in the system. 3) Invoke menu option “CUMMSUSP” There is facility of single customer ID suspension as well as Bulk Customer ID Suspension SINGLE CUSTOMER ID Enter ‘S” in the field then press F4, Give customer ID and continue flag ‘Y’. On pressing F4 system will suspend the customer ID. BULK CUSTOMER ID Branch to prepare a text file with list of Customer IDs which are required to be suspend Enter ‘B’ in the field then press F4 give file name in Capital letters e.g. UPLOAD.TXT Continue ‘Y’. On pressing F4 system will suspend all customer IDs of the text file. CAUTION i) ii) iii) iv)
CUMMSUSP menu to be used only for customer IDs which have no account in system. Customer IDs suspended through this menu cannot be unsuspended even using CUMM. Customer IDs for Locker customer cannot be suspended through this menu. No verification required for this activity and can be used by GU work class of ‘030’.
RISK CLASSIFICATION OF THE CUSTOMER AND UPDATION OF CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION / DATA : Risk Categorization of Customers in which they have informed that ‘RISK category’ field in CUMM is not required to be filled by the branches at the time of creating fresh/Modification of Cust-ID. It should be automatically populated by the system based on profession / activity codes. Profession / activity codes in the field “profession / activity” in # detail of customer master (CUMM) has been created by Data centre .
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[11]
User has to select appropriate activity code from help key (F2) and system will automatically populate the risk category based upon the selection of Profession /Activity codes. With regard to updation of Customer Identification Information/Data and review of Risk Categorization necessary customization has been done in the system. The detail procedure to be followed by branches is given below: a) b) c) d)
Reports for generating pending records needs to be updated: The following two reports has been customized in the system to know the pending records due for necessary updation which can be available through menu option: PNBRPT- 9/143a & b 9/143a: Report for Cust Id due for Updation for Low Risk Category Customers. 9/143b. Report for Cust Id due for Updation for Medium and High Risk category Customers.
Branches may generate the above two reports and follow-up with customers for obtaining fresh documents and enter the date of updation of KYC data submitted by customer in # details of CUMM. RISK CATEGORY CHANGE – UPLOADING Bulk option to enter or modify the risk category of customers based on his/her profession without using CUMM menu option, a new menu option ‘RISKUPL’ has been customized in CBS. Process to use the said customized menu option is as under: Menu option: RISKUPL Said menu option will change the risk category of the customer IDs based on the entered business nature code and same can be checked using CUMI/CUMM menu option ‘#’ Details. Steps to use the same are as under: a. A text file to be created with following data: - Customer ID - Business Nature Codes (Data should be ‘|’ separated i.e AXF003310| UNUSL b. File name should in capital letter including file extension like RISK.TXT c. File should be saved in C:\upload directory d. Execute menu option ‘RISKUPL’. Enter File name and press ‘F4’. e. Use ‘PR’ menu option for success/failure reports. (Verification process is inbuilt) FLOW CHART FOR OPENING OF SF/CA ACCOUNT STEP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11
OPENING OF SF/CA - STEP BY STEP PROCESS Write OAAC at menu option and press enter At Customer ID field type Customer ID for which a/c will be opened, press TAB At Scheme Code type "SBGEN" or "CAGEN" or "SBSAL" and Press F4 Mode of Operation : Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, press TAB Location Code : Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, then press F6 Pass Book/ Statement : Enter "P" for pass book or "S" for stt. of a/c and press TAB If statement of a/c is chosen, enter frequency of statement as : M in first field and in 4th Filed any number between 1 to 31 and in the 5th field "N" and then press , at Despatch Mode : enter "C" (You may select appropriate despatch mode by pressing F1) Interest Cr A/c : Enter "S" and Interest Dr A/c Flag : Enter "S", press F6 for next page At this page enter contact phone no. if any, then press F4 The cursor will be at option : Change G to "S" for scheme details and press F4 If nomination is to be regd. go to "Availing Nomination Facility?" and change it to "Y" and
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[12]
12 13 14
15 16
then press F4. If no cheque book is to be allowed for some reason, at the field "cheque book allowed?" change Y to N. Change the Option "S" to "N" and press F4 Nominee Name : Type Name of the Nominee, then address etc. and then press F4 If it is a joint a/c or an a/c of a firm/society/club then change the option to "A" and press F4 to allow you to enter the joint a/c holder's name or authorised signatory's name etc. If the joint holder or authorised signatory has some customer id, mention the same and press transmit key the name and address will automatically appear. In the absence of customer id you have to skip customer id field and enter name and address. Press down arrow key to enter the 2nd and subsequent names, then press F4 finally. Now at the option block press F10, the account number will be displayed.
FOR--Passbook/Statement – Valid values are P-Passbook, S-Statement, R-Deposit Receipt, BBoth P & S, N-None. Statement – If previous field is set to S (Statement), frequency for statement must be entered. There are five fields in statement. Field 1: D–Daily, W–Weekly, M–Monthly, F–Fortnightly, Q–Quarterly, H–Half yearly, Y – Yearly Field 2: 1-First, 2-Second, 3-Third, 4-Fourth week, M-Mid week, L–Last Week Field 3: 1-Sunday, 2- Monday………… 7- Saturday & 8 - No weekly off Field 4: Date of issue - 1 to 31 Field 5: For Holiday N – Next, P – Previous, S – Skip
Fields 2 & 3 are not required if frequency (field 1) is monthly, quarterly, half yearly and yearly Fields 2 ,3 & 4 are not required if frequency (field 1) is daily and fortnightly Fields 2 & 4 are not required if frequency (field 1) is weekly VERIFICATION OF ACCOUNT OPENING MENU OPTION -- "OAACAU" STEP S 1 2 3 4 5 6
PARTICULARS At function Block type "V" and press and enter the A/c No. to be verified, then press F4 Press F11 to visit next pages and at the 3rd page Press F4 Change the option to "S" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4 Change the option to "N" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4 Change option to "A" (for joint a/c or partnership etc. a/c only) and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4 Press F10 finally. If the system displays any warning / exception, accept them by pressing F4. The a/c is verified. Press F3 to come back to main menu
The full 16 digits of an a/c number need not be remembered . Whenever this account is to be accessed, simply enter the scheme code and last 4/5 digits , system will automatically expand it to 16 digits. This facility is provided only when the customer’s accounts of same own branch are accessed. All 16 digits in account no must entered while accessing customer’s of other branches. SMALL ACCOUNT PRODUCT – OPENING OF ACCOUNT – SCHEME – SBSML Find below the details of the functionalities introduced in CBS 1. In CUMM: ‘#’ Details Case SBSML CODE Remarks If customer opens account by 000 Branch user has to capture the said giving self attested photograph code in Free text field 10. and complete account opening Account will remain active for 12 form in the branch. months only.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[13]
If customer opens account under small account scheme and also submits documentary proof that he/she applied for valid KYC document.
If customer applied for ID proof: 001
Account will remain active for 24 months only.
If customer applied Address Proof:
Also, branch user has to enter: 1. Valid value in ID proof field for code 001. 2. Valid value in Add. Proof field for code 002. 3. Valid values in both fields ID proof and address proof for code 888. 4. Identification details field is also be filled. e.g. Applied voter card Branch user has to enter: 1. Valid value in ID proof field for code 003. 2. Valid value in Add. Proof field for code 004. 3. Valid values in both fields ID proof and address proof for code 999. 4. Identification details field is also be filled as per extant guidelines. Note: If customer full fills KYC requirements, branch is advised to open account in normal saving scheme.
for 002
If customer applied for both ID proof and Address Proof : 888
If customer opens account under small account scheme and also submits valid KYC document.
If customer submits ID proof: 003 If customer submits Address Proof: 004
If customer submits both ID proof and Address Proof : 999
If existing small account holder full fills KYC norms, account should be transferred to normal saving product using ACXFRSC menu option. System will not allow to complete the ABH without transferring such accounts. 2. ACCOUNT OPENING: A new scheme code ‘SBSML’ has been introduced for opening of customer account under Small Account Deposit Product. Branches are advised to use menu option ‘OOAC’ and ‘OAACAU’ for the account opening. 3. Transaction Maintenance TM: As per product features, following checks has been implemented in ‘TM’ menu option in the system: 1. The aggregate of all credits in a Financial Year does not exceed rupees one lakh 2. The aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers in a month does not exceed rupees ten thousand; and 3. The balance at any point of time does not exceed rupees fifty thousand.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
System will not allow to credit the customer account under ‘SBSML’, if aggregate of all credits reaches value of Rs. 1, 00,000/- within the financial year. System will not allow to debit the customer account under ‘SBSML’, if aggregate of all withdrawals and transfers in a month reaches value of Rs. 10,000 in a month. System will not allow to credit the customer account under ‘SBSML’, if aggregate of all credits reaches value of
[14]
Rs. 50,000/- at any point of time. System will allow to credit only if account balance in the account is less than Rs. 50,000/. 4. Issuance of ATM cards and Cheque book: As per FI Division circular, no cheque book and ATM card should be provided till the account becomes full KYC compliant. Necessary check has been put in the system to restrict issuance of cheque book and ATM card in ‘SBSML’ scheme. As already mentioned that if customer account under SBSML scheme becomes FULL KYC, said account is to be transferred to normal saving product scheme, then branch user can issue cheque book and ATM cards as per extant banking guidelines related to that saving product. WORK FLOW FOR ACCOUNT OPENING (ACOPN) Account opening process as mentioned above involves creation of customer master (for new customers using the option CUMM) followed by account opening (using OAAC menu option). Instead of using CUMM and OAAC separately, a workflow ‘ACOPN’ can be invoked. ACOPN is a combination of the two menus. The workflow involves the following steps:On invoking the menu ‘ACOPN’, the user(CTO) shall enter the cust-id (for existing customers) or type ‘New’ (for new customers) in the customer id field. Enter the authorised official's User-Id in the authorizer id field and F4 If the customer is new, the system brings up a parameter acceptance screen for capturing the mandatory fields of customer master like customer details, introducer details, communication address, minor details, NRI details, staff details, TDS table etc. Fill the relevant details and press F4. After all mandatory fields are entered, the system takes to another parameter acceptance screen for capturing account-opening details. On the other hand if the customer is an existing customer (i.e Cust Id available) system directly takes to account opening screen. In account opening screen, enter the scheme code in which a/c is to be opened and then press F4. Enter the transaction amount, mode of payment, debit a/c number (in case the a/c is opened by transfer of funds from some other a/c of the customer) and press F4. In this screen, specify the mode of operation, Cheque allowed (by default ‘Y’) and account preferential (Cr/Dr) and press F4. The system creates customer master, opens account, puts transaction to the account and displays the Cust-Id, account number, Tran-Id and Work Flow Id and queues the workflow for the authorised official (authorizer id) for verification. Note the Cust-Id, a/c number, Tran-Id and the workflow id on the AOF and pass on the AOF to the authorised official for verification. The authorised official for whom the workflow has been queued shall invoke menu option ‘DSPWFQ’ to display the pending workflows. The menu will display the list of workflows in queue. The authorised official shall explode (Ctrl+E) on the Workflow Id. If the customer is new, the system will display the customer master screen. The authorised official shall then visit each page of the screen (including ‘E’ details) like normal customer master verification. At the option block, commit. On committing the system displays the account verification screen. The authorised official shall verify account opening like normal account verification.
Alternatively, the official can verify customer master creation through CUMM option and account opening through OAACAU option. The authorised official shall then verify the transaction through ‘TM’ option. IMPORTANT
IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO CAPTURE NOMINATION DETAILS, JOINT HOLDER, AUTHORIZED PERSON, POWER OF ATTORNEY ETC THROUGH ‘ACOPN’. THE USER SHALL CAPTURE THESE DETAILS BY MODIFYING CUSTOMER A/C THROUGH ‘ACM’ OPTION AND THEN GET IT VERIFIED FROM THE AUTHORISED OFFICIAL.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[15]
SEEDING AADHAR NUMBER - NEW FUNCTIONALITIES IN UIDNUM MENU OPTION Keeping in view the recent guidelines related to Aadhaar payment bridge system (APBS), DBT and to streamline the process of linking of Aadhaar number with primary account number, following new functionalities has been added in the menu option UIDNUM: Now, branch user can capture details of the Aadhaar based as well as non Aadhaar base beneficiaries along with scheme code. Branch user to use following options A : Add D : Delete M : Modify V : Verify I : Inquiry 1. A: Add functionality is to add new mapping in the CBS. Branch user has to enter all the mandatory details and same is to be verified by another branch user. User has to enter/ capture following information: - Aadhaar/Non Aadhaar ( If ‘A’ put Aadhar No., If “N” Fill other details) - Customer ID - Aadhaar Number - Primary Account number (user can only add the account number linked to the entered customer ID only) - Scheme code: (Said field is non mandatory): Branch user can select upto 5 different schemes by pressing F2 button for a particular beneficiary. (List of scheme codes is given below) - Add (Y/N)- Y to continue otherwise N 2. V: Verify: Now, in UIDNUM, maker- checker concept has been introduced. Branches are required to verify using ‘V’ function of the UIDNUM menu option. 3. M: Modify: This function is to be used when customer requests to change his/her account number. For the same branch user has to use ‘M’ function and change the account number (account number should belong to the entered customer ID) and same is to be verified by another branch user. 4. D: Delete: This function can be used for following two cases: - Customer ID changes: If customer request to change the customer ID. Then branch user has to use the said function and delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use ‘A: Add’ function to add new entry. - Aadhaar number change: If branch observed any mismatch in the Aadhaar number or observed that Aadhaar number entered wrongly. Then Branch user has to use the said function (D: Delete) to delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use ‘A: Add’ function to add new entry with correct Aadhaar number. - Customer wants to enter Aadhaar number: If customer’s data is already captured as ‘Non Aadhaar based customer’ and now customer requests to enter the Aadhaar number. Then Branch user has to use the said function (D: Delete) to delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use ‘A: Add’ function to add new entry with Aadhaar number. Branches are advised to use ‘D’ option judiciously. I- Inquiry function can be used by the user to inquire the entered Aadhaar number, customer ID and linked account number. Note: Inquiry can be done by entering customer ID or Aadhaar number. ‘C’ – for customer ID based inquiry ‘A’ – for Aadhaar number based inquiry Following type of accounts cannot be linked using UIDNUM as well as UIDUPL menu options: 1. Closed accounts 2. Inoperative accounts 3. Accounts of scheme other than saving and Current account. 4. Account with Credit or Total freeze
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[16]
5. LIST OF SCHEME CODES TO BE ENTERED IN UIDNUM –AADHAR ENABLED A/C
Sr. No 1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
Ministry/Department
Name of the Scheme
Code
M/o Social Justice & Empowerment
Post Matric Scholarship for SC Students.
C00001
Pre-Matric Scholarship for SC Students.
C00002
Pre-Matric Scholarship for Children of those engaged in unclean occupations. Up gradation of merit of SC Students.
C00004
Post Matric Scholarship for OBCs.
C00005
Top Class Education Scheme.
C00006
Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship
C00007
M/o Human Resources Development, D/o Higher Education
Scholarship to Universities/College Students.
C00008
Fellowship Schemes of UGC.
C00009
Fellowship Schemes of AICTE.
C00010
M/o Human Resources Development, D/o School Education & Literacy M/o Tribal Affairs
National Means cum Merit Scholarship.
C00011
National Scheme for Incentive for the girl child for secondary education.
C00012
Post Matric Scholarship Scheme.
C00013
Top Class Education System.
C00014
Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship.
C00015
Matric Scholarship Scheme.
C00016
Maulana Azad National Fellowship.
C00017
Merit cum Means Scholarship Scheme.
C00018
Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana (IGMSY).
C00019
Dhanalakshmi Scheme.
C00020
M/o Minority Affairs
M/o Women and Child Development M/o Health & Family Welfare M/o Labour and Employment
Janani Suraksha Yojana.
C00003
C00021
Scholarship to the Children of beedi workers.
C00022
Housing subsidy to beedi workers.
C00023
Stipend to children in the special schools under the Child Labour Project.
C00024
Stipend to trainees- Welfare of SC/ST through Coaching cum Guidance & Vocational Training
C00025
Stipend to trainees in LWE districts MGNREGS Scheme Subsidy of LPG
C00026 C00028 9 M/o Petroleum C00027 Linking of Aadhaar number with primary account number should be done using menu options ‘UIDNUM’ or ‘UIDUPL- for bulk upload’ only.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[17]
TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS ACROSS SOLS - MENU OPTION -- ACXFRSOL • • • • • •
A customer’s account, belonging to SB/CA/CC and OD scheme types, is allowed for transfer across Sol. The account number will remain unchanged for the transferred account. Customers will be able to use the same account for their ECS (electronic clearing services), standing instructions and chequebook purposes. While entering the account number in any of the menu option full 16 digit account number is required to be entered. As part of the transfer, all the account related standing instructions, FFDs, linked sweeps/Liens will get carried over. If the subject account is referred to as the operative account/applicant account/party account in Bills module, documentary credits, forward contracts, and the same relationship will also be carried over.
- THE PROCESS… • • • • • • • • • • •
Function code values ‘T’ – Transfer, ‘V’ - Verify, ‘X’ – Cancel. When Function code ‘T’ is selected the source SOL ID and destination sol id is mandatory. Help Message is available for the same. The account ID is mandatory. During verification of request, the system will carry out the validations such as same person verification, work class check. The effects of transfer and the report of transfer will take place only after the transfer request has been verified. The system will generate a report of all such accounts, which have been transferred as part of this process along with any errors or exceptions due to which the transfer could not take place. The menu option will check/validate for the following conditions before the actual transfer of account takes effect:-Check for any transaction that may have happened on the account on the day of transfer. Check for any transactions that may be in entered status. Check for any cheque that may be logged in Inward Clearing. Validate for Unauthorized records for the account
There won’t be any history available prior to the transfer date in the new SOL. Audit trial will be available for the account and the menu option activities. This includes the transfer enterer id, verified person id, the old record, the new record, time stamp of such change. And when inquired on the transferred customer account itself, the audit trail will contain the information of old record, new record, who entered, who verified with time stamp will be available. Remarks for the audit written will be “SOL ID TRANSFER”. ACCOUNT TRANSFER ACROSS SCHEME CODE MENU OPTION- ACXFRSC A customer account is allowed for transfer across Scheme for the accounts belonging to SB/CA/CC and OD. This is done through a new menu option “ACXFRSC”, which will accept the values ‘T’ransfer, ‘X’-cancel, ‘V’erify (verification of the request of transfer). The effects of transfer and the report of transfer will take place only after the request of transfer has been verified. The execution may be in actual mode or in trial mode. Either one account or all accounts belonging to one scheme to another scheme can be transferred. In this case, GL sub-head is a mandatory criteria. System will generate Success and Failure reports. The transfer will not result in change in the account number to include the new scheme code and the GL subhead. System will not keep history for Charges/interest under old scheme and new scheme separately after such account transfer. Transfer of accounts between scheme are restricted for the same currency schemes
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[18]
Irrespective of the scheme change the account status will continue. (Dormant, inactive, frozen). The account status will be printed in the ‘Success/Failure Report’ if the account is not active/dormant or frozen. The menu option will check/validate for the following conditions before the actual transfer of account to new scheme takes effect:-Check if Account is valid. Check if account is closed. Check if any non authorized audit records are pending for the account. Check if the account falls under the schemes SB/CA/CC/OD/TD. No transaction should exist in entered status. Check if the staff flag is modified in CUMM when the account is moving from Non Staff scheme to Staff scheme. Check for future dated transactions Check if TDS calc is up-to-date. Check if the target scheme belongs to the same scheme type as the source scheme. Check if the target scheme code currency is the same as source scheme code. Check for future dated account open effective date. Check for any cheque that may be logged in Inward/ Outward Clearing. Check for Income /Expense account in Home Currency. Check if the NRE flag is modified in CUMM menu option when the transfer is from NRE to Non NRE Scheme and Vice Versa. The Account will be locked once the transfer is initiated through ACXFRSC menu option. During this period no transactions will be allowed on the Account/Accounts. Limitations The account number will remain same, and will not include the product code of the transferee scheme. Charges (Batch charges): When the Account is moving from a scheme where charges are defined to a scheme where charges are not defined then the user has to ensure that the charges are collected before transfer. Interest treatment: If the Account is moving from a Scheme where Interest method is different then the Interest calculation will differ. ACCOUNT ATTACHED WITH MOBILE/PAN NUMBER A new menu option MOPACINQ has been provided. The menu will list a maximum of 10 account numbers maintained by the customer which is either attached with a Mobile number or PAN Card Number. Menu option: MOPACINQ Function : 1. M – Mobile number based search for accounts 2. P - PAN CARD based search for accounts 1)
MOBILE NUMBER BASED SEARCH a. Enter M in function and press F4 b. Enter valid mobile no of 10 digit in next screen and Press F4
The system will then display all Account Numbers with Account Name attached with the Mobile Number entered by the user. Enter ‘Y’ in ‘Inquire Other(Y/N)’ option to continue inquiring list of accounts for another mobile number. Note- Only 10 accounts can be viewed in the menu. If Number of accounts attached with mobile no is more than 10 then it will prompt for a message only. 2)
PAN NUMBER BASED SEARCH a) Enter P and Press F4 Enter valid PAN no and Press F4 Same procedure here also to inquire for other PAN numbers. Input option Y and press F4
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[19]
HANDLING KYC NON COMPLIANT ACCOUNTS ‘RINGFENC’ in CBS for Ring Fencing the KYC non-compliant accounts. Problems are being faced that while Ring Fencing KYC non compliant accounts in CUMM (# details) menu in the CBS system, since different information(s) relating to customer is required to be uploaded at the time of Ring Fencing, which at times is not available with the branches. As a result, branches are also freezing KYC non-compliant accounts . 2.
In view of the above, a new menu option ‘RINGFENC’ has been customized in CBS. Therefore, branches are advised that all the KYC non-compliant accounts should be ‘Ring Fenced’ which means that such accounts may be placed under close watch and non-compliant customers may be deprived of certain additional facilities such as issuance of cheque book; issuance of ATM/Debit Card; providing Internet banking services; account transfer using ACXFRSOL; scheme transfer using ACXFRSC menu options and no payment through withdrawal slip at the base branch, till the customer complies with such requirements. This exercise, however, should not extend beyond a period of three months. In case the customer d espite such measures, shows unwillingness to comply with KYC/AML/CFT requirements, branches are free to proceed further and close the accounts after giving due notice to him/her. In no case the account should be freezed due to KYC non-compliance.
The procedure for Ring Fencing the account is given hereunder: (a) Use menu option ‘RINGFENC’ (b) Enter ‘S’ in ‘Function code’ field, then press F4. (c )User has to enter customer id and ‘Y’ to confirm. Then press F4 (d) can be used by ‘Manager’ & above having work class 060 or above in CBS (e) Does not require verification. (f) On obtaining ID and address proof document from the customer, user has to enter ID proof and address proof document through CUMM menu, function code ‘M’ , enter cust ID, press F4, ( # ) in enter option , press F4 twice. Also ensure that all the mandatory fields such as ID proof, address proof, total annual income, Profession /Activity and total annual turnover, are entered correctly. Enter ‘N’ in the ‘Ring Fenced (Y)’ field. Then, the account will be treated as KYC compliant. In any case ‘NA’ should not be selected and used in any field of (#) details of CUMM menu, otherwise the system will treat it as KYC non compliant account. On the basis of Profession / Activity system will classify the risk category (High / medium / low) automatically. SOME ISSUES IN SF / CA ACCOUNTS Customer accounts of other SOLs can not be modified. The system prints the name of joint a/c holder only if the name has been added in "A" option by specifying the relation field as "J". Credit Transactions can be done even before verification of the account opening. Debit transactions are not allowed on unverified accounts, Operative account to which interest credit or debit can be done can be specified which can belong to a different Service outlet also. In OAAC, select SBSTF as scheme code for staff SF A/c. The system will pick up interest rate code applicable for staff members. Don’t open the staff SF A/c in SBGEN scheme code and then give
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[20]
additional benefit of interest in A/c Preferential Interest (Cr) field (General Details of OAAC) as system may not give other benefits to the staff accounts opened in SBGEN scheme code. Accounts can be opened in backdate TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS TO INOPERATIVE CATEGORY A Savings Fund as well as a Current Account would be treated as ‘Inoperative Account’ if there is no ‘Customer Induced Transaction’ for a continuous period of 24 months. The process for classification of an account as Inoperative Others and transfer to ‘Inoperative Others’ Head is customized in FINACLE Application. The activity for classification and transfer of accounts as per above would be performed on quarterly basis in the month of January, April, July and October every year. The process of transferring account to ‘Inoperative Category’ is centralized in which status of account, GL Sub-head Code are changed and signatures are transferred from ‘AL’ Category to ‘IN’ Category In-operative heads in many Branches are not tallied. The reason for non-tallying of the in-operative heads in CBS is due to mismatch of account status maintained with that of GL subhead code. Some accounts marked as Inactive have GL Subhead Code of main operative account where as in some ACTIVE accounts, the GL Subhead Code is that of in-operative. In order to identify accounts with a mismatch in account status and GL Subhead code, A report is customized. The report is available in MIS under PNBRPT/ 9. Misc. reports- 107. Report of Active and Inoperative Account shown in wrong GL heads which identifies accounts with the following mismatches a. b.
Dormant (inoperative accounts) with wrong GL subhead Active accounts under inoperative GL Subheads.
Branches are advised to generate the report for their SOL and change the GL subheads of ‘Inoperative accounts with wrong GL subhead’ and ‘Active accounts having inoperative GL subheads’ through menu option TACBSH- (Transfer Accounts between Subheads). Thereafter tally this account wise balance with GL subhead and ensure its correctness DEPOSITOR EDUCATION AND AWARENESS FUND SCHEME, 2014 (DEAF) Balances in all accounts (Inoperative Accounts 10 years & above and amount remained unclaimed for more than 10 years) along with interest accrued should be transferred to the Depositor Education and Awareness Fund. Subsequently, banks shall transfer to the Fund the amounts becoming due in each calendar month (i.e. proceeds of the inoperative accounts and balances remaining unclaimed for ten years or more) as specified in the Scheme and the interest accrued thereon on the last working day of the subsequent month. Amounts to be credited to the Fund shall be the credit balance in any deposit account maintained with bank which have not been operated upon for 10 years or more, or any amount remaining unclaimed for 10 years or more which include: (a) Savings bank deposit accounts; (b) Fixed or term deposit accounts; (c) Cumulative/recurring deposit accounts; (d) Current deposit accounts; (e) other deposit accounts in any form or with any name; (f) cash credit accounts; (g) loan accounts after due appropriation by the banks; (h) marin money against issue of Letter of Credit/Guarantee etc., or any security deposit; (i) outstanding telegraphic transfers, mail transfers, demand drafts, pay orders, bankers cheques, sundry deposit accounts, vostro accounts, inter-bank clearing adjustments, unadjusted National Electronic
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[21]
Funds Transfer (NEFT) credit balances and other such transitory accounts, un-reconciled credit balances on account of Automated Teller Machine (ATM) transactions, etc.; (j) undrawn balance amounts remaining in any prepaid card issued by banks but not amounts outstanding against travellers cheques or other similar instruments, which have no maturity period; (k) rupee proceeds of foreign currency deposits held by banks after conversion of foreign currency to rupees in accordance with extant foreign exchange regulations; and (l) such other amounts as may be specified by the Reserve Bank from time to time. Accounts which are frozen by order of Court, Income Tax Deptt. or any other statutory authorities will not be transferred to DEAF fund. The activity for classification and transfer of accounts in Inoperative category (10 years & Above) would henceforth be performed on monthly basis from July, 2014 onwards as against quarterly earlier. A report has been customized in PNBRPT 9/169 in the system which will provide list of Inoperative accounts which are likely to slip into Inoperative Accounts (10 years & above) in next quarter. On the date of transferring the amount to the Fund, the branch will maintain separately customer-wise details verified by the concurrent auditors, including payment of up-to-date interest accrued, that has been credited to the deposit account till the date of transfer to the Fund, with respect to interest bearing deposits, non-interest bearing deposits and other credits transferred to the Fund as detailed in Form-I. A report has been customized PNBRPT 9/171 to generate details of such accounts at branch/circle office level. The branch will preserve the above audited report at their level for the purpose of annual audit. REFUND AND CLAIM If after transfer of funds to DEAF, customer demands, branch should make payment to customer with up to date interest and lodge claim through Circle office to RMD HO. Branch to lodge the claim on monthly basis up to 5th day of the next month to Circle Office and CO by 8th to FGMO and FGMO consolidated claim to RMD HO by 10th day of the next month. PROCEDURE FOR CLAIM OF INOPERATIVE (10 YRS & ABOVE) TRANSFERRED TO DEAF, RBI 1. User has to enter menu option DEAFC. 2. User has to enter the type of account and add the same using option A and press F4 to add the record 3. User will be navigated to separate screens for deposit account or Draft/Cash Order as the case may be. i) For SB/CA/TD accounts, screen shall be displayed. User has to enter the account number and press F4. All other account related details will be displayed by the system and user has to enter Y/N only and press F4. ii) For Draft/ Cash Order screen shall be displayed. User has to enter the DD or CO Number along with the issuing branch ad issue date and press F4. All other DD/CO related details will be displayed by the system and user has to enter Y/N only and press F4. 4. After adding the account, same has to be verified in the same manner by using V option in DEAFC menu option. After verification of the same, in case of SB/CA/TD accounts, system will credit the amount in the customer’s account with current date, by debiting the Suspense DEAF account of the SOL (solid).
5.
In case of DD/CO, system will credit the amount in the account number provided by the customer as entered in the “Credit Acc No” field. However, if customer account number is not available; sundry account for sol should be entered in “Credit Acc No” field and the same shall be credited. PNBRPT-9/177 DEAF Form III (Monthly Return Claiming Refund from Deaf) (for refund procedure refer RMD Circular 55/2014)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[22]
TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS FROM INOPERATIVE TO OPERATIVE CATEGORY The transfer of inoperative accounts to operative accounts is done at branch level based on the request of the customer. Menu option “OPACTF” is available with Incumbent In charge of the base branch and the menu option performs following three activities: 1. Changes the account status from ‘D-DORMANT’ to ‘A-ACTIVE’. 2. Transfers Inoperative (Others & Over 10 years) GL-Sub-head code to operative GL-Sub-Head-code. 3. Changes the image access code from ‘IN-Inoperative’ to ‘AL-ALL’ On entering the account no. and pressing F4, the system will populate the details of the customer for crosschecking with the request given by customer. In case the details match with the request, user will have to enter ‘Y’ in “Continue(Y/N/)” field and press F4 As a policy decision, debit inter sol transactions to inoperative accounts are not allowed. DUPLICATE PB / STATEMENT CHARGES While closing of an account, system is charging duplicate passbook/statement charges. In some cases these charges have been levied 5-6 times. After migration to Finacle since application of these charges, the pass sheet in the a/c might have been printed in ad-hoc mode and the system is keeping trail of all such ad-hoc print outs. When the a/c comes for closure, system is calculating and recovering ad-hoc pass sheet printing charges as deferred charges. The branch can reverse the charges to the customer, if required through TM menu. MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE {FOR CUST-ID & A/C OPENING} MENU CUMM OAAC OAACAU
DESCRIPTION Customer Master Maintenance Accounts Opening Accounts Authorization
ACM
Accounts Maintenance
CACC CAAC CAACAU ALM JTHOLDER INTTM PSP PBP HACS
Closure Charges Collection Accounts Closing Accounts Closure auth. Auth A/C Lien Maintenance List Joint Holders Interest Table Maintenance Pass Sheet print Pass Book print A/C Selection
HCUS
Customer Selection
ACCBAL
Components of Account Balance Inquiry A/C Ledger Inquiry A/C Turnover Inquiry Print Dr/Cr. Advice To Customer Print Dr/Cr. Voucher A/Cs Below Minimum Balance-Report Account Freeze Status Maintenance Customer Becoming Major Customer A/C Ledger Print
ACLI ACTI ADVC VCHR ABMR AFSM CBM ACLPCA
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
PURPOSE To Add a new Customer For opening new accounts For Verification / Modification / Cancellation of Unverified Accounts For Modification of Verified Accounts And Other Inquiries/Maintenance To calculate/apply Account Closure Charges For closing accounts For Verification/Cancellation of Closed A/C To Mark/Release Lien on Accounts To view Joint Holders/ All Related Parties To view/modify Interest Table Code (Rates) To Print Statement Of Accounts To Print Passbooks To make inquiries on criteria-based selected accounts To make inquiries on criteria-based selected customers To view break-up of an account balance To view transactions in Account Ledger To view Turnover in account To Print Advices based on selected criteria To Print Vouchers based on selected criteria To print list of accounts below minimum balance To maintain freeze status in account To inquire / update status of minor a/c To print Ledger Printout of criteria-based selected accounts
[23]
CUIR
Customer Interest Report
CUMP
Customer Master Print
TACBSH
Transfer Accounts Subheads Interest run on account Inoperative to operative
INTRUN OPACTF
Between
To print Interest Application Report for a Customer’s Accounts To print Master Details for Customer’s Accounts based on Selected Criteria To transfer GL Subhead code of Accounts From Inoperative to Operative Category Application of interest on accounts To Transfer of accounts from Inoperative to Operative category
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS MAINTENANCE This menu option can be used for creating credit Transactions in loans account. If Charges are not to be recovered then Transaction TYPE should be BI instead of CI. For Loans recovery thru SI after filling information go to next page by pressing F6 for accepting FLOWID. RELATED MENU OPTIONS SIM
SI Maintenance
To Add, Modify, Cancel, Verify SIs
SIE SIETR SIRP SIADVC
Standing Instructions Execution SIs Executed Today Report S I Register Printing Print SI Advice To Customer
For Adhoc Execution Of Sis To Print Report Of SIs Executed Today To Print SI Register To Print Advices For Executed SIs
CFLM
Carry-Forward List Maintenance
To Maintain Failed SIs, Carried Forward For Next Day SII Standing Instructions Inquiry To Make Inquiries On Standing instruction CCCCREATION In Finacle, Standing Instructions can be defined through the menu Option SIM i.e. Standing Instructions Maintenance. Functions which can be performed are Add, Copy, Inquire, List, Modify, Undelete, Verify & Cancel. How to enter SI? Menu option – SIM (Standing Instruction Maintenance) Let’s take an example – Enter an SI which is requested by the customer (D10000411) to debit his SB A/c (01725) by a fixed amount of Rs.5000/-to credit his CC A/c (87433) which are being maintained at our SOL i.e. 417700. The SI should be executed on 20th day of every month. The SI should be executed till 20.12.2008. Steps 1. Function – Enter A (Add) and press F4. The cursor will appear in SI Class field. 2. SI Class – Default value is C (Customer Induced). Press Tab or F11. 3. Cust ID – D10000411 4. SOL Id – 417700 (default populated) 5. SI Frequency – As the above SI should be executed on 20th day of every month, the valid values in SI frequency are M-Blank-Blank-20-N. 6. Execution Time – Valid values are B (Day beginning), D (Anytime during day), A (After Business Hours), E (Every Time). ‘B’ means, SI will be automatically executed during Begin of day process. ‘D’ means, SI will be executed only once during the day whenever we run SIE (Standing Instruction Execution) menu option first time, ‘A’ means, SI will be executed during ABH process, ‘E’ means, SI will
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[24]
be executed every time whenever we run SIE menu option. In our case we will take it as ‘D’ i.e. Anytime during day. 7. Next Execution Date – Enter the date on which the SI will be executed first time. Press Ctrl+X to bring today’s date. 8. Auto Post - Value is default Y, which means, whenever SI is executed, the system will post the transactions automatically and user need not go to TM (Transaction Maint.) menu option to post these transactions. If this is N, then the transactions created during execution of this SI will remain in Entered state. User has to go into TM and post them. 9. End Date – Enter the date on which SI to be ended. 10. Suspended Upto – Enter the date upto which SI will not be executed. Means, suppose, if the starting date is 20.12.2007 and End date is 20.11.2008 and on 01.02.2008, customer comes and request to suspend the SI till 20.04.2008, then this date can be entered in this field. This means, SI will not be executed on 20.02.2008 and 20.03.2008. 11. Accept Event – Press F2. Select the event by pressing Shift+F4. This field is used to select the charges to be levied on customer for requesting the SI. 12. Fail Event – Press F2. Select the event id by pressing Shift+F4. This field is used to select the charges to be levied on customer for if the SI fails. 13. Exec Event - Press F2. Select the event id by pressing Shift+F4. This field is used to select the charges to be levied on customer for execution of SI. 14. Chrg Rate – Default is NOR (i.e. Notional Rate). 15. Dr. Acct – If any or all the above three events are entered, then give the account number from where the charges will be deducted by the system automatically. 16. Delete tran if not posted – Default is N. If the transaction is not posted due to any reason and if this field is kept as N, the system will keep the transaction in Entered state, otherwise, the transaction will be automatically deleted by the system on unsuccessful execution of the SI. 17. Carry Forward – Default is Y. 18. Max times – enter number of days. If the Carry Forward field is kept as Y and value for Max times field is entered, the system will carry forward the SI for the number of days entered in Max times field, if not successfully executed. 19. Remarks – free text. 20. Closure Remarks – free text. Press F4. The system will bring Sub Instruction screen. The cursor is in Option field. At the right-top side Sub Instruction Serial No. 1 is displayed. Debit part of SI – 21. Option – Enter E. Press F4. 22. Amount Ind – Valid values are F-Fixed, V-Variable, C-Contra Balancing, T-Table Code. In our example we have to debit SB A/c 01725 by Rs.5000/- i.e. we have to debit the a/c by fixed amount, so in this field enter F. 23. Part Tran Type – Valid values are C-Credit and D-Debit. In our example we have to debit the a/c, so make it D. 24. Create Memo Pad – Y. 25. Currency – INR. 26. Fixed Amount – This field will be mandatory as we have made Amount Ind field as F. Enter Rs.5000/-. Press F4. System will bring part tran details screen. 27. Account Number – Enter the account, which you want to debit. In our example it’s 01725. Press Tab. 28. Amount Indicator – Enter P (Percentage). Press Tab. 29. Percentage to be applied – Enter 100. This is because, we want to debit full amount of Rs.5000/- from only one account no. 01725. (In case, we want to debit 30% of Rs.5000/- from one account and rest
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[25]
70% (of Rs.5000/-) from another account, we need to enter 30 in this field and press Down arrow, enter account no, press tab, enter P, press Tab and enter 70 in the percentage field). 30. Press F4. 31. The cursor will come back to Option field. We have only completed Debit part of SI. To enter Credit part of SI, Enter E (which is already there in the field) and press F4. Credit part of SI – 32. Amount Ind – C (Contra balancing). This is because; we are entering contra part of the SI. 33. Part tran Type – C (Credit), because we want to credit Rs.5000/- to A/c No. 87433. 34. Create Memo Pad – Y. 35. Currency – INR. Press F4. 36. Account Number – Enter the account, which you want to credit. In our example it’s 87433. Press Tab. 37. Amount Indicator – Enter P (Percentage). Press Tab. 38. Percentage to be applied – Enter 100. This is because, we want to credit full amount of Rs.5000/- to only one account no. 87433. (In case, we want to credit 30% of Rs.5000/- to one account and rest 70% (of Rs.5000/-) to another account, we need to enter 30 in this field and press Down arrow, enter account no, press tab, enter P, press Tab and enter 70 in the percentage field). 39. Press F4. 40. The cursor will come back to Option field. Now that we have completed debit and credit parts of SI, we can save the SI. Press F10 to Commit/Save. 41. Note down the SI Serial No. and press F3 twice. You back in the main menu. VERIFICATION OF SI Menu Option SIM (Standing Instruction Maintenance) Steps – 1. Function – V (Verify). Press Tab. 2. SI Srl.No. – Enter SI Serila No. which you wish to verify. If you forgot to note the SI Serial No., you can press F2 to get the list of unverified SIs, select the one which you wish to verify. Press F4. The general details will appear on the screen. Check the details. Press F4. The cursor will appear on Option field with the Debit part of the SI on your screen. Check it. 3. Option – Enter P. Press F4. Check the account and other details. Press F3. 4.
Option – Press Down Arrow. The system will display credit details of SI. Press P (which is already displayed in the field) and F4. Check the account and other information. Press F3.
5. Option – Press F10 to commit/save. The SI is verified. Press F3 to come out of the menu option. How to enter SI for Draft? Menu Option – SIM Example – Enter SI, to prepare a draft of Rs.500/- (drawn on BO: Bhagya Nagar, Aurangabad, favoring Anant Jadhav) on the 1st day of every month, by debiting A/c 01725 (customer ID D10000411). Steps – 1. Function – A (Add). Press F4. 2. SI Class – C (Customer Induced) 3. Cust id – D10000411 4. SI Frequency – M-Blank-Blank-1-N 5. Execution time – D (Anytime During Day) 6. Next Execution Date – 10-12-2007 (enter appropriate date). Press F4. To Enter DD related transaction details 7. Option – E (Enter). Press F4.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[26]
8. Amount Ind – F (Fixed) 9. Part tran Type – C (Credit) 10.Create Memo Pad – Y 11.Currency – INR 12.Fixed Amount – 500. Press F4. 13.Account Number – DD. Press F4. 14.Amount Ind – P (Percentage) 15.Percentage – 100. Press F6. The system will bring ‘Issue of DD’ screen. Leave City Name as blank. 16.Drawn on – Bank Code – 024. Branch Code – 1005. 17.Payee Name – Anant Jadhav 18.Purchase A/c No. – 01725. 19.Purchaser Name – This will automatically appear. 20.Print Option – I (Immediate). Press F4. The cursor will appear in the A/c No. field of previous screen. Press F4. The cursor will appear in Option field. To enter commission on DD related transaction– 21.Option – E(Enter). Press F4. 22.Amount Ind – T (Table Code) 23.Part tran type – C (Credit) 24.Create Memo Pad – Y 25.Currency – INR 26.Fixed Amount – 500. Go to the ‘Amount Table Code’ field by pressing Tab. 27.Amount Table Code – Press F2. Go to list item DDCOM (Commision on DD/MT/TT). Select it by pressing Shift+F4.Press F4. 28.Account No. – Type COMM, press F2. Go to ‘INC COMM ON DRAFTS & TRANSFERS’, select it by pressing Shift+F4. 29.Amount Ind – P (Percentage) 30. Percentage to be applied – 100. Press F4 . The cursor will appear in Option field. To enter debit account details – 31.Option – E (Enter). Press F4. 32.Amount Ind – C (Contra Balancing) 33.Part tran type – D (Debit) 34.Create Memo Pad – Y 35.Currency – INR. Press F4. 36.Account No. – 01725 37.Amount Ind – P (Percentage) 38.Percentage – 100. Press F4 . The cursor will come back to option field. Press F10 to Commit/Save the SI. Verify the SI as explained in ‘How to verify SI paragraph’. When do SIs get executed ? a. SIs which have been marked as B (Day Beginning) in Execution Time will be automatically executed during BOD process. b. SIs which have been marked as A (After Business Hours) in Execution Time will be automatically executed during EOD process. c. SIs which have been marked as D (Anytime During day) will be executed when when we run SIE (Standing Instruction Execution) menu option first time during the day. d. SIs which have been marked as E (Every Time) will be executed as many times as we run SIE menu option. EXECUTION OF STANDING INSTRUCTIONS Menu option – SIE 1. Execution Time –Enter D or E. Press F4. 2. System will bring Print parameter acceptance form.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[27]
3. Fore/Background – Enter F. 4. Print Required – N. Press F10. Wait till until progress indicator (which is on the bottom-right corner of the screen) comes back to green. Press F3. The system generates execution report for all the SIs selected of the type mentioned in steps 1. Please see the report. Reports & Inquiries – SII – Standing Instruction Inquir y, SIETR –SIs Executed Today Report SIRP – Standing Instruction Register Printing.
CHEQUE BOOKS MAINTENANCE PERSONALIZED CHEQUE BOOKS At present request for personalized cheque books are being sent to Printing and Stationary Department through menu option “CBSCHQBK”. Cheque books are being sent by P&S Deptt. HO in verified stage. Some of the PCBs are received back and to avoid misue following procedure be adopted : 1)
PCBs will continue to be sent to customers directly at 275 identified centres in verified stage whereas the PCBs being sent to base branch other than the specified centres for onward delivery to customers will be sent by P&S Department HO in ‘I’ status I.e. “Issued but not acknowledged”. Branches have to obtain proper acknowledgement from the customer, feed the same in system so that the chque status is changed to ‘U’ (unused) status.
2)
A menu option ‘CHQSTAT’ has been customized for the branches to change the status of cheque from ‘U’ to ‘I’ ( issued but not acknowledged) for the situations where personalized cheque book sent to customer’s address, is returned to the base branch due to unavailability of customer ( or any other reason). Once the status is changed system gives message “Record updated successfully”. (TBD 52/2013)
CHEQUE BOOK ISSUE Issuer or Verifier of Cheque book Issue Process must hold the physical stock of Cheque Books. System will have this information through Inventory Movement Process. Menu Option – ICHB, Function – I, Enter A/C No. In the field ‘Cheque book Ack. Obtained?’ Type ‘Y’, if acknowledgement has been obtained, else type ‘N’. Press F4. Enter Cheque Type (select by pressing F2, say SB20 or CA100 or ANU-10) & press F4. System will list the available Cheque books with the issuer, if any. Select the Cheque book(s) to be issued with Shift+F4 & Commit with F10. VERIFICATION / CANCELLATION OF THE ISSUE OF CHEQUE BOOKS Menu Option – ICHBAU Function – V/X, Enter A/C No. or F2 to List Unverified Cheque Books, select with Shift+F4. Press F4. While verifying, Enter ‘Y’ in ‘Collect MICR charge’ field to recover Cheque book charges. Press F4 & Commit with F10. Another Chequebook cannot be issued in an a/c with unverified Cheque books. ON RECEIPT OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM (PNB 119) FROM CUSTOMER If ‘N’ was given at the field ‘Cheque book Ack. Obtained?’ while issuing Cheque book, then on receipt of acknowledgement (PNB 119) from the customer the same is to be marked & verified in the system.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[28]
System will not mark Stop Payments for unacknowledged Cheque leaves. Menu Option – CHBM, Function – A, Enter A/C No. Press F4. Select the Cheque books for which acknowledgement is to be marked Commit by F10. Verification/Cancellation has to be done with CHBM-V/X function. "CHBM" MENU -- ‘C’ FUNCTION – MARKING OF CAUTION Caution can be marked on the Cheque the status of which is UNUSED. That is to say that caution cannot be marked on a Cheque which has not been acknowledged Invoke menu option CHBM: Enter C in the Function Field, Press Tab, Enter Account No., Press Tab, Enter Begin Ch. No., Press Tab, Enter No. of Leave & Press F4, System will display equal number of Cheque as entered in No. of Leave column starting from the Begin Ch. NO. The system will also display the Current Status of Cheque and New Status of Cheque Caution can be unmarked by UNDO function through the same menu option i.e. CHBM It is to be noted that system allows payment of caution marked cheques. However, an exception Cheque Cautioned is raised at the time of its posting/verification INQUIRY ON CHEQUE BOOKS ISSUED IN AN A/C Menu Option – CHBI Give a/c number in which cheque book inquiry is to be done Name will be displayed automatically Purpose to view - User has to mention the details Enquiry is required.
for
which
the
cheque
book
INQUIRY OF ACCOUNT NO. FOR A GIVEN CHEQUE NUMBER Menu Option – INQACHQ. Enter Cheque No & Sol-ID. Press F4. Quit with F3 CHEQUE INQUIRY Cheque Book inquiry can also be made while working in any screen or any menu option without quitting from it. press F5 or click on Background at the menu option bar, the system will display the Background Menu. At the Background menu select the appropriate option, delete the number appearing in the Make your Choice field and enter the same again before pressing F4. CHBM screen will be displayed. Enter I (for inquire) & A/c No. & Press F4. System shall display the same screen under the title Menu Option CHBM. The Cheque book record can be exploded here too, for looking at status of Chequebook leaves. DO YOU KNOW THAT A MOBILE BANKING CUSTOMER CAN MAKE STOP PAYMENT OF HIS CHEQUES USING SMS MESSAGE SENT TO 5607040 MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE { CHEQUE-BOOK) ICHB Issue Cheque books For Issue, Verification, Cancellation And Printing Of Cheque books CHBM Cheque Book For Marking Acknowledgement, Caution, Revoking Caution, Maintenance Destroying Unused Cheque Leaves, Verification And Inquiry INQACHQ Inquire A/C Number For Inquiring Account Number From Cheque Number For A Cheque CHBIR Cheque Book Issued For Printing Cheque book Issue Register Register SPP/SPPAU Stop Payment To enter/cancel Stop Payments Processing PNBPRPT (Daily Report Part I / 5)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[29]
SECURITY FORMS INVENTORY MANAGEMENT IN CBS SYSTEM If any IMC entry (created by Ptg. & Sty. Dept.) remains outstanding beyond 15 days from the date of IMC, concerned branch(es) will get an alert at the time of ‘ Day End’ for next 5 days but on thje 20th day of IMC entry remaining outstanding branch will not be able to proceed with the ‘day-end’ process unless the relative IMC entry is dealt with. In case new branch (yet to be opened), uptill now security forms where being sent by the Stationary Department to the concerned Circle Office without creation of IMC entry. Now IT CBS has created one more inventory class/code CO/CO valid for department i.e. 399600. Before dispatch of inventory HO will create dummy IMC movement from 399600, DL/DL to 399600, CO/CO and only thereafter physical stock will be sent. On operationalisation of IMAUM of the branch HO will transfer the stock to new branch by using IMC option. IMPORTANT AT BRANCH LEVEL SYSTEM WILL NOT ALLOW TO BRING THE INVENTORY FROM EXTERNAL LOCATION ( I.E. ZZ/EXT) SINCE PRINTING AND STATIONARY DEPARTMENT IS DIRECTLY ENTERING THE SECURITY FORMS IN THE LOCATIONS OF BRANCHES. (ITD CBS 80/2013) RELATED MENU OPTIONS IMC IMI IMR ISIA ISI ISR ISRA IMAUM
INVENTORY MOVEMENT BETWEEN LOCATIONS INVENTORY MOVEMENT INQUIRY INVENTORY MOVEMENT REPORT INVENTORY INQUIRY, SPLIT AND MERGE (ALL) (other than the user location) INVENTORY INQUIRY, SPLIT AND MERGE (AT USER LOCATION) INVENTORY STATUS REPORT AT EMPLOYEE LOCATION INVENTORY STATUS REPORT (ALL) UPDATE WORK CLASS AND USER OF DOUBLE LOCK
CLEARING OPERATIONS OUTWARD CLEARING 1. In CBS all cheques sent to clearing house are sent after opening a zone each day and entering all the cheques under that zone. 2. All cheques are lodged by opening a Zone of specific latency period each day. 3. Latency means the number of days from the date of opening after which the system would allow to release the zone to shadow balance i.e. day when cheque amount credited to customer account. 4. Shadow balance reflects the amount which has been credited in the account but can not be withdrawn since it is under clearing. FLOW CHARTS – OUTWARD CLEARING: Open Zone Lodge cheques Verification Generate Reports Suspend Zone Revoke suspension of Zone Release cheques to shadow Regularize Zone Mark Pending cheques not to be regularized Revoke cheques marked pending earlier Transfer of sets from a zone to other Inquiry on clearing sets Inquiry on shadow balance
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
: : : : : : : : : : : : :
MCLZOH (O) OCTM (A) OCTM (V) PCLSO, PNBRPT MCLZOH (S) MCLZOH (V) MCLZOH (R) MCLZOH (G) MARKPEND REVPEND TROFSETS IOCLS ACSBIO
[30]
THE PROCESS FOR OPENING THE OUTWARD CLEARING ZONE 1. Menu MCLZOH, function O for Zone Open 2. Press TAB give date of zone, Press TAB & press F2 (it will show list of zones) 3. Bring arrow to the zone to be selected and press shift key & F4 4. Respective Zopne will be selected. Press F4 & than F10 Date of zone can be BOD or any future date. Now the cheques can be lodged. It is possible that more than one user can lodge instruments in a single zone or separate zones can be opened for different users as per requirement in the branch. 5. To lodge the instruments invoke menu option, OCTM FUNCTION A 6. Press tab BOD will be shown, change it if required and press tab, give desired zone name and Press F4 LODGEMENT OF INSTRUMENTS CAN BE OF 3 TYPES 1. One instrument with one account number to be credited. 2. Multiple instruments with & one account number to be credited. 3. Multiple account number to be credited with one instrument. FOR TYPE 1 MENU : OCTM Function A 1. Give date & name of zone press F4 A set number is generated. Note set no on the face of voucher 2. Put account number press Put amount press F6 3. Put instrument number press tab key. 4. Put sort code from the instrument i.e. combination of bank code & branch code press tab For LDD zone bank code is always 024 and sort code give branch distinctive number. 5. Amount is already populated there, press tab press F2 & select appropriate code (optional) 6. Press down arrow key (key board) 7. check if credit amount & instrument amount same. 8. Press F10 and go for another set. Continue the process till all instruments are lodged. FOR TYPE 2 MENU : OCTM Function A 1. Give date & name of zone pressF4. A set number is generated. Note the number on the Face of the voucher. 2. Put account number and press TAB put amount press F6 3. Put instrument number press tab key. 4. Put sort code from the instrument i.e. combination of bank code & branch code press tab. 5. Put amount of the instrument by altering the amount shown on the field, press down arrow key (key board) enter instrument number press tab sort code, amount of the instrument as before and continue with down arrow, if there are further cheques until all cheques are entered. Check if credit amount & instrument amount are same. 6. Now press F10 and go for another set. Continue the process till all instruments are lodged. FOR TYPE 3 MENU : OCTM Function A 1. Give date & name of zone press F4. A set number is generated. Note the number on the Face of the voucher. 2. Put account number and press TAB 3. Put amount press down arrow cursor will come to account number. Repeat as above and Continue until all account numbers are entered. Than press F6 4. Put instrument number press tab key. 5. Put sort code from the instrument i.e. combination of bank code & branch code press tab. 6. Put amount, press down arrow key ( key board)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[31]
7. Check if credit amount and instrument amount tallies. Press F10 After all cheques have been lodged 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Invoke menu MCLZOH Function I Give zone name and date & press F4 & press F6 twice Total value of cheques, number of instruments and vouchers will be shown. Prepare the imprest voucher accordingly. Modification before verification may be made through menu OCTM function M giving zone name, date and set number. 6. Modification after verification may be made by transferring the set to new zone by menu TROFSETS and then doing the modification process and retransfer of the set to the old zone by TROFSETS again. 7. Once the set is transferred to new zone set number will change.
VERIFICATION OF THE LODGED INSTRUMENTS MENU : OCTM Function V 1. Press TAB & zone date BOD will be default populated. Change if required & press TAB 2. Give zone name & press TAB and give set number Press F4 3. If there are more than one account number for single instrument press down arrow (key board) and view all the vouchers amount. Then press F6. View the instrument detail Press F10. 4. If one account number as multiple cheques, after viewing account number entry press F6. To view more than 2 instruments press down arrow key. Press F10 to commit. 5. Each set will be verified individually. 6. Use menu IOCLS giving zone name & date to check if all instruments are verified. 7. If no more instruments is to be lodged SUSPEND the zone through menu option MCLZOH (S) 8. Subsequently, if there is any requirement of addition of further instrument or modification of any entry the zone may be un-suspend through menu option MCLZOH (U). 9. If zone is ZERO latency i.e. same day credit is to be given to customer’s a/c than release to shadow balance menu MCLZOH (R). 10.In case of 1 day latency zone do this function next day morning after day being. 11.After release of shadow balance, the account will show higher balance, but effective balance available will be only the amount of clear balance. 12.If there are returns, after marking the same incase of ZERO latency regularize the zone i.e. menu Option MCLZOH (G) 13. For one day latency do it day after tomorrow, Once regularized the outward clearing zone will automatically be closed. ENQUIRIES REGARDING OUTWARD CLEARING CHEQUES - MENU – OIQ INWARD CLEARING Inward clearing cheques are also required to be lodged in a new zone every day. FLOW CHART - INWARD CLEARING Open Zone Lodge cheques Verification Tallying with BAR Amount Suspension of zone Revoke suspension Validation of instruments Posting of zone Close zone
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
: : : : : : : : :
MICZ (O) ICTM (A) ICTM (V) ICTM (I) ‘S’ sub option MICZ (S) MICZ (R) MICZ (V) MICZ (P) MICZ (Z)
[32]
PROCEDURE FOR OPENING INWARD CLEARING ZONE MENU – MICZ (O) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Press Enter Enter Enter Press
TAB twice and press F2 and select zone & then press F4 the bar amount i.e. total amount of cheques received from clearing house. the number of instruments the number, if any and date F4 & F10.
ENTRY OF INWARD CLEARING CHEQUES MENU – ICTM – A 1. Press Tab Twice & specify t he zone name that you have opened & press F4 Fill up the details 2. The moment account number is filled up press transmit key and see whether the available amount permits passing of cheques ( this is indicated in the lower block of the screen). If available amount is less than cheque amount enter the cheque but keep it separately, so that return can be marked. 3. At carving required ? flag put ‘Y’ 4. At rejection flag put ‘N’. If it is to be returned put this flag as I 5. Press down arrow key for each cheque entry, After all cheques are entered press F10 6. Get back to menu MICZ function I 7. Put the zone name press F4 put S in option block & press F4. It will show whether all cheques have been entered. If there is short / excess claim then check the entries. Please handover the cheques to the clearing incharge for verification. ENTRY OF CASH ORDER IN INWARD CLEARING For cash order received in clearing in the block for instrument number put branch serial number e.g. 103 and not 103/06 after putting the instrument date press F6. It will go to next page. Put in alpha number and the printed cash order number i.e. alpha number and numerical number in the field for reference number and press F4. VERIFICATION OF INWARD CLEARING ENTRY 1. First of all check if total number of instruments and total amount of cheques received from clearing house is entered correctly or not. 2. This can be done through menu option MICZ, Function I specify the zone name press F4 3. Put ‘S’ in the option block press F4. Check if the bar credit amount tallies with clearing figure and customer/ office debit amount. 4. If not ensure all cheques have been posted and no cheque has been posted more than once. 5. If it is found correct, go for verification of individual entries through menu option ICTM, Function ‘V’ press F4 twice all entries are displayed in selection mode. 6. Use down arrow key to check all the entries and finally Press F10 for verification of all cheques together. If the balance available in the corresponding accounts in which cheques have been received is to be checked use Menu option ICTM function I for inquiry. 7. Specify zone name and date, Press F4 twice. The entries will be displayed. 8. By pressing down arrow key the >indicator moves down. Corresponding accounts available balance is displayed. 9. In case of insufficiency of balance press down arrow and see through the cheques details. 10.Accordingly decide which cheques are to be returned. Handover the cheques to CTO for making necessary modification for returning the cheque i.e. carving as N and rejection as I in menu ICTM function M. RETURN OF CHEQUE FROM INWARD CLEARING 1. While entering the cheque in ICTM option, mark a cheque returned by putting the ‘Rejection’
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[33]
flag as I and Carving flag as ‘N’ 2. If not done subsequently also a cheque can be returned through Menu ption ICTM function M 3. Specify zone name press F4 give cheque number press F4. The entry page will appear, Press TAB key and move to carving boock make it ‘N’ & rejection ‘I’ and press F4. 4. Selection rejection code Press F4. 5. Modify charges if required. Accept by pressing F4. 6. Specify the presenting bank code (select from list available) Press F10 7. This requires verification by authorized official by menu option ICTM, Function V. RETURN CHEQUES FROM OUTWARD CLEARING 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Open a zone ‘NMICR’ in menu option MICZ At BAR amount mention total amount of cheques received back as return from other banks. Enter number of instruments received back and press F4 and F10. Enter the cheques with menu option ICTM function A zone name NMICR. Make all entries as before only carving box tobe made ‘N’ and rejection ‘O’ press F4. Next page will ask for rejection code. select from list press F4. Next page will show the charges select the charge by down arrow and rectify the charge amount If required press F4 and F10. 9. This requires verification by authorized official by menu option ICTM, Function ‘V’ INQUIRY ON CLEARING RETURN BOTH INWARD AND OUTWARD Use menu REJREP . Give the clearing type as I for inward and O for outward and ill up the other details. INWARD CLEARING OPERATIONS – OTHER STEPS 1. After verification of all entries in inward clearing SUSPEND the zone Menu MICZ (S) After suspending the zone you cannot further add any instrument to the zone. Function ‘R’ may be used for revoking suspension if required. 2. Run the validation run before posting the menu MICZ, function V, it will ask for report file name mention it as iclg_Val.mrt The validation report will show which cheques will not be posted in the normal course. Take necessary steps for posting of these cheques. 3. Post the zone with menu option MICZ, Function P , if all entries are not posted from here it will give Transaction Id and give message that posting failed. Note the Transaction Id and post the left over entries through TM menu. Again post the zone and check if all entries are posted. 4. Finally close the inward clearing zone by menu MICZ function Z. LOCAL CHEQUES FOR ODD IN CLEARING 1. Best option is to collect the cheque in sundry- Bills through clearing. When zone is cleared, realize the bill from BM R function but change the realization account to the sundry bills account. 2. If ODD is credited directly then it requires portioning details which may not be available to the clearing In charge. Also the ODD will outstand in BM unnecessarily. IF MEMBER BANK/BRANCH DOES NOT PARTICIPATE IN CLEARING HOUSE 1. If the information is received before the zone is released to shadow balance, the sets pertaining to concerned Bank/Branch can be transferred to a new zone – opened for next date (With same Home clearing flag) through KMCLZOH-T option (also by TROFSETS option) verify again. 2. If information is received after the Zone is released to shadow balance, the instruments pertaining to concerned Bank/Branch should be marked pending with MARKPEND menu option. On regularization of Zone remaining instruments will be cleared and zone status shall remain partially regularised. 3. On clearance, use REVPEND menu option to revoke status of instruments marked as pending and run regularization process again (MCLZOH-G)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[34]
CLEARING LOCALITY REFERENCE CODE – ENHANCEMENT 1. The application provides a link between the branches and the clearing centre in which they participate. 2. In the present version the listing of branches is done, irrespective of whether they participate in clearing or not. 3. There is a provision for entering the clearing locality code while opening the outward clearing zone. 4. While entering any outward clearing instrument data, user will get only those branch lists whose clearing code matches with code in BRTM. MODIFICATION IN OCTM AFTER VERIFICATION Instrument lodged and verified in OCTM can be modified before release to shadow balance. System makes a check that even if a single modification is done in the set, the entire set needs to be verified again. MICR CODE MAINTENANCE IN THE SYSTEM MICR Code is a unique 9 digit number assigned by RBI to the branches of banks across India. constitution of MICR Code is as under: Ist three digits Mid three digits Last three digits
The
- City code of the branch - denote the bank code - denotes the reference branch code
Circle office ZC user or Data centre DC user has been given the powers to modify / enter MICR code through menu option ‘BRTM’ PNB Branches as well as other bank’s MICR can be updated by ZC/DC user as per procedure laid down in ITD CBS Circular no. 10/2014 dated 21.03.2014 SOME RELATED MENU OPTIONS FOR CLEARING OPERATIONS MENU OPTION MCLZOH
DESCRIPTION
PURPOSE
Maintain Outward Clearing Zones
For all Zone related Operations in Outward Clearing
OCTM
Outward Clearing Maintenance
For lodging,modifying,verification of O/W Clearing Cheques.
IOCLS
Inquire on O/W Clearing Sets
To know status of OW Verified/Unverified/Unbalanced
PCLSO
Print OW Clearing Schedule
To print O/W Clearing Schedule
DAYRPT
Reports Main Menu
Use Option 3 for Clearing Reports
MARKPEND
Mark Pending Instruments
For marking instruments pending for regularisation
REVPEND
Revoke Pending Instruments
For revoking instruments marked as pending for regularisation
TROFSETS
Transfer of Sets
To transfer OW Clearing Sets from one Open Zone to Another
OIQ
OW Clearing Inquiry
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Transaction
Instruments
Clearing
Sets
Instrument base Inquiry
[35]
–
OPQ
OW Clearing Part Tran Inquiry
Voucher Based Inquiry
UNLKZ
Unlock OW Clearing Zone
TM
Transaction Maintenance
To unlock a locked zone due to abnormal logout To Post Transactions in the Accounts
REJREP
Rejected Advice
MICZ
Maintain Inward Clearing Zones
For all Zone related Operations in Inward Clearing
ICTM
Inward Clearing Maintenance
For lodging,modifying,verification of I/W Clearing Cheques.
UNIZ
Unlock IW Clearing Zone
DTCS
Display Transaction Code Summary
Instruments/
Reports
Transactions
To print Returning Schedules / Reports
To unlock a locked zone due to abnormal logout To view Transaction-Code wise summary of Inward Clearing Cheques
TRANSACTION MAINTENANCE AVAILABLE SUB OPTIONS: MENU OPTION "TM" OPT
OPT
DETAILS
OPT
DETAILS
Additional Details Grant/view TOD Details. Proxy Post Part Tran Purchase/Sale Details Partitioning Details
P R
Post Transaction Reset the Request
V
Verify
B
W
Show Components of Available Balance Other Details of Part Tran. E.g. Who entered and posted the transaction. Release Lien Details
8
Swift Details
F
Foreign currency Details
DETAILS D T
A N
C
Delete a Part Tran Copy Part Tran Summary * Copy Entire Part Tran
E
Enter entire Part Tran
H
K
Check Part Tran
G
L
List Part Tran.
J
I
Inquire on all the part Tran Modification of Part Tran
Z
M
Y
U
User Additional Details Print Voucher on Entry Show Part Tran Totals
O
SOME FIELDS ARE NOT MODIFIABLE A/c Number field – if after filling in details of transaction F4 (accept) has been pressed the a/c number in the transaction cannot be changed. Instrument type - cannot be changed in case of debit transactions. Instrument date - cannot be changed in case of debit transactions. The date is validated by the system for staleness TM --OTHER FUNCTIONS TO SEE THE JOINT HOLDER IN THE ACCOUNT WHILE POSTING THE VOUCHER.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[36]
In the Account number field in TM- enter the account number and explode (Ctrl + E) to open the ACI inquiry for the account. Use ‘A’ option and down arrows to see the joint holders. Explode (Ctrl + E) in account number field in any Menu in the system will open the ACI menu. From this menu open the ACLI ledger Inquiry menu with ‘G’ option. CHECKING BALANCE AVAILABLE IN THE ACCOUNT WHILE POSTING A VOUCHER TM-‘M’/’I’ FUNCTION – ‘B’ OPTION. GIVES SAME SCREEN AS ACCBAL. IN ACCBAL THE SHADOW BALANCE IS THE POSTED OUTWARD CLEARING AND THE FLOAT BALANCE ARE THE CHEQUES ENTERED IN TODAY’S CLEARING BUT NOT RELEASED TO SHADOW BALANCE. THE SYSTEM RESERVED AMOUNT GIVES THE INWARD CLEARING CHEQUES CARVED (ENTERED BUT NOT POSTED) BY THE SYSTEM. CREATION OF TRANSACTION TEMPLATE -- 'TTM' For a transaction of repetitive in nature, a template should be created so that it can be used every time to avoid creation of transaction again and again through TM. Menu option – TTM (Transaction Template Maintenance) Function – A (Add) to create a new template. Other functions are D-Delete, U-Undelete, M-Modify, IInquire & L-List of Templates. Temp. Id (Mandatory) – Enter id to be allotted to this template. It’s a free text field of 9 chars long. Particulars – Enter the particulars of template. It’s a free text field. Press F4. Type/Subtype (Mandatory)- Enter the type of transaction similar to TM. Enter C for cash or T for transfer. In the subtype field, enter the subtype similar to TM ; Press F4. The cursor will appear in Specify option field. If a new part tran is to be added, enter E in this field (which appears by default) and press F4. A/c No – Enter the account no. and press F11 twice. Enter the transactions details like amount, type of part tran (C-Credit or D-Debit), which is mandatory, Instrument type etc. similar to TM. Press F4. The cursor will appear in Specify option field. Fill up details of all the part trans as desired. Once all the part trans are entered, press F10 to commit/save the template. Press F3 to quit from menu option. After the template is saved, it can be used any number of times. USING TEMPLATE Menu option – TM (Transactions Maintenance) Function – C (Copy) Tran Id – Enter the template ID, which is already created through menu option TTM. Press F4. The system will display 1st part tran and cursor will be placed in Specify Option field. Specify Option - If the part tran is to be modified, enter M in this field and press F4; except a/c no, all the details of the part tran can be modified. Follow the procedure of TM for posting / verifying. SOME OPTIONS AVAILABLE IN 'SPECIFY OPTION' FIELD 1)
OPTION A (ADDITIONAL PART TRAN DETAILS) – Some transactions need additional details to be entered. During addition/posting/verification/inquiry, enter A and press F4 in this field to know additional details, some examples i. While issuing DD, system asks details like branch D.No on which DD is to be issued, Payee name, purchase a/c No/name, commission etc. These details are captured by the system as a part of additional details.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[37]
ii.
2)
3)
4)
5)
While crediting Term Deposit A/Cs, system asks flow code like Principal Inflow, Installment Inflow etc. These details are captured as a part of additional details. OPTION K (CHECK PART TRAN) This option can be visited during addition of a new transaction. After entering necessary fields, press F4 key to come to Specify options field, system may display a message at the status bar as ‘Warning: Exceptions Encountered’. visit the list of warning/exceptions by entering K and pressing F4 in this field. OPTION – L (LIST PART TRANS) This option can be used to see the list of all part trans. The lists displayed on the screen contain various details of every part tran like srl. No of the part train in the transaction, A/c No, Inst No. (if entered), Status of the part tran (like P for posted and V for verified & blank for entered but not posted/verified), Tran Dr. Amount, Tran Cr. Amount & Currency. In the bottom part of the screen, system also displays information like how many part trans are entered, posted & deleted. OPTION O (OTHER PART TRAN DETAILS) This option can be used to inquire about the details like users who have entered, posted and verified the part tran along with the date and time of the activity. OPTION B (SHOW COMPONENTS OF BALANCE) This option internally activates menu option ACCBAL. Can be used to know the details about the a/c entered in the part tran; like Clear Balance, Available Amount, Funds in Outward Clearing, total of amounts of cheques lodged in inward clearing, Drawing Power, Adhoc limit, Lien marked, Overdue liability etc.
6)
OPTION U (SHOW PART TRAN TOTALS) Can be used to know the total of all the Debit & Credit part trans. 7) OPTION W (RELEASE LIEN DETAILS) Can release lien(s) if they are already marked on the accounts opened under scheme types SBA, CAA, ODA, CCA, BIA, FBA & TDA. Release of Lien can be accessed only for debit part transactions. If the option is invoked, system may display all the active liens on the account. Select any record from the list o mark off the liens against the debit amount of the part tran. If the liens amount is grater than the debit amount, then lien is released partially. If the debit amount is greater than or equal to the lien amount then the entire lien will be marked off.
TM RELATED MENU OPTIONS MENU TM
DESCRIPTION TRANSACTION MAINTAINENCE
PURPOSE TO PUT THROUGH TRANSACTIONS IN ACCOUNTS TTM TEMPLATE MAINTENANCE TO PREPARE TEMPLATE OF VOUCHERS FOR FUTURE USE TEA TRANSACTION EXCEPTION FOR APPROVAL OF EXCEPTIONAL APPROVAL TRANSACTIONS TV TRANSACTION POSTING / FOR MASS POSTING /VERIFICATION OF VERIFICATION TRANSACTIONS ACLI LEDGER INQUIRY TO DISPLAY ACCOUNT LEDGER ACCBAL COMPONENTS OF BALANCE TO DISPLAY DETAILED BALANCE DETAILS FTI FINANCIAL TRANSACTION INQUIRY TO INQUIRE ON ANY TYPE OF TRANSACTIONS. ALSO TO LOCATE TRAN-ID FTR FINANCIAL TRANSACTION REPORT TO PRINT OUTPUT OF FTI VCHR Voucher Printing Can also be done through TM sub option Z) ADVC Advice printing (for customers) The SWO can generate the Cash payment long book by invoking menu option ‘DAYRPT’ option no.2 sub option no.2 and 3A. The long book will have record of all payments made by him during the day and 3A report shows details of cash receipts through CASHRCP menu option.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[38]
CASH PAYMENT THROUGH TOKEN SYSTEM - CBS Menu “TOKEN” The salient features of CBS Menu “Token” are as under: After running “Token” Menu in CBS Cashier shall enter the Transaction ID from the instrument presented to him/her for cash payment . The screen will populate the details such as Account Number, Instrument Type, Instrument Number, Amount, Tran Particular, User ID of maker (Entered User) & User ID of Checker (Posted User) and Status. After entering Transaction ID in the Token Menu, If the Tranasction is not found posted in the system, a message will be displayed that “The Transaction is not posted . Please post it first “. After posting all the details , the system allows user to enter token number. Token Number will be filled by the user which will be saved in the system and a massage will pop up ” Do you want to submit more records (Yes/No)”. In case any other token is to be entered in the system, user has to press “Yes” or otherwise press “No”. “Token “menu in CBS system has been enabled with the following functionalities: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
7)
8)
Physical cash is to be opened as per existing procedure. Cash menu option “OCST/OXFT” is to be opened by the cash custodian in the branch. Cash distribution and related activities are to be carried out as per existing guidelines. All Cash receipts are to be entered in the system and system generated cash receipt is invariably to be issued to customer as per existing guidelines. Cash payments at SWO to be made as per existing guidelines. Cash payment at cashier counter based on token to be made by the designated person but they are required to capture the token on the system after tallying the cash payment details entered against the respective transaction number. At the end of day, empty the CDM bin, wherever provided and pass necessary voucher in the system as per guidelines. ABH will be allowed only if balance of CDM imprest account is made NIL. The branch has to execute CASHD option for feeding the closing cash balance of the branch. Close the cash in CBS and tally the physical cash with Cashier long book generated by the system and close the cash menu through CASHD. Each Cashier will print his/her Cashier‟s long book through a report available in DAYRPT 1/21.
TRANSFER OF FUNDS BETWEEN CBS BRANCHES IN NON-CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS. For transferring funds between CBS branches in Non-customer accounts (Office Accounts), a new menu option `ISTRF - Inter-Sol Transfer of Funds' is available where the funds on account of Non-Customer accounts in CBS branches can be transferred to other CBS branches without involving TPOs/Advices. Only Transfer, Bank Induced (T/BI) type of transactions are allowed into the account opened for the specific purpose of transfer of funds between CBS branches for non-customer accounts through this menu option. The Branch Remitting the Funds to another CBS branch to the credit of a Non-customer Account should follow the procedure as under: All the transactions relating to transfer of funds to a CBS branch for the credit to a Non-Customer account should be routed through an account bearing number 3171160 - NONCUSTOMER INTER BRANCH FUNDS TRANSFER. (1) In order to put the transactions into this account invoke menu option `ISTRF - Inter-Sol Transfer Transaction Menu'. (2) The system will display following details needed to be entered: i) Debit Account no: Enter the account number, which is to be debited. ii) Transaction Amount: Enter the amount of transaction in this field. iii) Credit Sol Id: This is the Sol-Id of the branch to which the funds are required to be remitted. iv) Tran Particulars: Enter the details of remittance in this field.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[39]
v) On entering all the aforesaid particulars press F4. vi) The system will create a transaction in entered stage and show the `TM - Transaction Maintenance' screen interface where post the transaction and note down the Tran Id. VERIFICATION OF THE TRANSACTION: The authorized officer is required to verify the transaction using menu option `TM - Transaction Maintenance' and giving function code as `V' followed by Tran Id. For modifying any transaction, invoke menu option `TM - Transaction Maintenance' and enter the Tran Id and press F4 and modify the transaction. i) On modification, the user is required to commit the transaction. ii) To make inquiry, invoke menu `TM - Transaction Maintenance' and the Tran Id and press F4. iii) The system will display the transaction. The Branch Receiving the Funds from another CBS branch to the credit of a Non-customer Account should follow the procedure as under: At the ABH of each day the system will automatically generate a report - Outstanding in Transfer of Funds Between CBS Br in Non-Cust A/c's where the details of all the outstanding transactions made by different sols into the account no: 3171160- NON-CUSTOMER INTER BRANCH FUNDS TRANSFER are available. i) Print this report every day and pass necessary transactions to the debit of account no: 3171160 - NON-CUSTOMER INTER BRANCH FUNDS TRANSFER which is an exact pointing type of an account and credit the Non-customer account as per the particulars mentioned in the report. The branches can also generate this report on any day using menu option `PNBRPT - 2/ 17' as per their requirements. FACILITIES AVAILABLE IN INTERSOL / BASE BRANCH ONLY - CCC 08/2014 S.No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Facility available in Inter-sol Issue of Pass Book Issue of Statement of account Confirmation of deposit – CDR Issue of Debit Card Issue of IBS User Feeding of standing instructions Deposit in PPF in all branches Feeding in 15G/15H, change in address etc. in customer master Issue of demand draft Issue of TDS Certificate RTGS/NEFT with Incumbents permission after due diligence Submission of Life certificate
Facility non available in inter-sol Issue of cheque Book Change in name of customer master –CUMM Creation of Security Register maintenance Marking Lien (ALM) Freeze / Unfreeze account (AFSM) Feeding of standing instructions in PPF Adding / modification in nomination Transfer of Scheme code (ACXFRSC) Transfer of a/c from one sol to other(ACXFRSOL) Premature cancellation of FDR
PROXY POSTING While doing the End of day operations, system validates for any unposted or part posted transactions. If any unposted or part posted transactions are found then End of day operations cannot be carried out until the transactions are posted. The ends of day operations are done by the Data Base Administrator who may not be a part of regular branch operations. If any transaction is in unposted/part posted status, then it will be difficult for the Data base administrator to continue with the day end operations. In such scenario, he may have to either postpone the process, which may affect normal working next day, or he may have to initiate posting of transaction as a general user. Some times posting may involve granting of temporary overdrafts, which may not be within his discretion.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[40]
In order to overcome such a situation and to enable the Data Base Administrator to continue with his work, a feature “Proxy Posting” has been provided in Finacle. Proxy posting process will post the unposted/part posted transaction to an identified different account, and if the transaction is a debit transaction for a customer account that transaction will also place a lien on the original customer account. The next day, the general user can look into those transactions and reverse the proxy posted transactions. In UPM set up an user is authorised to proxy post a transaction. HOW TO POST PROXY TRANSACTION? If a debit part transaction to customer account is proxy posted, lien will be put for transaction amount on original account. To calculate the available amount of an account, total lien amount on the account will be subtracted. Total lien amount to be subtracted includes lien put by other modules also. Transactions to proxy account need additional details. After entering the normal details of the transaction in TM , invoke sub option “Y” in TM proxy posting which brings up the following screen: At the time of proxy posting the following details are to be filled up:-Proxy account – account to which the transaction should be posted. System populates by default an account number based on the SCFM set up. Which can be over ridden. Event id – Event id based on which the charges if any to be collected Value date – The value date the system should put while reversing the transaction Single reversal – Whether system should try for only one reversal or multiple reversal can happen for this proxy posting. If multiple reversal are permitted, the system will recover the amount whenever there is available funds in the account to the extent of amount recovered, the lien will be removed. Ref Account – If some account reference is indicated here, in SPTM menu, the record can be selected by indicating this account as one of the criteria selection or even generate a report. On F4 and F10 transaction main screen will proxy post the transaction. On commit the system will first try to post normally. In case posting does not go through only then system will try proxy posting. In case proxy posting also did not go through (say because of sufficient debits not posted) proxy details entered will be lost. Copy of part transactions, which is proxy-posted, is not allowed. Copy of transactions in which any part transaction has been proxy posted is also not allowed. The reference account accepted in proxy details can be used to inquire and take reports. REVERSAL OF PROXY POSTED TRANSACTION In order to reverse the transaction online invoke the menu SPTM – System Pointing type transaction maintenance - R . Using this option following activities can be done: -- Reverse transaction -- Verify reversal -- Generate reports -- Inquire There are various criteria for selecting record for reversal of proxy posted transaction. Once the criteria and F4 is given selected records based on the criteria shall be displayed. The following options are available at this point:--- or for reversal -- for viewing original transaction details -- to see full details of record -- to create transaction -- to go back
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[41]
If the details of the record are to be seen, first and then . the transaction details can also be seen by key The screen displays information on various transactions that have resulted in reversal of the original transaction. From here and go to transaction maintenance screen to view further details, if required. QUOTING OF PERMANENT ACCOUNT NUMBER (PAN) As per guidelines quoting of permanent account number (PAN) may not be insisted upon for each transaction for purchase of demand draft, etc. of Rs.50000/- and above by debit to customer’s accounts if a customer has furnished PAN at the time of opening the account or subsequently. To meet above requirement of Reserve Bank of India and to enable to inquire before issuance of a demand draft, traveler cheque, mail transfer or telegraphic transfer etc of Rs.50000/- and above whether the customer has furnished PAN number in his account or not, a new menu option ‘PANINQ’ (PAN Inquiry) has been enabled. Each time a customer comes with the request for issuance of a demand draft, traveler cheque, mail transfer or telegraphic transfer of Rs.50000/- and above, invoke PANINQ option, enter the account number of the customer against the a/c number field and press F4. If the customer has already furnished his PAN number and the branch has captured it against the PAN/GIR number field in his CUMM and has verified CUMM, the system would display message at the bottom of the screen: “A/c No ____________ PAN / GIR No: ______________” If the system displays above message, do not insist for quoting of PAN number and issue the demand draft, traveler cheque, mail transfer or telegraphic transfer. If the customer has not already furnished the PAN number or he has furnished but the branch has not captured the PAN number against appropriate column in CUMM, the system would display following message at the bottom of the screen: “PAN/GIR number not found for this account number” In such case, insist the customer for quoting of PAN number. After obtaining the PAN number, capture the same against PAN/GIR number field through menu option CUMM in modify mode and verify modification. PANINQ menu option only enables to know if the customer requesting for purchase of demand draft, traveler cheque or for issuance of mail transfer / telegraphic transfer has furnished his PAN number and the same is available in the system. It does not restrict issuance of draft, traveler cheque, mail transfer or telegraphic transfer in case the PAN number of the customer is not available in the system. PAY ORDER—ISSUE AND PAYMENT Sr. NO ISSUE 01. 02. 03. 04
ACTION POINT
Issue of Pay Order Transaction Type
Always credit PO A/c (3161101) prefixed by sol id. T/CI or T/BI where pay order amount => Rs.50000/-
COMMISSION
Modify commission amt as displayed by the system, when required.
PRINTING
OF
PAY
ORDER
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Initialize Ilinkweb before initiating print option. Ensure inventory is available at employee location initiating print option and printed serial number of PO as on the leaflet is same as is appearing on screen. If print is OK, press F10 followed by F3. If print is not OK, take 2nd print of the PO and move the PO earlier consumed to destroyed location through IMC.
[42]
06.
07.
S.NO
01. 02. 03. 04. 05. 06. 07. 08. 09. 10.
DDC to debit PO a/c to cancel PO issued after migration to Finacle. If PO is cancelled in cash, attach a cash receipt voucher for collecting cancellation charges alongwith the cash payment voucher. DDLOST option to mark PO as lost and DDD to issue a DUPLICATE ISSUE OF duplicate PO where date of issue is after the date of migration to Finacle. Pay order. Collect duplicate issue charges and prepare/print related voucher. CATEGORY ORIGINATING RESPONDING TRAN DESCRIPTION CODE TRANSACTIO TRANSACTIO TYPE N N ALLWD ALLOWED ALLOWED DD Demand Draft Credit Debit C/T TT Telegraphic Transfer Credit Debit C/T FEO FEO Tran Advice Credit Debit T BCADV BC/FOBC Realisation Credit Debit C/T Advice BPADV BP/BD Realisation Advice Credit Debit T CLADV Clg. Imprest Adjustment Credit Debit T Advice MISC Miscellaneous Advice Credit Debit T PRMDD Pre Migration DD Credit Debit T P/L Profit/Loss transfer to HO Both Credit & Both Credit & T Debit Debit UPLD Upload code for HO Both Credit & Both Credit & T balance Debit Debit CANCEL PAY ORDER
ISSUE OF DRAFTS ON CTS2010 FORMAT Following functionality is one time process Before issuing the draft through menu option user has to invoke the menu option . This menu option will select the type of inventory available with the branches. Type ‘A’ in the function field, the sol-id will be auto populated by the system. To make a selection, user needs to type NEW for printing the DD on CTS-2010 format or type OLD to print the DD on the non-CTS 2010 compatible (existing) format. Press F10 to commit , system will save the selection made. After selecting the proper inventory the user has to issue & print the draft using the menu options already available with them. The system will print the draft on the inventory type selected by the user till the user again executes the menu option DDCTS for changing the selection of inventory type. The user doesn’t needs to make the selection again at the time of printing of draft on next working day if the available inventory is same as selected by the user on the previous working day. However, if the inventory type is changed, user has to execute the menu option DDCTS again to select the available inventory. REMITTANCE OF FUNDS FOR VALUE RS.50,000/- AND ABOVE –ISSUANCE OF DEMAND DRAFT / CASH ORDER ETC.MECHANISM IN CBSFOR ISSUANCE OF DD THROUGH CASH
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[43]
1.A check has been provided in the system to cease the issuance of DDs through Cash aggregating to or more than Rs. 50,000/- to the same purchaser on a given day. 2.The system performs the check based on the data entered in the field “Purchaser Name” while issuing a Demand Draft. 3. Some of the changes made are as under: i) While a DD is being issued through cash, the system will not allow to enter any spaces in between the characters in purchasers name. It will allow running character only. ii) While issuing multiple DDs to the same purchaser in a day, irrespective of the SOL (Service Outlet), the system will calculate the sum of amount of DDs already issued (if any) and the one to be issued and if the sum aggregates to or more than Rs. 50,000/- in a day, (including the current DD which is being issued) the system will not allow to issue the DD thro ugh cash. MIS on DD THROUGH CASH: a)
A report (DAYRPT 10/58) which will contain the record of DDs issued through cash on present day. The input to the report will be the purchaser name which was originally fed into TM menu while issuing the DD.
b)
For backdated data, report (PNBRPT 10/24) which will contain the record of DDs through cash on a given day. The input to the report will be the date and the purchaser name which was originally fed into the TM Menu while issuing the DD.
INLAND BILLS Bills are the integral part of the Banking Activities irrespective of the fact whether they are Inland Bills or Foreign Bills. The Bills can be classified in following two categories: i. Bills for Collection, whether clean or documentary, sight or usance, (where the lodger’s account is credited on realization of proceeds of bills) & ii. Bills for Purchase or Discounted, clean or documentary, sight or usance, (where the lodger’s account is credited before the realization of proceeds of bills) Further, the above mentioned bill types can be Outward or Inward. Finacle supports all types of bills mentioned above. The following activities relating to bills can be undertaken through Finacle. • • • • •
The The The The The
Bills Bills Bills Bills Bills
can can can can can
be be be be be
lodged for Collection/Purchase/Discounted. Purchased/Discounted subsequently, they are lodged. transferred from collection to purchase or vice versa. Realised, already sent for collection or purchased or discounted. marked protested, if the same has been returned unpaid.
As regards charging of commission, Bank/Other charges & Interest calculation (in case of purchase of Bills) is concerned, system automatically prepares the related transactions which can be modified in case of need. Various types of Bills Registers depending upon the type of bills have been defined in the system. While lodging a bills a user has to select a Register type and then sub register type under which the bill is to be lodged.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[44]
Using registers and sub registers user can handle Inward as well as Outward bills like Clean Bills (Cheques/DD), Documentary Bills, Sight or Usance. All Bills are required to be lodged and then depending upon the type of bills they can be purchased, discounted or negotiated. 1. Invoking the Option Type BM in the menu option field and press Enter, Press F2 to see the different functions that can be carried out through this menu option. The list will display the various functions that can be performed through this menu option. LODGE A BILL 1. Invoke menu option BM and press Enter key. 2. Enter Function. Select a function i.e. G for lodging a bill and press Tab key three times, the cursor will appear at the Reg. Type field. 3. Enter Register Type in which the bill is to be lodged. Or select the Register Type from the list which appears by pressing F2 and then press Shift+F4 key for selection. Here let us select Reg. Type as ODBC. Press Tab or Enter key to go on to next field i.e. Reg Sub Type. 4. Enter Reg Sub Type as DBILL or select the Reg. Sub Type from the list & Press F4 to go on to next block. 5. As soon as F4 key is pressed the cursor will go on to Lodger A/c field and system shall also display Bill id No. duly generated. If at this stage if Bill’s detail has not been entered and the user comes out of the screen this Bill id shall go waste. System shall generate a new Bill id no. if the user again starts to lodge the bill. Enter Lodger A/c number (in which the proceeds of the bill shall be credited on realization of ODBC) and press F11. The system shall display the customer id and the name of account holder and the cursor will appear at the Bill Amt. If the account number is not available or a new account shall be opened after realization of ODBC proceeds, then Lodger A/c field and next field can be left blank and in third field shown against the Lodger A/c, the name of the customer can be entered which the system shall accept. 6. Enter Bill Amt and press Tab to go on to the Date field. 7. Enter date of the bill being lodged and press Tab, the cursor will go on Drawee field. 8. Enter the drawee name in the last field and address in the fields provided and press Tab to go to the next field i.e. Coll. Br. 9. Coll. Br. This is the field where the Bank, Branch & Name of the Bank where the bill is being sent for collection is to be entered. Enter Bank’s Code as 024 for PNB, 001 for RBI, 002 for SBI etc. and Branch Distinctive Number of the branch where the bill is being sent for collection. The detail of the Bank Code & Branch Code can be selected from the list which is available by press F2. Further, if such detail is not available then the name of the bank can be entered in the last field. Press Tab and enter the Address of the collecting Bank, Branch. Press F4 to go to the field Drawer. 10. Generally, the drawer’s name shall be picked by the system from the Lodger A/c, but in case the drawer of the bill is different from the said account name then name & address of the drawer can be entered in the fields provided. Press Tab, the cursor will appear at the Lodger Ref. Field. 11. Enter Lodger Ref. i.e. customer reference number, if any, in the Lodger Ref. Field & press Tab to go on to the Field Carrier Code. 12. Enter Transporter Operator Code in Carrier Code field, from the list which can be seen by pressing F2. Carrier Code is the Goods Transport Co. Code, through which the drawer has sent the goods to the drawee. Press F6 to go on to next page & the cursor will appear at the field on Transit Period. 13. Transit Period: this is the normal transit period within which the proceeds should be realized if the period is more, then the same can be modified. Press Tab to go on to the next field i.e. Grace Period. 14. By default the grace period is given 3 days if the same is required to be modified that can be done. Press Tab to go on to the next field. 15. Tenor Desc is the field for displaying the usance period if the bill not otherwise payable than on demand, then sight is tenor which will appear here. Press Tab the cursor will move on to the
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[45]
Due Date field. 16. Due Date is the date within which the bill should be realized. This is calculated on the basis of number of days of Transit Period plus Grace Period added to the Lodge Date. In case of Usance Bill this date shall be the date of tenor plus grace period. Press Tab to go on to the next field i.e. DC/DPG/Co-Acpt? 17. DC/DPG/Co-Acpt? This field is applicable in case the documents are presented under Documentary Credited of which the detail has been captured under IDCM in case of outward bill. In such case L can be entered for the documents presented under LC otherwise N is to remain. Press Tab for next field. 18. Bill Group Code: select the appropriate code from the list if the bill is Clean, Documentary, for ATM entries, Cheques for RCC. Press Tab to go on to next field. 19. Comm. Tbl. Code: Select the appropriate table code for charging the commission from the list which is available by pressing F2 Key & press Tab to go on to the next field TBR? 20. TBR? Enter Y if the bill is under Trade Bill Rediscounting scheme which is not relevant here. Press Tab to on to the field Non Pay/Acpt Dt. 21. Non Pay/Acpt Dt.: this field is applicable in case of usance bills only when the bill not accepted or has not been paid then the date of non acceptance or non payment is entered here under modification mode under the menu option BM only. Press Tab to go to the next field i.e. Invoice Dt. 22. Invoice Dt.: Enter the date of Invoice if submitted with the bill. Press Tab for the next field Transport Dt. 23. Transport Dt.: Enter the date of GR or RR i.e. the date on which the goods have been transported to the Drawee. Press F6 to go on to the next page, the cursor will appear at the Doc List Field. 24. Doc. List: Enter the detail of documents. If the documents are more which require more space to enter then Press Ctrl E the system will display 6 more lines to enter the detail. Press F4 and then Tab, the cursor will appear at OD Intr % field. 25. OD Intr.% : Enter OD interest chargeable to the party, if any. Press Tab, the cursor will appear at the next field i.e. Free Code 1 26. Free Code 1, 2 & 3 fields can be entered if applicable from the list available by pressing F2. Press Tab to go the field Rebate Date 27. Rebate Date enter the date upto which the rebate is to be allowed. Press Tab to go to Rebate % field. 28. Rebate % Enter the %of which the rebate is to be allowed. Press Tab to go to Rebate Amount Field. 29. Rebate Amount : Enter the amount if the rebate amount is absolute instead of percentage as explained in the previous field. Press Tab to go to Health Code field. 30. Health Code: Enter the applicable code from the list. The next two fields are not required to be entered in case of ODBC. Press F6 to come on to the first page of General Details of Bill. Press F4 to go to the Option Field. 31. Press F10 to commit & note down the Bill id no. in full. 32. Verify the Bill. VERIFICATION OF ODBC (BILL LODGED) Verification of Bill Lodged can also be done through the menu option BM by the user other than who has lodged it. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Invoke menu option BM. Enter V in the Function Field and press Tab 3 times to go to the Bill Id Field. Enter Bill Id number & Press F4, the cursor will appear at the Option Field as shown below. Enter M in the Option field and Press F4, the cursor will appear above the name of the Lodger A/c field. 5. Press F6 three times to visit the other screens of General Details of Bill & then Press F4 to come on to the Option field. Finally Press F10 to save/commit the verification. 6. Press F3 to come out of the BM screen.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[46]
LODGING OF CHEQUE IN ODBC To describe the procedure please look at the steps described above under the head HOW TO LODGE AN ODBC BILL above. The applicable steps have been described hereunder. Repeat steps 1,2,3 4. Enter Reg Sub Type as C-OTH or select the Reg. Sub Type from the list & Press F4 to go on to next block. 5. Follow the procedure as described at Step No. 5 above. However, in place of Bill amount we have to enter the Cheque Amount. 6. Repeat procedure as described at Step No. 6 however in place of Date of Bill, here it will be the date of cheque. 7. Repeat procedure as described at Step No. 7 above. 8. Repeat procedure as described at Step No. 8, however, in place of Drawee, the name shall be the Bank’s name on which the cheque is drawn. Follow the procedure as described at no. 9, 10, 11 under the head HOW TO LODGE AN ODBC BILL. 12. Field for Carrier Code. This is not applicable here. 13. Normal Transit Period in which the proceeds should be realized is displayed by the system. If required, this period can be changed. 24. Go to step no. 24 and enter the cheque no. and other details of cheque. 30. Press F6 to come on to the first page of General Detail & press F4 to come on to the Field. 31. & 32. Repeat steps. REALISATION OF ODBC BILL (Realisation proceeds received from our Bank’s Branch) For realizing a bill, we have to execute menu option BM. 1. Execute menu option BM. 2. Enter R in the Function field and Press Tab key three times or Press F4 once, the cursor will appear on Bill ID field. 3. Enter Bill ID of the bill to be realized & Press F4, a new screen will appear and the cursor will appear on the Tran Type field System by default will show the Bill Amount and Transaction Amount. Press Tab key 3 times to bring the cursor on the Other Bank Charge field. This field is applicable in case the proceeds have been received from other bank and they have deducted some charges, then the amount of charges can be entered here. This field is having (-) Minus Sign so System will automatically deduct charges, entered in this field, from the proceeds to be credited to the lodger’s account. Press Tab to go on the field Rebate. 4. Like Other Bank Charge, Rebate is also minus field, that means any amount entered here will be deducted from the proceeds of ODBC Bill to be credited to the Lodger’s Account. So if Rebate has been allowed to the Drawee of the Bill then that amount can be entered here. Press Tab key to go to OD Int Charged/Recd field. 5. In both the cases whether OD Int Charged or Received from the party’s party that will be an additional amount of bill. So system adds the amount charged/received on account of OD Interest. A Plus (+) sign is predefined before this field. Press Tab to go to the next field. 6. C Form Amount: Enter any amount received on account of non submission of C Form and in lieu there of some amount (as per drawer’s instructions) has been paid by the party’s party. This is a Plus field. Any amount entered in this field will be added to the Bills Amount. Press Tab to go to the next field. 7. Misc Amount: This is the field provided for the amount, if any, either less or more received then the Bill’s Amount, for any reason. Enter that amount which can be either added to the Bill’s Amount or deducted from the bill’s amount, by modifying the Minus or Plus Sign displayed in the field, as shown below, to be credited to the Lodger’s Account. Press F4, the system will display the transaction screen displaying the system generated
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[47]
Transaction ID , as shown below: Note down this Transaction Id. 8. Enter L in the Option field and Press F4, the system shall display list of all the Part Trans it has generated Press F3 to come out of this page, the cursor will blink at Option Field. Press Down Arrow Key 9 times, the part tran screen will keep on changing and new screen for Debit part tran of Balance with Head Office (PNB) will appear. 9. Modify this part tran by inserting M in the Option Field and Press F4, the cursor will appear at the Account field. Mention here Non customer account where proceeds of the cheque has been parked i.e. 3171160 or 3171158 and press F4. 10. Enter S (for Additional Detail) in the Option Field and Press F4. The screen will show the amount of bill to be selected for reversal from office account number 3171160 or 3171158. Press shift+F4 on the appropriate correct amount for selection of the entry. 11 .Enter A in the Option Field for Accept & Quit, & Press F4. 12.The cursor will appear at the Option field of General Details of Bill. Press F10 to commit or save. 19.Verify this Realisation through other user. VERIFICATION OF BILL’S REALISATION 1. Execute menu option BM. 2. Enter V in Function Field and Press F4 once or Tab key 3 times the cursor will appear at BILL ID field. 3. Enter Bill Id . Of the bill REALISATION OF which is to be verified and Press F4 . All the particulars entered in General Detail of the bill will appear and cursor will appear at the Option Field. 4. Enter R in Option Field and Press F4, the system shall display the screen of Transaction Type and Bill Amount, Transaction Amt, Charges etc. Press F4 again the Transaction Part Tran screen will appear and cursor at the Option Field. If you want to visit all the part trans then press down arrow key and go to next part tran. Keep on doing that the user can visit all the part trans. Also he can see the list of transactions on entering L in the Option field and by pressing F4. 5. Having seen all the part trans the user can Accept the transactions by inserting A in the Option Field and pressing F4, the system shall display the cursor in the Option Field on the First Screen of General Details of Bill. 6. Press F10, to commit. The Bill stands verified. NOTE: THE SYSTEM SHALL NOT POST THE TRANSACTION IN CASE IT ENCOUNTERS ANY EXCEPTION IN THE ACCOUNT IN SUCH SCENERIO THE LODGERS ACCOUNT WILL NOT BE POSTED WITH THE PROCEEDS OF THE BILL. LODGE MASS INLAND BILLS (Outward or Inward) 1. Menu option BM function G Mass flag ‘Y’ 2. Choose the right Register Type and sub-type Note Mass-ID & First Bill-ID 3. Enter lodger a/c for first bill – F11. Enter Bill Amount, Date, Drawee details & collecting Bank Branch details, carrier code, documents list & other relevant field on the 3 pages & press F4 to come to Option Block. 4.Press Down Arrow – Note next Bill ID, Option M-F4 enter details of the next bill. 5. Repeat the process till all bills are lodged in the register 6. Press F10 to commit. VERIFY MASS INLAND BILL ( Outward or Inward) 1. Menu Option BM Function –V Enter Mass –ID, Register Type, Sub-Type, Press F4 2. Choose Option M & Press F4, visit all 3 pages with F6 to view first Bill Press F4 3. Down-Arrow and Repeat Process till all bills are verified 4. Press F10 to commit.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[48]
PURCHASE SINGLE INLAND BILLS (Odd) 1. First lodge the bills with BM-G using Register Type as ODD and proper sub-type (BILLS, CHEQUES, INSCR/LDD) 2. A Bill lodged in ODBC can be purchased only after transferring it to ODD Register-type (BM-T) 3. After lodging the bill, enter function –P and press F4 to purchase the Bill 4. Enter Margin percentage to be kept in Sundry-Margin Money A/C if any & press F4. System Will create Transaction Note Tran_ID 5. Option L- Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to be back 6. If desired, modify the generated transaction for charges with Down-Arrow and M option 7. Press F10 to commit. REALISE / DISHONOUR SINGLE INLAND BILL (Outward or Inward) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Menu Option BM Function R/N Enter Bill ID and Press F4 Enter other Bank charges, if any or modify any other applicable charges and Press F4 System shall create Transaction Note Tran –ID Option L, Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to go back If required, modify the generated transaction for charges with Down-Arrow and M option to Accept Transactions and Quit enter Option A Press F4 If non customer account is involved press ‘S’ in option and Press F4 to select / dselect the record 8. Option ‘A’ F4 to accept and quit 9. Press F10 to commit. VERIFY PURCHASE / REALISATION / DISHONOUR OF SINGLE INLAND BILL 1. 2. 3. 4.
Menu Option BM function V Enter Bill ID and Press F4 Option P/R/N-F4 to verify purchase/Realization/ Dishonour of bill Option L- Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to go back If Non customer account is involved use Option ‘S’ and press F4 to view additional Details 5. Press F10 to commit 6. Verify transaction status in TM. REALISE / DISHONOUR MASS INLAND BILLS ( OUTWARD / INWARD) 1. 2. 3. 4.
Menu option BM function R/N Mass flag ‘Y’ Register type, sub type press F4 Enter selection criteria to pick up outstanding bills. Press F4 Select Bill(s) to be realized ®.Dishonored (N) and shift F4 Press F4 Enter Option R/N-F4 to enter realization / dishonor details for first selected bill. Enter other bank Charges, if any or modify an y other applicable charges & press F4 5. System will create Transaction Note Tran-ID 6. Enter Option –L Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to be back 7. If required, modify the generated transactions for charges with Down-Arrow & M option 8. Enter option A Press F4 to accept transactions and quit 9. If non customer account is involved use option ‘S’ and press F4 to select entries 10. Press F10 to commit. BILL TRANSFER FROM COLLECTION TO PURCHASE When a bill is sent for collection and later on request of the customer that it is to be purchased, the bill is required to be transferred from the existing register to the purchase register: 1. Invoke function T in BM menu option 2. Enter bill ID the bill to be purchased and F4 3. The purchase screen is displayed by default the system shows margin as 100% and entire amount of the bill in the margin field which can be modified if desired.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[49]
4. ON acceptance and commit the bill is purchased and transferred and a new number is allotted to the bill as purchase type 5. The process require verification. TALLYING OF BALANCES OF BILLS (1) BILLS FOR COLLECTION 1. Generate the report for all register types and sub register types through menu option BRCR (Balance report collection) 2. This report should be tallied with GL figures. 3. GL balances can be generated through menu option ACLI by giving account no. (say For ODBC- 3231201 etc.) 4. If there is any difference the same should be located through menu option PARTINQ/ PHINQ 5. The system displays bill wise debit and credit entries. (2) BILLS PURCHASED AND DISCOUNTED. 1. Generate report through menu option BRBPR 2. This report should be tallied with GL balances generated through BR. In case of any difference bills purchased under office accounts can be checked through menu option PHINQ. 3. For bills purchased under customer bill purchase account the individual bill entry can be Enquired ACLI by giving the relevant customer’s bill purchase account. BILLS MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE DESCRIPTIONS
OPTION BM BICN BRV
Bills Maintenance Bills Interest Calculation (non bill by bill) Bills Reversal i) To reverse the status of the bill , in case a wrong bill is selected for further processes to lodging and verification is also over. ii) If the bill has undergone more than one process, then also the status can be brought back to lodge process and then it can be even cancelled. BMCM Bill Message Code Maintenance BIDUMP Bill Dump MENU OPTIONS FOR SCHEDULES / REPORTS OPTION
DESCRIPTION
BCSI BCSO INWBI NPA BDTR BDR LCDDR BICR IPDCR BRRBPR
Bills / Cheques Covering schedule – Inter Branch Bills / Cheques covering schedule - Inter Bank Inward Bill Intimation Non – Payment Advice Bill due today but unpaid Bills pending or dishonoured bills Large amount cheques discounted Bills interest collected report Interest paid on Delayed collection of cheques Bill Register Report – Bills Purchased
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[50]
BRCR BRBPR BRRCR LCDMR BP UBDTR LBDR IBADVP BIAIL BICS BIID BIIDU BINAL BINRD BIPAD BIRAL BIRCL BIRPC CHCS
Balancing Report – Collection Balancing Report – Bills Purchased Bills Register Report – Collection LargeAmt Cheque discounted – Monthly reporting Bills Printing Usance Bill Discounted Report Local bill Discounting Report Advice generation for Inland Bill Acceptance Intimation to Lodging Branch Bill Collection Schedule Bill Intimation to drawee Bill Intimation to Drawee (Usance Bill) Non Payment Advice to Lodging branch Non Payment Reminder to Drawee Payment Advice to Drawee Realisation Advice to Lodging Branches Bill Return Covering Letter Realisation Proceeds covering letter Cheques Collection Schedule
INQUIRIES RELATING TO BILLS OPTIONS
DESCRIPTION All events that happen on a bill are stored in the system and is available for BEHI enquiry at any point of time and can be viewed by giving a Bill Id. Enter ‘E’ or ‘C’ Bills Events and do an explode - to view transaction details for a particular event or History Inquiry contingent liability transaction
BLRTI
To inquire on any of the bills lodged in the system. Press Enter in the output screen to view next screen. User can go to Bill Maintenance screen in Inquiry mode by using Explode. Bill Register Type Inquiry : For parameter inquiry of registers
BPMI
Bills Parameter Master Inquiry
BI Bills Inquiry
FI
Fate Inquiry
GENERATION OF FORWARDING SCHEDULE FOR BILLS/CHEQUES LODGED UNDER ODBC, OUBC AND ODD DURING THE DAY.
A customized report in menu option 'DAYRPT'-8 (Inland Bills Report) is available:-17. 18.
Forwarding of ODBC OUBC - lodged during the day Forwarding Schedule For ODD - lodged during the day, which generates the forwarding schedule for bills/cheques, lodged under ODBC, OUBC and ODD during the day.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[51]
TERM DEPOSIT A/C - FLOW CHART TO OPEN STEP 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18
OPENING OF FD/RD ACCOUNT - STEP BY STEP GUIDE Write OAAC at menu option and press enter At Customer ID field type Customer ID for which a/c will be opened, press At Scheme Code type appropriate code and Press F4 At Function type "O" if it is a new a/c or "R" if this is to be opened for renewal or "T" if this a/c is transferred from some other branch. If "R" is given at function press TAB and at A/c No. type the previous a/c to be renewed else Press F4. Mode of Operation: Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, press Location Code: Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, press F6 If any preferential interest (like additional interest to Senior Citizen or Staff be given) mention it at the field : Account Pref. Interest (Cr) then press F6 to go to next page At this page enter contact phone no. if any, then press F4 The cursor will be at option: Change G to "S" for scheme details and press F4 Enter Principal Amount of FDR (Monthly Installment for RD) and press TAB. Enter Period in Months/Days and press TAB. At value date it is automatically today's date. If any back-date effect is to be given, it can be given here press If nomination is to be regd. go to "Availing Nomination Facility?" and change it to "Y" and then press F4, Change the Option "S" to "N" and press F4 Nominee Name: Type Name of the Nominee, then address etc. and then press F4 If it is a joint a/c or a partnership a/c or Company A/c then change the option to "A" and press F4 to allow you to enter the joint a/c holder's name or authorised signatory's name Press down arrow key to enter the 2nd and subsequent names, then press F4 At option change it to "F" and press F4. Press Explode (Ctrl+E) to see the details of flow of interest. Press F4 twice. If it is a interest is to be paid at regular intervals to his SF or any other a/c, change the option to "C" and press F4. Now it will allow you to enter the a/c number to be credited at regular intervals. Lastly press F4 to come to the option block. Now at the option block press F10, the account number will be displayed.
FLOW CHART FOR VERIFICATION OF A/C OPENING STEPS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
INVOKE MENU OPTION OAACAU AND PRESS At function Block type "V" and press and enter the A/c No. to be verified, F4 Press F11 to visit next pages and at the 3rd page Press F4 Change the option to "S" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4 Change the option to "N" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4 Change option to "A" (for joint a/c or partnership etc. a/c only) and Press F4, again press F4 Change the option to "F" press F4, see the values entered and then F4 twice. Change the option to "C" and press F4. Check the values entered then press F3 Press F10 finally. If the system displays any warning / exception, accept them by pressing F4. The a/c is verified. Press F3 to come back to main menu.
TERM DEPOSIT RELATED MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE MENU OPTIONS
PURPOSE
CUMM
CREATE CUSTOMER MASTER
OAAC
OPENING OF AN ACCOUNT
OAACAU
VERIFICATION OF AN ACCOUNT
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[52]
TM
TRANSACTION MAINTAINENCE
DRP
DEPOSITS RECEIPT PRINT
INTRUN
DEPOSITS INTEREST CALCULATION
TDSCALC
TDS CALCULATION
HTDSIP
ISSUE OF TDS CERTIFICATE
RMTDS
REMITTANCE OF TDS
RFTDS
REFUND OF TDS
CAAC
CLOSING OF AN ACCOUNT
CAACAU
VERIFICATION OF AN ACCOUNT
ACM
ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE
ACDET
ACCOUNT BALANCE DETAILS
DN
DUE NOTICE
DUDRP
DEPOSITS RECEIPT PRINT [DUPLICATE]
FDOCD
FIXED DEPOSITS OPENING CLOSURE DETAILS
MDD
MATURITY PERIOD WISE LIST OF DEPOSITS
TDRCL
TD RENEWAL CONFIRMATION LETTER
HTDSPROJ
CRV OPTION FOR PROJECTED TDS
REDRP
REPRINT DEPOSITS RECEIPT
RELACI
RELATED ACCOUNTS LOOKUP FOR DEPOSITS
SDD
SCHEME WISE DISTRIBUTION OF DEPOSITS
TDEXT
EXTENSION OF TERM DEPOSIT
FOAAC
OPENING OF FLEXI RD
TDREN
RENEWAL OF TDS
TDCLS
CLOSURE OF TDS - WORK FLOW
PRFUPD
CORRECTION OF PREFERENCE INTEREST IN TD
RENEWAL OF MATURED FIXED DEPOSIT ACCOUNT MENU OPTION 'TDREN' • Renewal of Account with the same Account id • Simple interface for Renewal of an a/c Automatic Account Renewal - Maturity Amount, Principal amount, Fixed amount, Interest, Maturity amount + Additional amount, Residual amount remaining after taking care of customer instructions • Default population of TD a/c data to the renewed a/c during renewal • Auto Renewal grace period • A new Flow RF has been introduced for specifying Renewal instructions • Renewal history inquiry through multiple menus ACM/ACI – 8/ CRV/ RENHIST • Facility for printing Renewal Confirmation letter for renewals TDRCL.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[53]
•
In case it is required to issue a fresh FDR, the user will use menu option ACM(S) and make the print flag as ‘Y’. After verification of ACM a fresh FDR can be issued using DRP.
Renewal of TD a/c in the same currency – Same account id is retained. Each renewal is assigned with a unique serial number. The maximum number of renewals under the same account number is 999. Renewal parameters captured at the scheme level gets defaulted to the account which can be changed during tenure of the deposit. Renewal can be made for the M - Maturity value, F-Fixed amount, P -Principal component only, IInterest component only, A- Additional amount +Maturity value. A new column ‘Renewal Option’ has been introduced to capture the appropriate value for this in the scheme details of the account. This column is also available in the TDREN menu. A new column ‘Source for Additional Amount’ has been introduced to capture at the A/c level in Scheme details/TDREN menu to specify the funding account for Additional amount. In case of Renewal for (Maturity value + additional amount) or Fixed amount (less than the amount required for renewal), the funding for the differential amount can be through an operative account/cash. Renewal confirmation letter can be printed in lieu of Deposit receipt online or using TDRCL menu. A new column ‘Print Renewal Confirmation’ has been introduced for the user to specify the option for immediate print/printing later. Renewal Grace period can be specified. (i.e., batch renewal should consider the accounts for renewal after completion of grace period specified at the scheme level. For instance, if the deposit matures on 31st May 2005 and the scheme level grace period is 5 days, then the deposit will be considered for Auto renewal during batch process on 6th June 2005. During the grace period the customer has an option to close the deposit. For renewals with additional amount and fixed amount which is greater than the maturity value for the account, it is mandatory to enter the source (Funding) account for the additional funds If the renewal is for the maturity value and there are no payment instructions, lien regularisation or TDS shortfall recovery then no transaction will be created during renewal process. However, as part of maturity renewal if the GL sub head changes, then transaction will be created for the GL subhead effect The history record of the original account will have: o Part closure history, Transaction history, A/c open date, Open effective date, Date of closure, Maturity date, Interest Table code, Original deposit period, Original deposit amount, maturity amount, Renewal option, Amount of Overdue interest paid, Interest amount, TDS amount, Tran id & tran date of Renewal transaction, additional amount added/Fixed amount renewed from this account, the scheme under which the account is renewed. During renewal under a different scheme code, the following values are default populated from the new scheme: Int Paid, Int coll, Serv Chrgs, account turnover details, deposit type, and value for ‘break in steps of’ defaulted from the new scheme The W/tax percent is defaulted from the customer master, The values for the following fields are defaulted from the original account. • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Allow_Sweeps flag Acct Location Code Emp Id rpt code short name name mode of operation Sector Code chrg level Code nomination details w/tax flag Native language details Freeze Code
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
•
• • • • • • • • •
interest on TDS reqd ? = (if SRGPM flg = 'Y' then 'Y' else copy from orig a/c) spl category indicator. close on maturity flag. Repayment A/c. Print Nominee flag. Print Deposit Receipt flg. interest accrual Regularize overdraft during trf to OD a/c. Cash/Transfer/Clearing Limits auto renew flg, auto scheme code,
[54]
• • • •
Freeze Reason Code last freeze Date Last unfreeze Date Balance as on freeze date
auto renew gl subhead, auto renew int table code.
In the Renewed A/c. the Auto Renew option will be set to M – Maturity value renewal Batch renewal of TD accounts is enabled through TDBATCH option 1. Automatic Renewal. This will consider those accounts for which auto renewal is enabled The Renewal related parameters can be specified under Scheme Details tab of OAAC and ACM. During auto renewal, if the specified renewal option could not be executed due to insufficient funds or lien on the TD account, then renewal will happen for the net maturity value. For all renewal failures, the system generates a failure report. Only T & R type of Deposits can be renewed. Notice Deposits and Certificate of Deposits cannot be renewed Deposits cannot be renewed under ‘R’ type of deposit schemes, All operations on the account should be up to date including interest and TDS calculations, The renewal transactions are created during verification process. Hence, during online renewal if sufficient funds are not available in the source account during verification , the renewal will fail. In case of batch mode, if sufficient funds are not available the renewal will fail and a failure report with reason for failure will be generated In case of Fixed Amount Renewal, the shortfall amount, if any will be taken from the funding account and hence mandatory in such cases. There is no validation on the Renewal Deposit amount. In case of Maturity amount renewal, if there are no Payment instructions, lien regularisation or TDS/shortfall recovery no transactions will be created. TDREN can be processed for a single account at any time. As part of renewal it is possible to renew confirmation letter or defer it for printing later. As a consequence of this, the Renew function – R has been De Supported in Account opening and Account closure menus. HANDLING PREFERENTIAL INTEREST ( CR) IN TERM DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS. (ITD CBS 77/2013) As per new process, the system will check the eligibility of additional interest for Sr. citizen, Staff, Army/Navy/ air force group Insurance customers on the basis of customer data entered in the system and appropriate interest table code will be automatically populated while opening the term deposit account and branch user will not be able to enter any account preferential at the time of account opening/modification in the account For new term deposit account while opening new term deposit account, interest table code will be automatically populated in the system as described hereunder S. No. 1
Cases for Interest Fixed deposit Citizen
additional
Eligibility for additional interest
for
Appropriate interest table code for Sr.Citizen customers will be automatically populated on the basis of date of birth entered in customer master and the customer type as . Appropriate interest table code for staff schemes will be populated automatically on the basis of employee id in customer master.
Senior
2
Fixed deposit account for Staff Members
3
Fixed deposit accounts for Staff and Sr.Citizen
4
Additional interest for Army/Navy/ air force group
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Appropriate interest table code for staff + Sr.Citizen will be automatically populated on the basis of date of birth entered in customer master and employee id in the customer master. Appropriate interest table code for Army/Navy/air force group Insurance accounts will be automatically populated on the
[55]
Insurance accounts
basis of respective code (AFGIS,ARGID, NAGIF) entered in remarks column while opening the account.
Ensure correctness of customer data entered in the system ( Date of Birth, Customer Type, Employee Id, Army/Navy/Air Force Insurance Group code) For existing Term Deposit Accounts The existing account will have interest preferential till its maturity date. Necessary modifications have been done in the system so that on maturity, at the time of auto renewal, interest rate codes of all these accounts will be modified/updated automatically as per the new created interest table codes before the renewal of the accounts and on the date of renewal the account preferential will be made Nil by the system. The modification / updation of newly created interest table codes in these accounts at the time of autorenewal will be based on customer profile i.e. whether the account is of Senior citizen, Staff, Staff in Sr. citizen category, Army/Navy/ air force group etc. (as eligibility criteria described above for new accounts) PROCEDURE FOR CORRECTION OF PREFERENTIAL INTEREST FOR TERM DEPOSIT A/C_- MENU OPTION – PRFUPD To facilitate the correction of preferential rate codes and interest to be given to the senior citizen and staff members, a new menu option PRFUPD has been customized in the CBS system. Detailed process is illustrated hereunder: 1. User has to enter menu option PRFUPD. 2. User has to enter the account number for which the preferential interest is to be corrected. After pressing F4, the system shall make the necessary modifications as per the category of customer, and the correct interest table code and the preferential interest shall be corrected as per the guidelines. For the accounts where the interest table code, and preferential shall be corrected from open effective date, a message shall pop up on the screen confirming that the INTTM has been modified and advising the user to verify the INTTM for the account. INTTM must be verified for the account For the accounts where change in the new interest table code as per the applicability shall be applicable after renewal, the system shall pass a message on the screen “Run PRFUPD after renewal of account”. For such accounts, the menu option PRFUPD must be run again after their renewal. At the time of ABH, the system will force the user to run PRFUPD for correcting the Intt table code and preferential. (ITD CBS 55/2014 dated 30.09.2014) TD RENEWAL CONFIRMATION LETTERS – 'TDRCL' TDRCL menu option is introduced to bulk print Renewal Confirmation letters. It will print Renewal confirmation letters only for accounts where the “Print Renewal Confirmation Letter” is chosen as L – Later. As part of this process, a hard copy can be generated. The Renewal date range is mandatory. All accounts that were initiated for renewal (Renewal BOD date) during the specified period will be processed. The Renewal confirmation letter can be generated for the accounts belonging to a SOL . Selection criteria available are Customer id, Currency code, range of Scheme codes, GL Subhead codes, Account range, date of renewal.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[56]
AUTO RENEWAL The new scheme has the facility by which, the customer can opt for the auto renewal facility in the account. For enabling the auto renewal facility, after the original account has been opened and Deposit Receipt printed, invoke ACM (M) mode, sub option S (Scheme details) and fill the following details: Print Receipt flag : N, Press F6 from here and fill in the following particulars U (Unlimited) ; N (No auto Renewal) Here select U (Unlimited option), which will auto renew the FD for unlimited number of times. If customer does not want auto renewal here select ‘N’ only. Max Renewal Allowed: This field will be applicable when Limited Auto Renewal option is being used. Here user can mentioned number of times auto renewal desired. In the field “Max Renewal Allowed / Done”, the max Renewal Allowed figure displays the number of times Renewal is allowed whereas Done field gives the number of times the FD has been renewed. Here, if the customers demand an auto renewal facility for limited no of times, fill in the number of times the auto renewal facility is required. If customer desires renewal option with principal + Interest mention ‘M’ and if customer desires auto renewal with Principal amount mention ‘P’. Renewal scheme code: Valid term deposit scheme code. Renewal GL Subhead code: 10100 Renewal Period: Mention renewal period for which customer desires Auto renewal Renewal Intt. Table code: TDGEN On pressing F4, the system will give a warning that the default scheme parameters have been changed. On the maturity date, the system will execute a batch job, which will renew the account automatically. As per guidelines, in case of Auto Renewal, no fresh FDR will be issued but a communication will be sent to the customer informing him about the details of the renewed FD. DAMODARANCOMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS-AUTORENEWAL OF TERM DEPOSIT (1)
(2)
(3)
(4) (5)
Where customer does not opt for auto renewal of FDR in the account opening form: If customer does not opt for auto-renewal of FDR, user has to enter (N) in the field auto-renewal in scheme detail on second page. Where customer Opt for renewal of FDR for Principal and Interest amount only: If customer opt for auto-renewal of FDR for both principal and interest, user has to enter (MMaturity value) in the field renewal option in scheme detail on second page and U in the field Auto-renewal. Where customer Opt for renewal of FDR for Principal amount only: If customer opt for renewal of FDR for principal amount only than user has to enter (P- Principal only) in the field renewal option in the scheme detail. Period for which Auto Renewal required(Months/Days): Period of which auto-renewal can be defined in the field renewal period in scheme detail. Number of times renewal required: The same can be entered in the field Max renewal allowed in scheme.
PREMATURE RENEWAL (EXTENSION) The extension of the existing account can be done using the menu OAAC (E) mode. In extension, the system will close the original account and open a new account. The extension shall be done from the BOD date and not with any retrospective date. EXTENSION OF DEPOSITS – 'TDEXT' Currently, the Extension of Deposit is being handled by premature closure of the existing deposit a/c without penalty and opening the account in Extension mode.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[57]
This process has been simplified through a new menu TDEXT. All other existing validations for extension continues Additional amount can be added during extension of deposits. Funding account of this additional amount can be in any currency. If the currency of funding code is different from the account currency, then rate code has to be specified. The scheme code and the interest table code can be changed during extension of deposits, As a consequence of this new functionality, the Extension Functions which are hither to available in Account opening (OAAC) and Account closure (CAAC) have been De Supported. The transaction relating to Extension of deposits is made during verification process. LIMITATIONS If the extended deposit is closed before maturity date of original deposit, interest penal interest is calculated only for the run period of the extended deposit and not from the open effective date of the original account. If TDS calculation is pending for the account it cannot be extended. PART CLOSURE OF TERM DEPOSIT Spectrum deposit scheme provides for part closure of the FDR opened under the maturity option (FDMPB, FDMSB, FDSUP, FDSUS) in the multiples of Rs. 1000/-. In case a customer demands the part payment of FDR, use CAAC menu and give the amount (in the multiple of Rs. 1000/-) that needs to be withdrawn in the amount field. The process will generate a report giving the details of the transaction and the interest applied on the amount part withdrawn. The process needs verification by an authorized official. In case part closure is sought for a deposit against which loan/OD has been provided. In such case shall first delete the SRM, make the part closure and recreate the SRM for the balance amount. The DP in the related Loan / OD account may also be suitably modified CREDIT OF MATURITY PROCEEDS AS PER MANDATE – AUTO CLOSURE OF FDR 1) 2) 3) 4)
Specify the ‘Repayment A/c. ID’ i.e customer account to which the proceeds Of FDR are to be credited on maturity while entering data in OAAC/ACM option(S) Set ‘Auto Closure’ flag to Y in scheme detail( 2nd page) in OAAC/ACM option(S) Modify ‘Auto-renewal flag’ as (N) in scheme detail (2nd page)in OAAC/ACM option(S) Run option 2 & 3 of menu option TDBATCH daily at any time without entering the account no.
System will automatically credit the proceeds of FDR on maturity date to the operative with the above mentioned steps.
account
DEPOSIT RECEIPT PRINTING The Deposit receipt will be printed on a new format. As such the person who is printing the deposit receipt shall ensure that the inventory related to deposit receipt has been transferred to the said user. DEPOSIT RECEIPT PRINTING - PROCESS Ensure Ilinkweb is running and security forms have been transferred print the Receipts, Menu – DRP. Enter Selection Criteria for FDRs to be printed and press F4. System displays all records in select mode. Deselect a record with Shift-F4, which is not to be printed. Press explode to see more details. Otherwise, press F4 to go to print parameter screen. The system will show the field Dr Print Ind? Default is S for system. (Replace M with S ). Press F4 again.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[58]
After printing of receipt, system seeks confirmation – Whether Print OK? Default value is ‘Y’. If yes, press F10. Else enter ‘D’ (destroyed) and/or ‘P’ (print again) and press F10. ‘D’ moves the used inventory to the destroyed location (not working at present) and makes available the next inventory for printing. ‘P’ is used to print again. ‘REDRP’ to Re-print and DUDRP to print duplicate receipt. CORRECTION OF TDS RATE CODE AND PAN NUMBER To ease the capturing of correct TDS rate code and PAN Number for the Customer Ids where no TDS Rate code is present or TDS rate code is present as TDSGE but pan number if blank a new menu option “TDSCODE” has been customized. List of customer Ids identified for the following cases: a) Customer Ids where PAN No. Is blank but TDS Rate Code is filled as TDSGE b) Customer Ids where both PAN No. & TDS Rate code are blank. Process to use this menu: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Enter menu option TDSCODE System will display first record on the above identification criteria Customer ID (Protected) OLD TDS rate code – Already present in the system or blank, if not present New TDS Code – default it will appear as ‘TDSPN’ (Branch user has to enter correct TDS rate code and PAN Number otherwise same should be entered as ‘TDSPN’
Case 1 - If customer has not provided PAN Number then TDS Rate code =TDSPN Case 2 – If PAN Number has been provided than appropriate TDS rate code should be entered. 6) PAN/TAN Number : PAN Number or TAN Number of customer be captured. 7) Update = Y List of valid TDS Rate code TDS RATE CODE TDSCF TDSCR TDSF1 TDSGE TDSPN TDSZR TDNRC TDNRF TDNRS TDSNR
TDS RATE CODE DESCRIPTION TDS Cooperative society TDS Corporate body TDS – Firm TDS on resident individual /HUF/BOI/AOP TDS no pan card NO TDS deduction without PAN Number TDS Non resident Non domestic company TDS Non resident firm TDS Non resident cooperative society TDS on Non resident individual/HUF/BOI/AOP
TDS CALCULATION Menu-TDSCALCEnter a/c no. in BOTH ‘Account No. From’ & ‘Account No. To’ fields ‘N’ in Adhoc Run field. Report To is a mandatory field. Press F4. Enter ‘F’ in the Foreground/Background Menu, ‘N’ in ‘Print Required’. Press F10. Menu - PR. Type ‘T’ in option block and press F10. Note Tran-id. Type ‘Q’ to quit and press F4. Check with TM, whether TDS transaction has been posted successfully. Check TDS success/failure report in PR or DAYRPT 4-12.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[59]
CLOSURE OF A/C Menu CAAC-Enter Account no. & press F4. System should show ‘Intt Calculation up-to-date.’ Press F4 twice. Give the repayment account number if not already given and Press F10 to commit Closure Transaction Creation will now happen during verification of closure instead of closure itself. Verify Closure of a FD/RD ACCOUNT: Menu CAACAU- Enter Account no. Closed with CAAC & press F4 twice & Press F10. CLOSURE OF TERM DEPOSIT A/Cs - SOME POINTS The Potential Closure Transactions can be viewed during both Trial Closure and Closure on the last page of the screen displayed after committing the Closure. The transactions will consist of the Interest, TDS, Booking and Closure Part trans. including CI (Customer Instruction) payment distribution. This replaces the “Repayment Acct/Amt “ field literal which displayed CI payment distribution. A new field "Use Repayment A/c Only" has been added in the application. The value ‘Y’ for this field indicates that the Customer Instruction should be ignored and entire maturity proceeds after any lien/TDS/penalty recovery should be paid into the repayment a/c. If this field is ‘N’ then customer instruction, if any will be paid out first and the rest would go to the repayment a/c or sundry a/c. The Closure report will display the Actual Tran Ids only during Verification. If Interest/TDS is up to date then no Tran Ids will be displayed in the report. System verification of Closure which marks the “A/c Closed” flag of a/cs with Zero balance and all transactions posted to “Z” for closed. The literals “Penalty for Full Period?” is removed. The penalty during pre-part closure will always be for the full period. Whenever any interest is credited to the account either at the time of renewal or closure, total amount is credited to “Sundry before TDS” ac. After verification of Renewal/closure first run TDSCALC. It will check the TDS and then credit the proceeds to the specified account. Transactions during INTRUN and TDSCALC INTRUN = DR–Intt Accrued on Term deposit Etc.CR–Sundry before TDS – (3171118) TDSCALC = Dr-Sundry Before TDS.; Cr – Sundry TDS (3171108) Cr.- MBFD/SF TDS HANDLING IN FINACLE In Finacle, TDS deduction is automatic. All FD Accounts with common customer-ID, are clubbed Branch-wise to compute TDS eligibility. Deducted TDS for every account is credited in ‘Sundry-TDS’ Account and only net interest is credited to FD accounts. INQUIRE ON DEDUCTED TDS Menu-ACM, Function-I, Option-2. System will show record for TDS deducted, if any. Explode (CtrlE) to see complete Transaction in TM. For TDS details of previous years use Menu option IARM A new sub-option “I” has been introduced in the menu option “CUMM” which gives the Customer level TDS details – which was available only at the account opening level sub-option “2”. Also Available In CRV ( Customer Relationship View) TDS DEDUCTION WITH PAN OR NO PAN Two tax slabs have been created. 1) TDSPN for customers who have not submitted the PAN NO. 2) TDSGE for customer where PAN no. has been submitted. 3) On receiving the PAN No. the same may be entered on the 4th page of CUMM in the field PAN/GIR No, system will automatically modify the tax slab from TDSPN to TDSGE.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[60]
4) System will not allow to enter 15G/15H in the field tax exemption date in case where tax slab is TDSPN. 5) If a customer submits the PAN No. in between the financial year the system will recalculate the TDS already deducted at higher rate and the future TDS will be appropriated accordingly. AUTOMATIC-GENERATION OF FORM 15H/G WITH PARTICULAR FROM CBS Functionality has been developed in CBS to generate15H/G as under: Menu option: PNBRPT Option: 4 (TERM DEPOSIT REPORTS) Sub option: 43 (Download 15-G Form) 44 (Download 15-H Form) Enter: Cust_id Enter: Financial year: Enter start date: e.g. 01/04/2013 Enter end date : e.g. 31/03/2014 System will show Form 15H/G in menu option : PR The same can be printed for necessary action. REFUND THE DEDUCTED TDS Menu-RFTDS-Enter criteria for selecting accounts for refund of TDS, Transaction type and Press F4. System will display the records in ‘Select’ mode for refund. De-select the a/c with Shift-F4 for which refund is not intended. Enter the SB A/C no in ‘TDS Operative A/c’ field for credit of refund amount. Press F10. Note the transaction Id for further action. ALLOWING REFUND OF TDS IN OFFICE A/C By using the above option, the system generates a transaction debiting the Sundry-TDS account and crediting the operative account of the customer. It was necessary to mention operative account of the customer in case refund of TDS is sought. Finacle now supports refund of TDS (RFTDS) in Office A/c also. It can be made use of where Depositor do not have a savings account and Cash Refund cannot be made. For the purpose a new office account 31711332 - SUNDRY FD - REFUNDED TDS A/c opened. This account number can be used during the execution of menu option RFTDS. REMIT THE DEDUCTED TDS Menu-RMTDS-Select criteria for remitting TDS and go to “Remit Option (G/C) field and select “G”The system generates a report about the remittance to be done for the selected records. “C”- The system will accept a field as “Common Remittance Details”. This field is free text. Enter all information, which needs to store regarding remittance (like challan no., remittance date etc.) separated by a delimiter. Press F10. System will generate remittance report with Customer-wise TDS Details & Totals. To remit TDS, use Menu TM to debit the ‘Sundry-TDS’ A/c - 3171106 & issue Cash Order. PRINT TDS CERTIFICATES. Menu-HTDSIP-Enter criteria for selecting customers/accounts for inquiry on TDS or printing of appropriate certificates, Choose the relevant option from 1-8 & Press F4.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[61]
OVERDUE FD ACCOUNTS In Finacle, transfer of accounts to overdue category happens automatically on due dates as part of BOD process. Subsequent renewal or closure transactions happen from the relevant GL heads. Overdue Interest Rates codes are being defined and Interest Accrual on Overdue FD will take place. ACCOUNT INTEREST DETAILS INQUIRY – MENU - AITINQ The above menu shows the details of interest run/booking in the account. It can also be viewed through menu ‘ACM’ with sub-option ‘?’. Further navigation has been provided in above screen to ascertain the position of normal, penal, additional and other interests. Explode the screen. RELATED ACCOUNT LOOKUP FOR RENEWED DEPOSITS The menu option for related accounts lookup is RELACI and is useful to know what are the all links to an existing account. If an account is renewed 5 times and the customer is interested to know the details of all the 5 renewals, specify any one account (the existing or the renewed ones) and make a search for 'F' (forward), 'B' (backward), 'A' (both forward and backward) and 'M' (multiple links). The system will display all the linked accounts and furnish information like account number, a/c opened date, a/c closed date and deposit status. Alternatively, inquire the related a/c list by invoking ACM option - sub option '8'. REPRINT (REDRP) / PRINT DUPLICATE FIXED DEPOSIT RECEIPT (DUDRP) The menu option for reprinting a receipt is ‘REDRP’ and for duplicate printing is ‘DUDRP’. Reprinting/duplicate printing is possible only if the receipt has been printed at least once. In REDRP / DUDRP options, system displays the records listed for printing in de-select mode. Select the appropriate record (shift + F4) that is required to be re-printed. While printing duplicate FDR through DUDRP option, if any remarks in the ‘Remarks’ column have been made, the same gets printed on the fixed deposit receipt. Therefore, when duplicate FDR is issued through above option, enter following remarks in the ‘Remarks’ column: “Issued in lieu of original FD no._______ reported lost”. When a deposit receipt is printed from the system, system creates a record of the inventory number used, which can be inquired using ACM menu ‘K’ (denomination /receipt) details. For duplicate receipt printing, system keeps history of the earlier receipts. While printing duplicate receipt, the system creates a new record as a copy of the old record except the serial number and the lien amount. PENDING DEPOSIT RECEIPTS FOR PRINTING The menu option to inquire and print the pending deposit receipts for printing is ‘PENDDRP’. Before ABH every day, invoke this option to inquire the pending deposit receipts for printing. The system brings up selection criteria screen. Enter the a/c open date from/to as selection criteria and accept. The system brings up all deposit receipts that are pending for printing by default in select mode. On accept from here, the system brings up the print parameter screen. Take the printout. To see more details on the FD account, explode on any record. On explode the system takes to ACM screen for making further inquiry.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[62]
MARKING FIXED DEPOSIT RECEIPT AS LOST The status of a deposit receipt can be marked as lost by the status field in ‘K’ (denomination) details in ACM. REVERSAL OF ENTRY IN FD / RD ACCOUNTS Users are making reversal transaction with ‘TO’ flow_id, which is not correct procedure for reversing any wrong entry in FD/RD account as it creates problem in the proper behavior of the account after the transaction. IN CASE OF RD ACCOUNTS : Wrong installment either debit or credit can be reversed by creating a reversal transaction entry with the value date and same flow id (NI) which was used at the time of wrong credit/debit entry by entering flow id in A details. User may use PLIST menu option for checking the status of the installments. IN CASE OF FD ACCOUNTS: if a wrong credit/debit entry is made in the FD account, the same may be reversed manually by creating a reversal transaction with same value date and same flow id. System will credit the interest at the next interest application date. CLOSURE OF FLEXI RD- MAKER AND CHECKER CONCEPT 1) Closure of Flexi RD (By Operator) Menu option: FCAAC Function C/X/V - Use ‘C’ to close the account Account No: Enter the Flexi RD a/c no to be closed. Account Name: press F4 system will display the name of account holder automatically. Confirm : Enter Y to continue and press F4 2) Verification of closure of Flexi RD ( By Officer) Menu Option: FCAAC Function: V- To verify the a/c and press F4 Account No: Enter Flexi RD a/c no which needs to be verified Customer Name: Press F4, system will automatically populate the name of the account Holder. Mode: C -For cash payment T -For transferring the credit proceeds to operative a/c Repayment Acct: If mode is T than user has to specify repayment a/c id where proceeds needs to be credited. Confirm : Y and press F4 the following screen will appear. Now the accounts will be verified and system will display the transaction_id, please note and check the same. 3) Cancellation of closure of Flexi RD before verification: User can cancel the closure of Flexi RD if wrongly closed but before verification through menu option FCAAC. Enter function X to cancel the closure and press F4. Account No: Enter the account no. which needs to be cancelled. Name : On pressing F4 system will display the name automatically Confirm : Y to cancel the closure and press F4, system will cancel the closure process 4) Debit Transactions in Flexi RD: A check has been put in the system not to allow debit transactions in the system except workclass 100 only for rectifications of wrong entries if any with due care. System will display the following error message while doing debit transactions in Flexi RD accounts.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[63]
LOCKER MODULE IN FINACLE The Locker Module has been developed for handling the following locker activities 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
Maintenance of lockers Issue of lockers Surrender of lockers Migration of existing data for issued lockers Rent-collection (both regular and irregular) Reports generation.
The above functionalities have been provided through different menu-options. This module is almost independent of Finacle as it uses just one menu-option (TM) of Finacle. The whole module has been developed through scripting and hence it does not give a look and feel similar to Finacle, e.g., the accept-key and commit-key are the same in scripting. Hence the user should be careful while working on this module. MENU OPTIONS MENU LKPM LKTRM LKKM LKCM LKCHM LKRCM LKCPM LKREPM LKCMRPT
DESCRIPTION LOCKER PLACEHOLDER MAINTENANCE LOCKER TYPES AND RENT MAINTENANCE LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE LOCKER CUSTOMER MAINTENANCE LOCKER TRANSACTION HISTORY MAINTENANCE LOCKER RENT – CHARGE COLLECTION MAINTENANCE LOCKER TYPE CHARGES MAINTENANCE LOCKER REPORTS LOCKER REPORTS
USER LEVEL DATA CENTRE DATA CENTRE BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH BRANCH
INQUIRE LOCKER TYPES Locker type inquiry can be done. List of rent versions applicable to a locker type can be inquired from this option. LKKM ( LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE ) Activity to be done through this menu : (1) (2) (3)
Assigning keys to locker number Exchange keys between two unoccupied lockers Freeze a locker
Assigning keys to locker Each cabinet in the branch is be assigned a two digit alpha code. The locker number is a 7 digit number with first two digits alpha and the next five digits as numeric whereas the minimum length key number is 3. Example of Locker No. –AA00001 Key Number -AA21. CBS FILED DESCRIPTION Function Sol id
Valid values are A-add, M-Modify, I-Inquire, D-Delete This identify the Service outlet of the user
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[64]
Locker Type To identify the type of the locker Locker Number To identify the particular locker Key No. Key number corresponding to the locker While adding a locker number the values for locker number and key number may be prefixed with a two character cabinet code. The locker can be frozen by modify the value of freeze to “Y” either for official purpose (Purpose :O) or for customer related reason (Purpose :C), Freeze reason becomes mandatory then. Exchange keys between two unoccupied lockers The user shall invoke the option in modify mode and replace the old key number with the new key number. LKCM - (LOCKER CUSTOMER MAINTENANCE) Following activities can be done through this menu : (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (1)
Capturing data for existing lockers Issue of new lockers Surrender of Locker Modification in locker Inquiry of a locker Marking risk classification & Joint account holder Break Opening of locker
Capturing data for existing lockers Invoke the menu option LKCM (Existing) mode. On invoking the option, the following screen shall be displayed. Here most of the fields are similar to the menu for issuance of a new locker. The additional field here is Amount in Arrear Field, where the user shall enter the amount (Rent+Penalty+Charges) in arrear as on the date of capturing the data. On filling in all the information and confirming its correctness, the user shall enter the confirm flag as Y and pressing F4 from here, a message will be displayed that Record added successfully. In case the advance rent has been deposited by the locker customer then a –ve (negative) value shall be filled in the Amount in Arrear filed.
(2)
Issue of new lockers A new locker can be issued to the customer using the menu option
LKCM (Add) mode.
Here the user shall enter Locker type, Locker No, operative account of the customer (for rent collection) and staff flag. On pressing F4 from here the above screen will display some additional fields. The field description for the above screen is as follows:Term Percent Rent
: YR (default populated) : 100% (default populated) can be modified for privileged customers. Privileged Flag : Y/N (in case privilege flag is Y then percent rate is to be modified and privilege date becomes mandatory. Code Word : Code word for operations Issue Date : Date of issue of locker Nominee (Y/N) : If Y then nominee details become mandatory. Remarks : Payment Mode (C/T) : C for cash, T for transfer Cust Id : Cust Id default populated from the operative account (needs to be modified if the Locker Holders cust id is different from Operative a/c holders’ cust id) In case suspense account number is entered in the operative
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[65]
account, then user has to enter the Customer Id here. Cust Name : Name of the customer (default populated) Joint Holder : Name of the joint holders. Privilege date : It should be the last Privilege date. Privilege End Date: System will populate automatically five years later date from the date of privilege After entering all the required information, the user shall ensure the correctness of data and make the Confirm flag ‘Y’ and press F4 and the system will display the message that record added successfully Nomination Details Func (I/A/M/D): Function code. Valid values are A, I, M, D. detail of nominee can be added in mode, nominee details can be viewed in “I” mode, nominee details can be modified in “M” mode nominee details can be deleted in “D” mode. Under “D” mode nominee can be deleted or the nominees can be deleted at once, with the corresponding field values (delete all (Y/N) delete(Y/N)) 3)
4)
“A” and all and
Surrender / Modification / Inquiry of Locker Surrender, Modification and Inquiry in a locker are handled through LKCM (S), (M) and (I) mode.
the
same
Marking Risk Classification operations to the impaired persons, and the Joint holder names & Custid
display the
menu
option
name
of
In case of existing locker holders modify the locker details through LKCM “M” Option and enter the proper risk classification, Joint holder cust ID, Joint holder Name and Impaired witness 1,2,3 as required. 5)
Lockers closed by way of Break Opening New field is introduced for handling the lockers closed by way of Break Opening. Such lockers are to be surrendered by the menu option LKCM and set the Break Open flag to “Y”.
6)
Handling Discount/ Rebate in Locker Module Invoke menu option “LKCM” give Privileged as “Y” and then entering the Privilege date and Privilege end date. Thereafter the percent Rent can be modified to the appropriate percentage. For the new customers the function code is “A” and for the existing customers the percentage rent is to be modified using function code “M”. For Staff lockers, the staff flag is to be modified to Y. The percentage rent will be populated 50 % by the system
to
LOCKER RENT COLLECTION Branch user has the option to collect the rent for a single locker or for the SOL on a whole. Menu option for rent recovery is given below: LKRCM Locker rent will be recovered at fixed date i.e. on the first day of month in which it was leased out. The revised system will be applicable w.e.f. 01.05.2014. An automated batch job will run at branch level to recover the rent of the lockers. Advance rent can be collected at any time before the rent due date of locker.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[66]
FAILURE RECOVERY PROCESS – For recovery of rent in lockers where balance in related a/c is not available on Ist day of the month and deposited on 2nd day on wards, automated failover process shall be executed daily from data centre which checks the balance in a/c and tries to recover the rent. Menu- LKRRBAT has been withdrawn from branches. 2) Menu- LKRCM can be used for both rent recovery, advance rent, arrear recovery, advance receipt through cash and transfers. 3) Consolidated position of Rent in arrears (including penalty & other charges ) can be viewed and recovered from menu option LKRCM PARTIAL RECOVERY OF LOCKER RENT Partial amount can be recovered through menu option LKRCM in the multiple of Rs.One. Partial rent so collected should be apportioned from the arrear amount and system will show only the amount left to be recovered in arrear field (LKCM as well as in reports LKREPM 15,22 and 26). Rent so recovered can be viewed in history report LKREPM 23 USE MENU OPTION LKRCM FUNCTION – T User has to provide Locker Type, Locker Number and customer ID as input. For Cust ID, after providing the input at locker type and locker No. user may press F2 at cust id field. After selecting the cust id, press F4, the system will make all the rent related calculations internally and a POP-UP will display following information: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Last Due date. Total Arrear Advance rent paid Rent To Be Paid.
Press ‘Y’ to continue User has to select mode of payment (TRANSFER/CASH), by default the system will show ‘T’ (transfer) mode. User can select Cash mode ‘C’ and enter the partial amount received from the customer and press F4 to create the transaction. FLOW CHART – GENERATION OF LOCKER ARREAR STATEMENT MENU – LKREPM ->SELECT LCKSTAT-15 -> Enter branch SOLID -> Date from to date (If report is generated on 25-09-2014 than enter 01.09.2014 to 25.09.2014) Two reports will be generated: 1‐ Summary: Category‐wise Rent in arrears, Recovery during period, Locker leased,Lockers broken open etc. 2‐ Lockerwise Details : Locker No., Rent in Arrears, recovery made, Mobile No. & Address of the Customer etc Whenever the customer visits the branch to deposit the locker rent, the user can invoke the menu option LKRCM and recover the rent. OR Whenever the operative account has sufficient balance, the system will automatically recover the amount on the next execution of LKRRBAT. iv. In case of advance rent received in the locker, system will automatically to the applicable rent. LKRCM ( Locker Rent Charges Collection )
reduce the advance rent equal
LKRCM menu option can be used in the following cases:-
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[67]
a) If customer does not have any operative account, by invoking this menu option, the due rent shall be displayed automatically by the system and the user has the option to recover the rent by Transfer or Cash mode. b) For recover advance Rent from the locker holder where the due date is still a future date, zero amount will be default populated. The user shall modify the field to the amount deposited and recover the amount in Cash or transfer. c) For recovery charges in the locker accounts user shall modify the Rent/Charge/Penal flag to C and fill in the amount to be recovered . LKOPS ( LOCKER OPERATIONS ) Whenever a customer operates the lockers, the details of the visit are recorded using the menu option LKOPS. The menu provides for recording IN time and OUT time for locker operations. Both of these times are to be recorded to complete the process. While entering the IN details, the user shall enter the Locker No and press F4, the system will display all the detail of the locker to be operated i.e. locker type, key No. Customer Id, customer name etc and will ask for entering Customer Id of the locker holder or the authorized person that will operate the locker. On entering Cust id, signatures attached with the cust id will be displayed. On completion of the locker operation the user shall record the time out by entering the OUT details. System will treat the operation completed when both IN and OUT details are entered into the system. CAUTION Before Day end the locker in charge shall ensure that the entire locker operated during the day have been marked OUT in the system. In case user fails to do so, system will not allow subsequent operations in the locker. CAPTURING SIGNATURES OF LOCKER HOLDER / AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY A utility is available in the locker module of Finacle through which, the signatures of the locker holder and authorized signatory (if required) can be captured into the system. In Finacle the locker is issued on the basis of Customer Id issued to customer. The Customer Id shall be having the same constitution as that in the locker. A separate “Image Access Code” LK has been created in the Finacle application. The user at the branch while scanning the signatures of the locker holder with Signcap tool shall specify the Customer ID of locker holder / authorized signatory and shall modify the Access code to LK. At the time of scanning the Description for Signature Column the name of the Locker holder / Authorized signatory and Locker No. is be entered.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[68]
REPORTS IN LOCKER MODULE LOCKER REPORTS (MENU-LKREPM) 1. KEY COFFER REGISTER 2.KEY REGISTER REPORT 3.NEW KEY INTERCHANGE REPORT 4.FREE LOCKER REPORT 5.FROZEN LOCKER REPORT 6.NOMINATION REGISTER 7.SURRENDER REPORT 8.LOCKER WITH FD DETAIL REPORT 9.LIST OF CUSTOMERS HAVING LOCKERS 10.LOCKER OPERATION DURING SPECIFIC PERIOD 11.NO. OF VISIT IN SPECIFIC PERIOD REPORT 12.LOCKER RENT RECEIVED REPORT 13.LOCKER WITH DUE DATE FALLING 14.LOCKER WITH RENT OVERDUE 15.LOCKER ARREAR STATEMENT 16.LIST OF LOCKER ENABLED BRANCHES 17.LOCKER DUE REMINDER -1 18.FREE LOCKER AT A CIRCLE 19.LOCKER SIGNATURE NOT CAPTURED 20.LOCKER SIGNATURE NOT VERIFIED 21.NO. OF LOCKER OPERATIONS IN A SET 22.LOCKER ARREAR STATEMENT FOR A SET 23.LOCKER LEDGER SHEET 24.HISTORY OF VISIT IN A LOCKER 25.LOCKER OPERATION AND CUSTOMER 26.MONTHLY STATEMENT OF LOCKER AS ON 28.LOCKER RISK 29.LOCKER DUE REPORT TWO 30.LOCKER DUE REPORT THREE 31.LIST OF CUSTOMER HAVING LOCKER IN 33.MONTHLY STATEMENT OF LOCKERS AS ON 34.LOCKERS IN OPERATIONAL STATE 35.REPORT FOR LOCKER RENT DUE IN NEXT MONTH (LKCMRPT) 1.REPORT OF LOCKER DETAILS NOTE: REPORTS FROM SL. NO. 1 TO 28 CAN ALSO BE GENERATED IN LIVE SERVER
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[69]
LOANS & ADVANCES
FLOW CHART FOR OPENING OVERDRAFT & CASH CREDIT ACCOUNT
OPENING OF ACCOUNTS: 1.
2. 3.
4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. For For For For For
Create Customer – CUMM (if customer master does not exist) 'G' General Details 'E' Currency Details Verify Customer CUMM Open Account OAAC 'G' General Details 'S' Scheme Details 'V' MIS Code 'H' Limit History Details 'A' Additional Persons Details (for Guarantor etc.) Verify Account OAACAU Link Security SRM Verify Security SRM Issue Cheque Book ICHB Verify Cheque Book ICHBAU Transactions / Verification TM Modification to Account ACM Modification to Sanction limit/DP ACLHM Modification to Interest Rate Code INTTM Modification to Security Details/DP SRM sanctioning TOD TM -- (N) Option
CLOSURE OF ACCOUNTS •
Destroy unused cheque books
-Menu Option –CHBM/CHBD
•
Apply Charges /Verify Charges
-Menu Option – CACC
•
Apply Interest –
-Menu Option – INTRUN
•
Delink Security –
-Menu Option – SRM
•
Close Account –
-Menu Option – CAAC
•
Verify Closure –
-Menu Option – CAACAU
All the Loan accounts under the Credit Module of Centralised Banking Solutions (Finacle) application package are handled through various Scheme Codes. The scheme codes are maintained under specific for a Scheme Types. The following scheme types are used for various Nature of Advances as under: LAA – for Term Loan and Demand Loans CCA – for Cash Credit Accounts ODA – for Overdraft Accounts The account number for any account in credit module contains of 16 characters. The first four characters indicate the distinctive number of the branch to which the account pertains, followed by a two-character product code, which is specific to the scheme code and then the a/c number.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[70]
CASH CREDIT / OVER DRAFT A/Cs A/C OPENING •
Before opening of a Cash Credit/ Overdraft account, the Customer ID of the borrower must be created through the menu option - `CUMM’. • In case the Customer-ID is already created, the same may be used for opening of the account. • Menu option for opening CC/OD account is OAAC. Give Function as ‘O’, customer ID, scheme code, currency and GL subhead and Press F4. • System by default displays the General Details screen. Some other important fields are: PAY INTEREST?: Enter `Y’ if interest is to be paid in the account, else enter `N’. Although interest is not paid in loan accounts, the system by default populates `Y’ value in this account, which should be retained as this will facilitate refund of interest in the a/c by the system due to any reason COLLECT INTEREST?: By default populates `Y’ in this field, it be retained. CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Cr.)– It should be left blank. CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.): In case some Debit Preferential Rate of Interest is allowed, over or below the applicable rate for the scheme, at the Customer (CUMM-`E’-`Currency Details’) Level and parameter is set at the scheme level, the same differential is default populated here. The values can be over-ridden. In case the preferential rate is over the normal rate, positive value be assigned in this field. In case the preferential rate is below the normal rate, negative value be assigned in this field. ACCOUNT PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Cr.): It should be left blank while opening loan a/c. ACCOUNT PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.): In case some Debit Preferential Rate of Interest is to be allowed at this account-level, over or below the applicable rate for the scheme, the differential percentage be specified here. In case the preferential rate is over the normal rate, positive value be assigned in this field. In case the preferential rate is below the normal rate, negative value be assigned in this field. INTEREST TABLE CODE: This is a mandatory field. The system by default populates ZERO in this field as per scheme level set up. Modify this field and assign an appropriate Interest Rate Code. Press F2 to list the valid codes and select the appropriate code by shift+f4. After entering all the relevant information in the `G’-General Details, press ‘F4’. Delete ‘G’ and enter ‘S’-Loan Scheme Details. Press ‘F4’ and enter the Loan Scheme Details. `S’- SCHEME DETAILS This is a Mandatory Sub-option. Dr. Balance Limit: The system by default populates maximum value in this field, which should be retained. Maximum Allowable Limit: Enter the amount of limit sanctioned in the account. Credit File No.: Enter the credit file reference number if any, in this field. Debt Acknowledgement Date – The date on which last acknowledgement of debt (Balance-cumSecurity Confirmation Letter) was obtained. The information in this field can also be filled in subsequent to the account opening. Cheques Allowed: system by default populates `Y’ in this field, which should be retained. Charges for Cheque Issued?: value in this field is set at `Y’, which should be retained. Availing Nomination Facility?: system by default populates `N’, which should be retained. A/c Health Code: This is a mandatory field. Enter valid health code of the account. Press F2 to select the valid health code by Shift+F4. FOR TRANSFERRED ACCOUNTS In case the account being opened is a transferred account, the following two fields must be filled: Interest Amount: Calculate the interest to be charged in the account from the date of transfer of the account from the previous branch till the account open date manually and enter that value in this field. At the time of next interest run, the system will calculate interest in the account from the current date of opening and add up the value entered in this field and debit the account accordingly. Dr./Cr.: Enter `D’ if the type of interest to be charged in the account is Debit.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[71]
In case the details in the above two fields i.e. Interest Amount and Dr./ Cr. fields are not filled during opening in Transferred Account, the transaction in respect of the transferred liability (i.e. Outstanding Balance received from the Transferring Branch) be value dated and date from which the interest is to be calculated / charged in the account, be entered in the `Value Date’ field in menu option –TM. After entering appropriate values of `S’- Scheme Details, Press `F4’. Delete ‘S’ and enter ‘V’-MIS Details in the Option field. Press ‘F4’ and enter the MIS Details. `V’-`MIS CODE MAINTENANCE’ It is a mandatory option. Enter various codes for MIS purposes here. The facility of listing (F2) is available for each of the fields and appropriate code may be selected by pressing Shift+F4. After filling up the appropriate values of ‘V’-`MIS Code Maintenance’, Press `F4’. Delete ‘V’ and enter `H’-`Limit History Details’ in the Option field. Press ‘F4’ and enter the `H’-Limit History Details. Press F6 and enter score card ID generated from PNB Score SME package in free text 6 field, Limit is renewed / fresh sanctioned. `H’- LIMIT HISTORY DETAILS Applicable Date: The system by default populates the current date. Limit Level interest: This field indicates whether the interest is to be charged at the limit level or at the account level. The default value in this field is ‘N’ which indicates that the interest will be charged as per the Interest Rate Code assigned in the field ‘Interest Rate Code’ in the `G-General Account Details’ of the account opening. Sanction Limit: Enter the value of limit sanctioned in the account. Supercede?: This field indicates whether previous limits need to be superceded. For fresh accounts this field is not applicable and ‘N’ is populated by default, which should be retained.Valid values ‘Y’ or ‘N’. Press F4 in the functional block and enter the appropriate values in the following fields: Sanctioned Date: Enter the date of sanction of existing limit. Expiry Date: Enter the date of expiry of the existing limit. Penal Int. From: Enter the number of months from the limit expiry date after which penal interest is to be charged. Document Date: Enter the date of documentation in the account. Review Date: Enter the account review date, if any. This date should be prior to limit expiry date. Security Description: Enter the description of the security available in the account. Remarks: Enter appropriate remarks in the account, if any. Sanction Level: Enter the valid sanction level code. (F2) Sanction Authority: Enter the valid sanctioning authority code. (F2) Sanction Ref.#: Enter the sanction reference number in this field. Status: (Display only) The valid values are: A – Active, F – Future, S – Superceded, D – Deleted, I – Inactive. Cust. Dr Pref Int: (Display only) The debit interest preferential at the customer level. A/c Dr Pref Int: (Display only) The debit interest preferential at the account level. Event: (Display) The name of the event is displayed here. The details are: Sanction limit operation & Drawing Power Operation Press F4. The system displays the Drawing Power Details screen. Applicable Date: (Display only) default populated. Sanction Limit: (Display only) default populated. Drawing Power Indicator: The valid values applicable for drawing power are: D – Derived, E – Equal, M – Maintained, P – Parent.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[72]
If the value in this field is set to D - Derived, the drawing power shall be derived from the Value of Security assigned in SRM. If value of this field is set to M – Maintained then the Drawing Power for the account is to be maintained separately for the account. Further absolute value of the drawing power has to be entered in the `Drawing Power’ field. If the value in the field is set to E – Equal then the system will assign the amount of sanctioned limit as drawing power for the account. If the value in this field is set to P- Parent then the drawing power in the account shall be derived from the Limit Node. Drawing Power %: It is mandatory to enter this field only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to P-Parent. Limit – ID: This field is mandatory only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to P-Parent. Drawing Power: If the Drawing Power Indicator is set to M Enter the value of drawing power. DACC Limit: Absolute/Percentage: The Drawings Against Clearing Credit Limit which is sanctioned as a part of the main limit if any is to be entered in this field. If the sanctioned limit is an absolute amount then enter the amount in the field ‘Absolute’ and if the sanctioned limit is a percentage of the main limit then enter the percentage in the ‘Percentage’ field. A/C Recalled: (Display only) Indicates if the amount is to be recalled. valid values ‘Y’ or ‘N ’. After filling up the appropriate values of `H’-`Limit History Details, press `F4’. Delete ‘H’ and enter `A’-`Related Party Details’ in the Option field. Press ‘F4’. `A’- RELATED PARTY DETAILS This is an optional sub-option. If the account is a joint account or more than one person is associated by way of guarantor or in any other form the details of such persons can be captured here. This is a multi record screen. By default the first record will be of the person who’s Customer-ID is associated with the a/c being opened. For giving information of other persons, press down arrow key. The information on other persons can be given by way of creating another Customer ID or by just giving the information in the relevant fields. This is a multi record screen. After filling up all pages Press F4 to come to option block. After filling up all details press F10 to commit. The system generates the account number, which should be verified through menu option-`OAACAU’. VERIFYING CC / OD ACCOUNT OPENING To verify a new account use OAACAU- Function ‘V’. Modification of the account details is also possible through this menu option but, before verification of the account. For this, invoke the function-`M’-Modify in the function block instead of `V’. Give the temporary account number and Press F4. Use F11 to visit all pages and Press F4 to come to the Option Block. Visit all screens of ‘G’ ,’S’ ,’V’, and ‘H’ details. Press F4 to come to Option Block and Press F10 to commit. ATTACHING SECURITY WITH AN ACCOUNT After opening a Cash Credit / OD account, the next step is to attach security available in the account, both primary as well as collateral. These securities can be attached to the account through menu option ‘SRM’SECURITY REGISTER MAINTENANCE. Menu Option to be used is SRM –Function-‘A’. Give ‘A’ for account (or ‘N’ for Node) ,account number (Limit Id in case of ‘N’)and press F4. Give option ‘A’ and press F4.Fill up all the relevant details and press F4. If Insurance details have to be given give ‘N’ here in remark column mention premium amount paid with start date and end date & press F4. After filling up the details give ‘S’ and press F4.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[73]
If charge details have to be filled up give ‘C’ and press f4. After filling up the details give ‘S’ and press F4. Press F10 to commit.
TO VERIFY SRM RECORD Menu option SRM ; Function ‘V’. Give ‘A’ for account (or ‘N’ for Node), a/c no. and press F4. Verify the security, insurance and charge details and press F4. Press F10 to commit. PROCEDURE FOR FEEDING OF STOCK STATEMENT - Charging of penal interest in case of delay/non-submission of stock statement. When stock statement is received by the branch, user enter the stock statement under SRM menu option entering date of receipt of stock statement under receive date field and due date as next due date (Stock statement is valid till due date) Now, there may be four scenarios after first due date: 1. 2. 3. 4.
Stock Stock Stock Stock
statement statement statement statement
has been received on or before the next due date as entered in the account. not received before due date but received before month end date (Interest date). not received after due date till month end date (Interest application date. received after long delay. (received after more than say two months).
1. (Ideal condition, no Penal interest is to be charged) Stock statement is received on or before the Due Date :Stock statement is received on or before the due date, user is required to substitute the existing record with feeding receive date as date when stock statement is received. On verification due date will be replaced with next due date by the system as per frequency fed for the account, even if due date is not changed by the user. eg:- on receipt of Stock statement, SRM record has to be fed with receive date and due date. (Example – If due date is 10-11-2013 and if stock is received on or before 10-11-2013, then user is required to substitute the record with feeding receive date. In this case if the receive date is 0911-2013, after verification system will create new record and change due date as per frequency fed.) Interest Impact :- system will not charge penal interest in such cases. 2. Stock statement is received after the Due Date and before month end date (Interest application date) :Stock statement received after the due date. In such cases user is required to first modify the receive date of current SRM record and feed receive date as date of stock statement is received and verify the same, thereafter user is required to substitute the newly modified record. ( Example – If due date is 10-11-2013 and if customer submits the stock statement on 20-11-2013, then user is required to modify receive date of this record as 20-11-2013 and verify same and after it substitution of modified record must be done.) Interest Impact :- as submission of stock statement is delayed for the period of 10-11-2013 to 19-112013, on modification as stated above system will charge stock interest for the period of 10-112013 to 19-11-2013 on interest application for the month of November’13. 3. When stock statement is not received after the Due Date till month end date :Stock statement not received after due date till month end date, In this case to charge stock interest, user is required to make receive date as blank after due date and before month end date. IMPORTANT: In case stock statement is received after making the receive date as null/blank before month end date, user is required to fed the receive date through modification mode under SRM and substitute as stated the process under step 2 above. If stock statement is nor received in the month then receive date should remain blank. (Example - If due date is 10-11-2013, and if customer does not submits the stock statement after due date, then user is required to modify this record and make the receive date null/blank)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[74]
Interest Impact:- as stock statement is not submitted even after 10-11-2013 and receive date is blank, system will charge stock interest for the period of 10-11-2013 to 30-11-2013 on 30-11-2013. Again, If the stock statement is not received for long time (several months) then further no modification is required to be done (till next submission) and system will continue charge penal stock interest every month till the receive date remains blank. 4. When stock statement is received after long time (several months) after the Due Date :Stock statement received after long time (several months), user has to feed receive date in existing record (where receive date is blank) through modification mode under SRM and after verification of such record, user is required to substitute record as many times till due date comes as next month date (same can be checked after verification of substitution). FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS IN CC / OD A/CS After opening and verification of the account, the normal cash/ transfer transactions to the account are to be entered through the menu option `TM’ and the clearing transactions are to be entered through the menu option `OCTM’ and `ICTM’. The procedure for entering / posting / verification of the transactions for this type of accounts is same as that of any other account. VALUE DATED TRANSACTIONS A value dated transaction in Cash Credit/ Overdraft accounts can be created through the menu option – TM. In the `Value Date’ field, by default the current date is populated. Change this date with the `Value Date’ on which this transaction is required to be posted in the account. The effect of putting Value Dated transaction in the account shall be: It will recalculate the products since the `Value Date’. In case the `Value Date’ is prior to Last Interest Run Date, the system shall pass an `Interest Adjustment’ entry during next interest run with value dating as `Last Interest Run Date’. In case adequate Effective Available Amount as on `Value Date’ is not available, during posting, the system shall raise an exception – `Insufficient Available Balance Excp Manager’ which can be overridden by an authorised user having minimum work class of Manager and above or an Instant TOD can be granted by that user. MODIFICATIONS / INQUIRY IN CC/OD A/Cs Once the account is opened and verified many activities may be required to be performed in the account. Illustrative list of such activities can be :--> • Modification of Account Details before Account-Verification • Modification of Account Details after Account-Verification • Modification of Interest Details • Review/ Renewal/Enhancement/ Reduction of the limits • Granting Temporary Overdrafts (TOD) in the account • Sanction of Ad-hoc Limit • Allocation of Drawing Power as a Parent Branch • Maintaining the Account where Drawing Power is allocated by other Branches • Interest Calculation before Account Closure • Earmarking drawing power. MODIFICATION OF ACCOUNT DETAILS AFTER ACCOUNT-VERIFICATION • •
For any modifications in the account except Limit and Interest Details, the menu option is `ACMCustomer Account Maintenance’ is to be invoked and `M- Modify’ is to be entered in the option field. Following details can be modified: General details with sub option ‘0’
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[75]
• • • • • • • • • •
Related party details with sub option ‘A’ Scheme details with sub option ‘S’ MIS codes with sub option ‘V’ The fields appearing in the sub options ‘0’, ‘A’, ‘S’ and ‘V’ are same as those appearing in the ‘G’, ‘A’, ‘S’ and ‘V’ of the menu option ‘OAAC’ respectively. The verification of any modification is to be done using the same menu option i.e. `ACM- Customer Account Maintenance’ by some other user and function will be `V-Verify’. invoke the concerned sub options where modification/changes have been done and visit those information before giving a final commit. In order to know which information has been modified, invoke sub option ‘D – Audit inquiry’. The audit inquiry screen gives information on the tables, which are affected because of the modifications done. An explode from that place will show all the relevant fields with old value and new value. On visiting the applicable sub option accept (F4) and F10 for verifying the modification. Through ACM following sub options are available for inquiry: Purge Details with sub option ‘P’ Limit history inquiry with sub option ‘H’ Account ledger inquiry with sub option ‘G’ Dependent account list with sub option ‘6’ Asset classification inquiry with sub option ‘Y’ Interest detail inquiry with sub option ‘?’
MODIFICATION OF INTEREST DETAILS Invoke a menu `INTTM’ for modifying any of the interest related parameters including pegging and preferential interest rates. Enter `M’-Modify in the function field and indicate the A/c number and accept to proceed further. 1) INTEREST TABLE CODE: Enter the appropriate Interest Table Code, in case any modification in Interest Rate is required. Press F2 for appropriate codes. 2) CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTT (Cr.) & A/C PREFERENTIAL INTT (Cr.) default populated zero values be retained. 3) CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.): If any Debit Preferential Rate of Interest is allowed to a customer over or below the applicable rate of interest, at the Customer (CUMM-`E’-`Currency Details’) Level, the same differential is default populated here. The values can be modified here which will be effective at the account level. In case a reduction is to be allowed then the value should be preceded with a minus (-) sign. 4) ACCOUNT PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.) - In case any Debit Preferential Rate of Interest is to be allowed at the account level, over or below the applicable rate for the account, the differential is to be entered in this field. In case a reduction is to be allowed then the value should be preceded with a minus (-) . 5) IS INTEREST PEGGED?: Valid values for this field are `Y’ or `N’. If Interest Pegged Flag is set to ‘Y’ then, any changes in the subsequent versions of the Interest Table Code will not have any impact on the interest calculation from the start date till the end date. Else `N’ value should be assigned in this field. 6) START DATE: Enter the date from which the above mentioned interest rate shall be applicable. 7) END DATE: Enter the date up to, which the above mentioned interest rate shall be applicable. Multiple interest rates with various start / end dates can also be entered to an account by pressing down arrow key. The system will populate the next date in the field ‘start date’ in continuation to the ‘end date’ entered in the earlier interest record. After modifying the required information commit the record. This modification requires verification through menu `INTTM’ function - `V’-Verify.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[76]
HELP WINDOW FOR INTEREST TABLE CODES DURING A/C OPENING PROCESS FOR LOANS & ADVANCES For the convenience of branch users for selection of appropriate interest table code certain customization has been done in interest Rate code field under OAAC menu option and now on pressing F2 on Int Table code system will display all active interest table codes only. The new help window consisting of interest table codes along with its description, interest table code help flag, Present Base rate (if linked to Base Rate), Spread and net rate of interest (as on date) of interest table codes will be displayed. New column has been added in the help window i.e. help flag. This field is a identifier of segment of loan for which all the interest table code belongs. eg: for education loan related interest table code help flag is ‘ED’ This Help flag should be entered in interest table code field before pressing F2. system will display all interest table codes related to help flag on the top of the list and remaining interest table codes will be listed thereafter. . Eg :- if branch user feeds ED in interest table code field then system will display first interest table code related to ED (For Education loan) and then remaining all interest table. User can select appropriate interest table code by pressing Shift + F4 and can assign in the account. List of help flag for interest table codes is S.No.
Circular Sl. No.
Interest table code structure for Retail Segment Loans
1
1
2 3 4
2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
5 6 7 8 9
10
10
1 2
3 4 5 6 7
8
Interest Table codes for Housing Finance to Individuals including NRIs / Flexible Housing scheme / Existing Fin Basket a/c Interest table codes for Earnest Money Deposit Scheme Interest Table codes for Personal Loan to Pensioners Interest Table codes for Loan against mortgage of Immovable Property Interest Table Codes For Car Loan Interest Table Codes For Two-wheeler Loans (PNB SARTHI) Interest Table codes for Personal Loan Interest Table codes for Education Loan Interest Table codes for Advance against Jewelry & Ornaments Interest Table codes for PNB BAGHBAN (Reverse Mortgage Scheme)
Help Flag HL
EM PP IM CA TW PR ED JW BA
Interest table code structure for other then Retail segment Loans 1A Interest Table codes for Agricultural Advances AG 1B Interest Table codes for Micro & Small Enterprises Advances SM (MSE) including Trading Advances covered under MSME Act Interest Table codes for Trading Advances not covered 1C under MSME Act SM 1D Interest Table Codes for Doctors Loan DR 2 Interest Table Codes for Tractor Loans TR 3A Interest Table Codes for Financing under Capital Investment RG Subsidy 3B Scheme for construction/ renovation/ expansion of rural RG godowns Interest Table codes for Advances for construction of Godowns as per FCI/CWC specifications 4A Interest Table Codes for Financing against pledge of WR
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[77]
9
4B
10
5A 5b
11
6A
12
6B
13
6C
14
8
15 16
9A 9B
17
9C
18
10
19
11A
20
11B
21
12
22 23
14 16
24
&
warehouse receipts issued by CWC having forward sale contract with members/brokers of NMCE Interest Table Codes for Schemes for financing against pledge of warehouse receipts issued by Collateral Managers Intrest table codes for Advances to Food and agro-based processing units i.e. Rice Sheller units /Cold Storage Units / Seed Processing Units / Flour Mills/ Oil Mills, and (b) Advances to units engaged in Food and Agro processing activities like manufacturing/processing of Pulses, Dal, Suzi, Besan etc. & its allied activities provided that the advances are covered under Priority Sector in terms of PS&LB Division circular on Priority Sector Advances – Classification & Reporting issued from time to time) Interest Table codes for Advances under Self Help Group Scheme (SHGs) Interst Table Codes for Scheme for financing Micro-Financing Institutions (MFIs) for on-lending to individual members or SHGs/JLGs Interest Table Code for Scheme for Portfolio Buy Out of microfinance Receivables /other receivables of MFIs / NBFCs under direct agriculture Interest Table Codes for Advances to Film Production / Entertainment Industry Interest Table codes for Advances to Commercial Real Estate Interest Table Codes for Advance against future lease rentals (CRE CATEGORY) Interest Table Codes for Advance against future lease rentals (Non-CRE category) Interest Table Codes for Financing against assured future receivables (PNB Cash Flow Discounting) Interest Table Codes for Financing under Supply Chain Scheme Interest Table Codes for Financing dealer for purchase of vehicles from RMCs Interest Table Codes for Advances to ‘other categories of borrowers’ including NBFCs, Sugar units, Services Sector & advances to medium & large enterprises Interest Table Codes for Transport Operators
WR FA
SH SH
PB
FL CR CR CR FR SC VL
OC
Interest Table codes for Bank Premises
TO BP
17
Interest Table Codes for Exposure to Capital Market
CM
25
18
Interest Table Codes for DRI Advances
DI
26
19
Interest Table Codes for Clean Advances
CL
27
20
Interest Table Codes for Advance Against: **
GS
28
24
Interest Table Codes for Intermediary Agencies
IA
29
25
Interest Table codes for Term Loans to Exporters
EX
30
29
Interest Table codes for Advances to Members of Staff
ST
Master Table base Interest code –Risk rating base
MT
31
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[78]
AUTOMATION OF REDUCTION OF DRAWING POWR ON MONTHLY BASIS UNDER OVERDRAFT SCHEMES - ODSAN The monthly Drawing power to be reduced every month will be arrived on the basis of Sanction limit divided by total number of months. The number of total months is taken from applicable date till expiry date entered in latest active limit under „H‟ details (Limit History details) of the account. As such DP can be checked through under noted formula:New DP = sanction limit – (sanction limit * no of months completed) months.
/ Total number of
The method to calculate the above terms i.e. sanction limit, no of months completed & Total months of limit is as given below :1. Sanction limit :- System will check the latest active sanction limit. 2. Total number of months:- system will check the difference between applicable date and expiry date in latest active limit and same will be taken as total number of months (remaining days will be treated as 1 month). 3. No. of months completed :- system will check the difference in months between system date (BOD date) and applicable date of latest active sanction limit and difference in months will be taken as no. of completed months. This process will be run from Data Centre in the last week of every month and Drawing power of all the eligible accounts will be reduced as stated above RENEWAL / REVIEW / ENHANCEMENT / REDUCTION OF CC / OD LIMITS Modification in sanctioned limit for an OD / CC account is required at the time of renewal/ review or enhancement/reduction in sanction limit. These changes be done through menu ACLHM- Account Limit History Maintenance. The function block of this menu has the following fields: FUNCTION: The valid functions:-- M (modify), I (inquire), V (verify), X (cancel), L (list). For modification in the limit details, enter `M’-Modify, A/C NO.: Enter the Account Number. OPERATION: This field has two operations `S’-Modifications to Sanction Limit and `D’-Modification to Drawing Power Details. Indicate `S’ to modify the Sanction Limit and Press F4 The system shows the existing sanctioned limits available for the account. Select the required limit by using the arrow Key. The cursor moves to `Option’ field, Enter `M’-modify in the `Option’ field and press F4. The system displays the `Sanction Limit Details’ screen with applicable date and previous / existing sanction limit. Make the required modifications in the following two fields: Applicable Date: Enter date from which the modified limit shall be applicable. Sanction Limit: Enter the values of the modified limit. Limit Level Interest?: default value as `N’ be retained. Supercede?: Except under `option’- A (Add) and C (Copy), this field is not accessible under rest of the options and value will always be `Y’. The effect of this field is that after commit, the previous limit gets superceded by the modified limit. Press F4. The following fields are available for modifications: Sanction Date: Enter the date of sanction of the modified limit. Expiry Date: Enter the date of expiry of the modified limit.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[79]
Penal Int. From: Enter the number of months/ days after the limit expiry date so that the system should start charging penal interest in the account after this period. Document Date: Enter the date of documentation. Review Date: This date should be lesser than the `Limit Expiry Date’. In case of `Review’, enter the next date of review. Security Description: It is a free text field. Enter the security description in the account. Remarks: It is a free text field. Enter the appropriate remarks. Sanction Level: Assign the appropriate sanction level code from the list available in this field. Sanction Auth: Assign the appropriate sanctioning authority code from the list available in this field. Sanction ref#: Enter 7 Digit PF number of recommending & sanctioning auth. Press F4 to accept and F10 to commit the modification. This modification requires verification by another user through menu option-ACLHMAU. In case of `Enhancement’, before invoking the menu option – ACLHM, modify the Maximum Allowed Limit’ field in `S-Scheme Details’ of the account through menu option – ACM with the enhanced value of the limit sanctioned. Get this modification verified through menu option – ACM. HANDLING SUBSIDY LINKED THROUGH RUNNING ACCOUNT In CC and OD accounts separate limits can be assigned to the account based on the rate of interest in a single account. The user feeds the limit details under ‘H’ details for limit sanctioned to the customer. In this case two separate limits to be fed. For example, if a borrower has been sanctioned Rs.100000/- limit where Rs.10000/- subsidy is available, the following steps have to be taken: STEP -1 Ist Limit equivalent to subsidy ( in this case Rs.10000/-) : While opening the account through OAAC, limit has to fed under ‘H’ details keeping ‘ Limit level int =Y”, ‘ Supercede = ‘N’ and sanctioned amount equival to the subsidy available for the account. The normal Int. Rate has to be kept as 0.00. STEP – 2 After opening of the account through OAAC and verification through OAACAU, another limit equal to (Total sanction limit minus amount of subsidy) is to be assigned keeping “ Supercede = N and limit level int =N through ACLHM. User to add second limit by giving ‘A’ (add) under option block. On enquiry system will show 2 active limits. System will apply interest @0.00% on the first limit i.e. on Rs.10000/- and for balance limit interest will be charged at the rate applicable as per data fed under ‘G’ details of the account or through INTTM. NOTE: After crediting the subsidy amount to main account, limit has to be modified through ACLHM, limit amount has to be kept net of subsidy amount and Supercede =Y and limit level interest as “N” in order to nullify the effect of subsidy and to charge interest on the whole limit. CLOSURE OF CASH CREDIT / OVERDRAFT ACCOUNT Before executing the account closure procedure the following steps must be followed: Execute menu option `ACM- Customer Account Maintenance’ enter ‘M – Modify’ in the function block and enter the Account Number in the next field. Then enter ‘0 – General Account Details’ in the option field accept and go to next screen using F6. Modify the field ‘Pay Interest?’ from ‘Y’ to ‘N’. Get the modification verified. Ensure that all securities attached to the account are deleted through SRM and SRM is verified. Ensure that no standing instructions are outstanding where the Cash Credit/ Overdraft account is mentioned. Ensure that there are no pending transactions for the account in entered status for the account. Ensure that the Cheque Books issued in the account, have been destroyed.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[80]
Invoke menu option ‘CACC-Closure of Account Charge Collection’. In the Function field, enter `Z-Account Closure’, specify the Account Number and in the `Actual/ Trial’ field enter `A’-Actual and press `F4’. The system displays the `Details of Charges to be Collected’ in the account. Press F10 to commit the Charge Collection during Account Closure. Verify this charge collection process -- menu option – CACCAU – Function: `V’-Verify. On verification, the system creates transaction to debit the charges into the account and post the same in the account. Transaction ID should be noted and post and verify the same menu option - TM. Invoke menu option ‘CAAC – Close An Account’, -- ‘Z, Enter the account number in the next field and accept. The system will force to run interest application while the cursor will be in the field ‘RUN INT. CALC. NOW’. The default value ‘Y’ shall be populated in this field. The system will also show certain important information on the account viz. Customer Id, A/c Opened Date, Account Balance, Lien Amount, Last Interest Date, Pending transactions, Pending Standing Instructions Transactions etc. On pressing F4 the system calculates the up-to-date interest and creates transaction for interest debit and posts the same in the account under closure. The interest entry shall be in the entered state if any exceptions are encountered. Press F3, print the interest application report through menu option PR and post and verify the interest transaction if it is in entered status through menu option TM. After the interest is applied to the account through menu option ‘CAAC’, the system will show the exact liability in the account on the day of closure as soon as the interest transaction is posted and verified. The account should be credited by the debit balance amount through menu option TM and the transaction should be posted and verified. When the account balance is zero, once again invoke menu option CAAC, enter Account Number and press F4 ensure that the field ‘RUN INT. CALC. NOW’ is default populated as ‘N’ and the field is protected. The system displays a message at the bottom of the screen that the interest calculation is up-to-date. After ensuring this, accept and commit account closure. VERIFICATION OF CLOSURE OF THE CASH CREDIT/ OVERDRAFT ACCOUNT The account closure is to be verified by a supervisory user through ‘CAACAU, The verifier has to enter ‘V – Verify’ in the function field. Enter account number in this field. On pressing F4 the system will display the information as detailed above. Accept the details and commit to verify the account closure process.
TERM LOAN / DEMAND LOAN A/CS The Scheme type for Loan Accounts is LAA Loans can be broadly classified as EMI & non-EMI loans. All loan transactions are linked to different types of flows. The nature of flow can be E – Equated installment, C-Collection, D-Demand, P-Disbursement, and T-Transfer. If it is a demand flow, then the demand type can B-Bank charges, I-Interest, O-Other charges, PPrincipal. For collection flows, adjustment can be in chronological order of demands raised or user defined offset sequence of demands. Interest liability can be maintained either in Loan account or in Loan Interest Office account. Similarly credits can be accepted to a common office account (Loan Payment a/c), and allow the system to apportion the recovery between various demands. After demands being raised, lien can be placed on operative account (LALIEN). Similarly recovery of demands can also be automated. During demand satisfaction, the lien, if placed earlier, with be removed (LADSP) Reversal of wrongly created transactions is possible.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[81]
Re-phasement of non-EMI loans can be done through ACM option. For EMI loans the rephasement is done through REPHASEI option. Classification of a loans according to the borrowers’ ability to service the loan is possible. Various reports available to inquire on the position of account (Total recoveries made, Total Overdue position, Sector wise classification, etc) (LAOPI / LAPOSR / LAGI) Loan account history regarding correspondence can be maintained through LAFHM. Interest calculation on loans through the option ACINT. TERM LOAN / DEMAND LOAN - OPENING OF ACCOUNT The menu option is OAAC. Verification of the account should be done using menu OAACAU. GENERAL DETAILS – SUB OPTION “G” ( 3 SCREENS ) - MANDATORY Mode of operation: This is MANDATORY & only an information field. This is displayed in TM Screen. Based on the value set up here and displayed during Transactions in TM. Account Mgr: This is the user ID created using UPM menu. If any value is mentioned here, it means that this account is looked after by that particular person. Many operations can be done based on this value like interest calculation, statement printing, inquiries etc. Customer preferential interest rates both debit and credit would be default populated if it is mentioned at customer level and the parameter is set at scheme for default population. The values can be over-ridden. ‘Account Preferential’ is another field through which special rates of interest can be specified to the account. Interest credit flag, Interest debit flag, Interest debit account, Interest credit account are not applicable in this case Interest table code is a mandatory field and must be changed from ZERO to applicable rate code. If the interest rate is fixed during the entire tenor of the account then value should be set as “Y” for the field “Account pegged?” If the value is set as “Y” for the above field, then enter value for the fields “Pegging review date” and “Pegging Frequency(Months/Days) ” Tax details are not applicable for Loan Accounts. SCHEME DETAILS – SUB OPTION “S” – (2 SCREENS ) - MANDATORY Loan amount is the amount of loan sanctioned. The system validates whether the amount indicated here is within the range mentioned at product level. Else an exception would be raised. Loan period is the tenor of the loan. The system validates for this value also based on the scheme level set up and appropriate exception would be raised. If the value is set as “Y” for the field “Hold In Oper A/c For Amount Due?” then lien on the operative account to the extent of ‘demand’ in the loan account can be marked by LALIEN menu. Value set for the field “Repayment Method” will decide how repayment will be made. If the value is set as “E”, then system recovers what is available in the operative account. If the value is “T” system creates a TOD and recovers the entire dues from the operative account. If the value is “N” then no recovery would be done. If the value is set to either “P” – Post dated cheques or “D” – Electronic clearing, then get a report on such accounts and all further processes is procedural. If the value is set as “Y” for field “Transfer in A/c”, then enter additional information in sub option “U” – un-computerized details. Fields on the 2nd Screen relate to various information relating to the account with regard to Refinance, Subsidy etc. No validations are done based on any of those fields. In order to handle subsidy based Term/Demand Loan Accounts where interest rates are slab-wise a new field “Int. Rate based on Loan Amount– Y/N” has been added in the Scheme Details of the OAAC menu option. The valid values are:
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[82]
Y – Interest rate based on loan amount sanctioned N – Interest rate based on balance outstanding The value once set cannot be modified throughout the tenor of the loan, Applicable for the new accounts to be opened in the new version only A combination of the value set in this field as ‘Y’ and the LVSM – slab based code will result in the desired functionality MIS CODES – SUB OPTON “V” - MANDATORY Enter various codes for generation of accurate MIS here, by listing F2 in each field. Press F6 and enter (i) PNB Score Card ID in Free Text 1 if Retail Loan (ii) PNB SME Score Card ID in Free text 6 field. INTEREST DETAILS – SUB OPTION “I” – MANDATORY The system by default populate most of the values based on the set up done at scheme level. Which can be overridden. ‘Intt. Demand Effective Date’ should be entered in case of such Loan Accounts, where Intt. Becomes due after a particular period, e.g. Staff Loans on Simple Intt., Education Loan etc. Once the account is opened, then all these information will be the property of the account and system will not look into the scheme level any further for future processing on the account. REPAYMENT SCHEDULE – SUB OPTON “E” - MANDATORY Flow ID field can have value which is of Equated installment demand, Principal demand or Interest demand type. These flow IDs are created using flow code maintenance. If the account is opened under equated installment scheme then the system default populates the flow id based on the set up done at scheme level. If it is equated installment, system populates the EI amount based on the number of installments indicated which can be over ridden. An exception is also associated with this for doing necessary validations. Start date of the installment should always be greater than the account open date Enter the number of installments to arrive at the installment amount. Depending upon the parameter set at product level, enter the values for the field “number of installments”, and “amount”. In modify mode, then the original repayment schedule can be modified. The system does a validations if the number of installments and the tenor of the loan does not match and an exception would be raised. FEATURES There are two systems prevailing in the banking sector for calculation of interest on EI (Equated Instalments) based loan accounts: 1)
EI in Arrears – The interest for holiday period (moratorium period) is calculated and capitalised on the day of repayment start date and the EI is calculated accordingly. In other words, first instalment also include the portion of capitalised interest.
2)
EI in Advance – The interest for holiday period (moratorium period) is calculated and demand is raised from the 2nd instalment onwards. The first instalment is raised only for the principle.
In our bank, the system of EI in Arrears is prevailing. The same is set at product level by Data Centre in respective GSPM. Now the system will correctly calculate the demand as it will automatically rephase the account at the end of holiday period.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[83]
In case of EI based Loan accounts, the Equated instalment raised by the system is a combination of Principal and Interest amounts. In the existing version it has been observed that the system is raising Principal Demand on a different date and Interest Demand on a different date. In order to synchronise the raising of demands for Principal and Interest two new fields ‘Int Dmd Date’ and ‘Int Freq’ have been added. The new fields of the E - Repayment Schedule Details of the menu option OAAC/ACM following functions :
have
Int Dmd Date: This field refers to the Interest Demand Date where the date from which interest demand is to be raised by the system. In case of EI based loan accounts, the interest demands are to be raised along with the principal demand hence, the date of Principal & Interest Demand should be the same. In case of gestation period for commencement of repayment, following procedure be adopted: i) Enter the actual date from which the instalment repayment is to be commenced in the field ‘Flow Start Date’. ii) Enter the month end date of the month in which account is being opened in the field ‘Int Dmd Date’ and iii) Enter the actual date of commencement of repayment in the field ‘Interest Demand Effective Date’ in the I – Interest Details of the menu option OAAC. (same date as given in Flow Start Date) iv) Int Freq: The frequency entered in this field should be same as the frequency entered against the field ‘Flow Start Date’. DISBURSEMENT DETAILS – SUB OPTION “D” - OPTIONAL A disbursement schedule can be defined and the disbursement can be monitored . The system validates whenever a disbursement is made whether it is as per the disbursement schedule or not and appropriate exception would be raised if set up is done. In absence of such schedule, disbursements may be made in as many installments as required. MESSAGE MAINTENANCE – SUB OPTION “M” - OPTIONAL As a part of account opening, information can be noted, with regard to the account in the form of messages. These messages can be in the form of free text or through a coded mode. messages can be entered without the help of codes also. UNCOMPUTERISED DETAILS –SUB OPTION “U” – MANDATORY FOR TRANSFER-IN ACCOUNTS This information is required only if the value for the field “Transfer in A/c?” is “Y”. This information is stored till the account is verified and transactions are put through to the account and demands are uploaded to the system. Normally these information are captured in case of accounts which are transferred from another branch or when migration is done from one application to another application or from the manual system to computerised system. Enter all the relevant data during account opening itself as no further modification is possible once the account is opened. SOME IMPORTANT FIELDS : XFER EFFECTIVE DATE: Enter the date from which the account opened in `Transfer-In' mode should be made effective. This can be either the current date or any future date, by which all the details of the account are entered into the system and the account opening procedure is completed. In case any of the process of account opening in `Transfer-In' mode is not completed by the date entered in this field, the system will not allow any operations in the account.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[84]
LIABILITY AS ON XFER EFFECTIVE DATE: Enter the Principal Liability Outstanding as on the date of transfer in this field i.e. the balance outstanding in Principal A/c. DISBURSEMENT IN PREV. SCHDLS: Enter `0.00' in this field and if any other values are entered in this field then this will lead to wrong processing of the account opening and the system may not allow entry of any transactions into the account. SUM OF PRINCIPAL DEMAND RAISED: Enter `0.00' in this field and if any other values are entered in this field then this will lead to wrong processing of the account opening and the system may not raise appropriate demands in the account. CUMULATIVE NORMAL INTEREST: Enter the Cumulative Normal Interest Liability outstanding as on the date of transfer i.e. the interest outstanding in the simple interest accounts in this field. If there is no interest amount outstanding in the account then, '0.00' should be entered in this field. CUMULATIVE PENAL INTEREST: Enter the Cumulative Penal Interest Liability outstanding as on the date of transfer i.e. the penal interest charged to the account if any, in this field. If there is no penal interest amount is debited to the account then, `0.00’ should be entered in this field. CUMULATIVE ADDNL. INTEREST: As we do not charge any Additional Interest for Term Loan accounts, this field should be entered with the value `0.00'. TRANSFER IN INTEREST AMOUNT: This field is default populated with `0.00', which should not be altered. LAST INTEREST POSTED DATE: Ensure to enter the date up to which interest has been charged to the account. This date is very important, as the system shall henceforth calculate the interest in the account from this date onwards. In case of an account where no Interest is applied till the date of transfer of the account then the account opened date should be entered in this field. REPAYMENT SCHEDULE DATE: Ensure to enter the Original Account Opening Date as specified in the field `A/c Open Date' under the `G'- General Details above. Any variation in the dates entered in the fields, `A/c Open Date' under the option the `G'General Details and `Repayment Schedule Date' under the option `U'- Uncomputerised Details, will result in transactions not being allowed to be entered into the account. LIMIT HISTORY DETAILS – SUB OPTION “H” - MANDATORY The details of the limits sanctioned and the drawing power are entered by this sub option. There are two different screens to capture the details. System by default populates the loan amount as sanctioned limit. The other two fields in the function block are not applicable for this scheme type. Interest details are not applicable for this scheme type Penal interest can be from the date of expiry or beyond the expiry date. A date which is earlier to expiry date can not be entered. Press `F4’, enter the appropriate values in the following fields: 1) Sanctioned Date 2) Expiry Date :Loan Repayment Period + Gestation Period, if any. 3) Document Date.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[85]
4) Security Description 5) Sanction Level 6) Sanction Authority 7) Sanction Ref 8) Status After entering the above information, press `F4’. The system opens up the Drawing Power Details screen. The values in the Applicable Date field are default populated and Sanction Limit is displayed. The cursor is positioned in drawing power indicator field. The valid values applicable in Drawing Power Indicator field are: D – Derived, E – Equal, M – Maintained, P – Parent Limit node. Assign `E’-`Equal to Sanctioned Limit’ in this field for opening Term / Demand Loan accounts. It is mandatory to enter field of drawing power % only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to P-Parent. It is mandatory to enter field of limit – ID only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to PParent. 1) The value of drawing power of the account. The value entered in the Sanction Limit field is displayed if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to E-Equal. 2) If the account has been recalled enter valid value as ‘Y’ otherwise ‘N’. DISBURSEMENT DETAILS – SUB OPTION “3” - OPTIONAL Loan can be disbursed entirely or a part of the amount during account opening process. However, margin cannot be collected from the borrower through this sub-option. If the transaction type is ‘cash’ , ‘credit a/c number’ should not be entered , if the transaction type is ‘Transfer’, then the user has to enter the account number to which the credit should be made. On F4 system shows sub option block from where F10 can be pressed. Verification of the account opening will create the necessary transaction. Once all the relevant data is entered commit from the option block. The system gives the account number, which has to be noted for verification. In addition, SRM record is to be created and verified for every TL/DL Account. OPENING OF LOAN ACCOUNTS IN TRANSFER-IN MODE STAFF HOUSING LOAN A/CS AND STAFF VEHICLE LOAN A/CS.
In Finacle separate accounts are to be opened for the different limits carrying different rates of interest i.e., in case of Housing Loans, three accounts are to be opened in the following manner: i. ii. iii.
Housing Loan account bearing interest at 5% simple interest p.a. Housing Loan account bearing interest at 11% simple interest p.a. Housing Loan account bearing interest at PLR compound interest – it may be clarified here that this account with interest at PLR is already migrated into Finacle. In case this is not migrated then, this account is also required to be opened manually. Similarly for Vehicle Loan accounts to staff members are also to be opened separately for various limits carrying different/zero interest rates. However, in case the entire principle amount is repaid then a single account is to be opened for the amount of Interest outstanding in the account. TERM LOAN ACCOUNTS WHERE INTEREST AMOUNT DETAILS ARE NOT AVAILABLE If the individual interest amounts could not be procured or not available, then it is suggested that entire outstanding interest amount may be migrated to new account opened in Finacle carrying lower interest rate (say 5% pa). This method is suggested in view of the fact that the repayment of the loan account carrying interest at lower rate will commence after the adjustment of the principle in the account carrying higher rate of interest (say 11% pa) and after adjustment of entire principle amount, the recovery of interest will commence.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[86]
TERM LOAN ACCOUNTS WHERE INTEREST AMOUNT DETAILS ARE AVAILABLE In case different interest accounts are maintained for different loan accounts or if the details of individual interest amounts are available, then the individual Interest transactions may be entered into the respective loan accounts. It may be noted that in Finacle, the interest amounts will be accounted for in the individual accounts i.e., the interest applicable to the loan account at 5% will be accounted for in the loan account at 5% and in the loan account at 11% will be accounted for in 11% account itself. IMPORTANT POINTS WHERE PRINCIPLE AND INTEREST AMOUNTS ARE OUTSTANDING - MENU OPTION - OAAC: While opening these types of loan accounts in transfer-in mode, it must be ensured that in the ‘G Details of OAAC – in the field – A/c Open Date’ enter the Original Account Opening Date. In the ‘S- Details of OAAC – in the field – Transfer in?’ delete ‘N’ and enter ‘Y’ and enter the other relevant information in the required fields. Then the date from which the interest repayment is to be commenced is to be invariably entered in the ‘I – Details of OAAC – in the field – Interest Demand Effective Date’. The amount of balance outstanding in the account should be entered in ‘U – Details of OAAC - in the field - Balance as on the Transfer Effective Date’. The amount of interest charged to the account is required to be entered in the field ‘Normal Interest’. If any penal interest is charged to the account, then the split up may be given in the fields ‘Normal Interest and Penal Interest’. Also enter the other fields with appropriate values. It may be ensured that in the field ‘Scheduled Repayment Date’ Original Account Opening Date is entered. In the ‘E – Details of OAAC’ two Repayment Schedules are to be entered as under: 1) First repayment schedule for the Principle amount with the Flow Id as ‘PRDEM’. In the field start date enter the date from which the repayment of principle is to be commenced and in the field ‘No.’ enter the number of installments in which the repayment of principle is to be made. Enter the frequency in the next field and then enter the installment amount in the field ‘Amount’. Then press ‘Down Arrow Key’ for entering the interest repayment details. 2) This repayment schedule for Interest amount, is to be entered with the Flow Id ‘INDEM’. The ‘Start Date’ is automatically populated by the system for commencement of repayment of interest, which should be checked for its correctness. In the field ‘No.’ enter the number of installments in which the repayment of Interest is to be made. Enter the frequency in next field and then enter the installment amount in the field ‘Amount’. Installment amount for Interest repayment should be segregated proportionately for different interest rates. ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE OUTSTANDING:
FOR
THE
A/Cs
WHERE
INTEREST
AND
PRINCIPLE
ARE
After opening the loan account in transfer-in mode and after getting the account verified, the following transactions are to be entered through menu option ‘TM’: i. Dr. Term Loan account with the amount of Principle + Interest charged to the account till last interest run date. In the field ‘Value Date’ enter the Original Date of Disbursement or the Original Account Opening Date. In the Additional details, enter the ‘Flow – Id as DISBT’ and the ‘Demand Date as the Original Principle Repayment Commencement Date. Cr. Upload /sundry account- with the above amount. ii. Post and verify the transactions. iii. Run the command ‘LAUPLDMD’ for uploading the demands. iv. Dr. Upload / suspense account – with the amount of recoveries made in the account Cr. Term Loan account – with the amount of recoveries made in the account giving the Flow – Id as ‘TRCOL’ in the additional details and also delete ‘N’ from the field ‘Last Part-tran’ and enter ‘Y’. v. Post and verify the transactions.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[87]
IMPORTANT POINTS WHILE OPENING THE A/Cs WHERE PRINCIPLE IS REPAID AND INTEREST AMOUNT IS OUTSTANDING - MENU OPTION - OAAC: While opening these types of loan accounts in transfer-in mode, it must be ensured that in the ‘G Details of OAAC – in the field – A/c Open Date’ enter the Original Account Opening Date. In the ‘S- Details of OAAC – in the field – Transfer in?’ delete ‘N’ and enter ‘Y’ and enter the other relevant information in the required fields. Then the date from which the interest repayment is to be commenced is to be invariably entered in the ‘I – Details of OAAC – in the field – Interest Demand Effective Date’. The amount of balance outstanding (i.e. Interest amount) in the account should be entered in ‘U – Details of OAAC - in the field - Balance as on the Transfer Effective Date’. The amount of interest charged to the account is required to be entered in the field ‘Normal Interest’. If any penal interest is charged to the account, then the split up may be given in the fields ‘Normal Interest and Penal Interest’. Also enter the other fields with appropriate values. It may be ensured that in the field ‘Scheduled Repayment Date’ Original Account Opening Date is entered. In the ‘E – Details of OAAC’ two Repayment Schedules are to be entered as under: 1) First repayment schedule for the Principle amount (which is already repaid) with the Flow Id as ‘PRDEM’. In the field start date enter the date from which the repayment of principle was commenced and in the field ‘No.’ enter the number of installments in which the repayment of principle was made. Enter the frequency in the next field and then enter the installment amount in which the repayment was made in the field ‘Amount’. The press ‘Down Arrow Key’ for entering the interest repayment details. 2) This repayment schedule for Interest amount is to be entered with the Flow Id ‘INDEM’. The ‘Start Date’ is automatically populated by the system for commencement of repayment of interest, which should be checked for its correctness. In the field ‘No.’ enter the number of installments in which the repayment of Interest is to be made. Enter the frequency in the next field and then enter the installment amount in the field ‘Amount’. ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE FOR THE ACCOUNTS WHERE INTEREST AMOUNT IS OUTSTANDING: After opening the loan account in transfer-in mode and after getting the account verified, the following transactions are to be entered through menu option ‘TM’: i. Dr. Term Loan account with the amount of Limit + Interest charged to the account till last interest run date. In the field ‘Value Date’ enter the Original Date of Disbursement or the Original Account Opening Date. In the Additional details, enter the Flow – Id as ‘DISBT’ and the ‘Demand Date’ as the Original Principle Repayment Commencement Date. Cr. Upload account- with the amount as above. ii. Post and verify the transactions. iii. Run the command ‘LAUPLDMD’ for uploading the demands. iv. Dr. Upload account – with the amount of Limit + recoveries made (if any) in the account Cr. Term Loan a/c - with the amount of Limit + recoveries made in the account giving the Flow – Id as ‘TRCOL’ in the additional details and also delete ‘N’ from the field ‘Last Part-tran’ and enter ‘Y’. v. Post and verify the transactions. MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACCOUNTS The Flow-Id during the account maintenance period for these accounts should be ‘COLEC’ The credit transactions for these accounts should be first posted into the account carrying higher rate of interest. When the principle amount in the loan account carrying higher rate of interest is adjusted, the credits should then be posted to the loan account carrying lower rate of interest.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[88]
This aspect can be checked through the menu option ‘TM – Additional Details’ while entering the transaction itself, where the system shows the details of appropriation of the transaction amount i.e., whether the amount is adjusted to principle demand (PRDEM) or interest demand (INDEM) etc. If it is noticed that the system is adjusting the amount to interest demand (INDEM), before posting the transaction check if any other loan account carrying lower interest rate is outstanding in the borrower employees’ name. If any such account is outstanding then, post the transaction into that account. On complete adjustment of principle outstanding, enter the credit transactions into both the loan accounts carrying lower and higher rates of interest simultaneously by dividing them proportionately as explained above (in E – Details). FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS IN TERM / DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNTS After opening and verification of the account, the transactions to the account are to be entered through the menu option `TM’ – Transaction Maintenance. On entering the required information in the menu option ‘TM’, the system populates a second screen where additional details such as ‘Flow-Id’ is required to be entered. The following fields form part of the additional details for Term/Demand Loan account transactions: i)
The Term/Demand Loan account number for which transaction is being done is displayed in Loan Account Id field. ii) The number of repayment schedule that is currently active for the account is displayed. iii) The overflow amount if any for the account is shown in Overflow Account field. The overflow amount is the collection (recovery) received over and above the total demands raised in the account till date or the advance recovery if any in the account. iv) FLOW – ID is a Mandatory Field. All the transactions in Term/Demand Loan accounts should be associated with a flow id. Select correct flow-id for the transaction being posted. VALUE DATED TRANSACTION If a value-dated transaction is put to a Term/Demand Loan account, the system will check if the value date is later than the date on which the currently active repayment schedule is specified to the account. If the value date is such that other demands and collections have already been posted after value date, the entire history of demands and collections is reworked and the database updated by the system to reflect the correct picture, which can be viewed by invoking the menu option ‘LAOPI’. The system will also re-calculate the interest in the account during the next interest run date and adjust the excess/less amount of interest if any charged to the account. The information regarding the adjustment of such interest can be taken from the interest application report generated by the system on the interest application date, which is available in the ‘PR’ menu option of the person invoking the interest application process. CLEARING TRANSACTIONS IN TERM/DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNTS All the clearing transactions in the Term/Demand Loan accounts should be routed through Sundries – General Account. Any direct credit of a clearing transaction to a Term / Demand Loan account and subsequent returning of the cheque will lead to incorrect overdue position in the account. REVERSAL OF TRANSACTIONS IN TERM / DEMAND LOAN A/Cs First step: Note down following details from the TM to be reversed: 1) Transaction Number 2) Part Tran Serial number 3) Amount of Transaction 4) Flow ID through ‘A’ details
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[89]
5) Value date Second Step: Invoke the menu option TM and enter ‘A – Add’ in the Function field. Enter the Type/Sub Type field as ‘T/BI’ or ‘T/CI’ for Bank induced or Customer induced respectively and . Then enter the account number in which the transaction is to be reversed in the field A/c No and enter the amount of transaction, which is to be reversed in the field Amount. In the field type of part transaction enter ‘D – Debit’ if the credit entry is to be reversed or enter ‘C – Credit’ if the debit transaction is to be reversed. Thereafter enter appropriate particulars in the Particulars field and then enter the field Value Date field with the original transaction date and accept. The system will force the user to enter the Additional Details. In the Additional Details the field flow id should be same as of original Transaction which is going to be reversed.
The system identifies a transaction, as a reversal transaction whenever a debit or credit transaction is entered with same flow id as of original transaction and the transaction is value dated with that of the original transaction. The value in the field REVERSAL FLAG should automatically be changed to ‘Y’. Then the tran id of transaction to be reversed is to be entered in the REVERSAL TRAN ID field. This field consists of three parts, the first is reversal tran id i.e. the original tran id that is being reversed, and the second is the reversal part tran serial number and the third part is the date of original transaction. This field can be entered only if the Reversal Flag field is set to ‘Y’. The option of is available for the transaction id and Explode is available for the reversal date. On entering the required information accept and commit the transaction and get the transaction verified. The system will identify this transaction as a reversal transaction and the effective interest amount debited to the account will be adjusted by the system whenever the interest is run in the account. Similarly, the demands/ collections also get adjusted accordingly. LOAN DISBURSEMENT In Loan accounts, disbursement can be made either through menu option ‘TM’. In case disbursement is made through `LADISB’, the system automatically creates the transaction in the account, posts it and verifies it. Hence, no verification is required. Subsequent and multiple disbursements can also be handled through this menu option. The fields required to be entered in the menu option ‘LADISB’ are as under: FUNCTION: Enter the function code as ‘D – Disbursement’. A/C NUMBER: Enter the account number in which the disbursement is to be made. VALUE DATE: Enter the value date for the disbursement being made in the account. Then to go the next block. The system will display the information regarding Loan Amount, Loan Period, Loan Amount Disbursed and Amount Available for Disbursement in the account. TRAN TYPE: Enter the type of transaction. Valid values are ‘C’ – Cash and ‘T’ – Transfer. DISBURSEMENT AMOUNT: The amount to be disbursed during the process of account opening is to be entered in this field. CREDIT A/C NO. : The account to which disbursement is to be credited.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[90]
CRMS – CREDIT RATING MANAGEMENT There was no provision to capture External Credit Risk Rating details in CBS. In order to capture External Credit Risk Rating, a menu option CRMS has been customized. This provides capturing of data at four level i.e. customer level, Account level, Guarantor level and security level. User has to enter the following input under ‘Rating for’ field for selecting the level for which data is to be capture: 1. CU - Customer 2. AC – Account 3. GU – Guarantor 4. SC - Security User has to capture the external credit risk rating for each level, wherever applicable under the following fields available under CRMS menu option: 1. Rating type : Valid values are DLTR/DSTR/FR a. DLTR - Domestic long term rating b. DSTR - Domestic short term rating c. FR - Foreign rating 2. Rating Agency : This is a code based field and all the valid values will be displayed on F2 help key. 3. Rate code : This is a code based field and all the valid vales will be displayed on F2 help key based on ‘Rating Type’ and ‘Rating Agency’ 4. Rate Desc : Rate description will be displayed automatically on selection of Rate code. 5. Date of Rating: Date field. Actual date of Rating has to be fed. 6. Expiry of Rating Date field. Expiry date of rating has to be fed. For capturing of data for Customer (level – ‘CU’), Customer Id of the customer has to be fed thereafter Customer name will be displayed by the system. For feeding of external credit risk rating for an account (level – ‘AC’) or security attached with the account (level – ‘SC’) has to be fed under ‘Rating for’ field and aforesaid six fields has to be captured. For capturing of data for Guarantor (level – ‘GU’), where guarantor having external rating, guarantee type has to be selected. The guarantee type is a code based field and all the code available under ‘Guarantee cover code’ (under ‘V’ details – for fund based facilities) and ‘Guarantor Type’ (under NFDET menu for Nonfund based facilities) are displayed. System will allow capturing if the code selected under ‘Guarantee Type’ field has already been assigned under ‘Guarantee cover code’ for fund based facilities or under ‘Guarantee type’ field in menu option ‘NFDET’ for Non-fund facilities. Menu option – CRMS There can be following 5 valid Function Codes A – Add I - Inquire M – Modify D - Delete V - Verify A – Add (For type – CU) Here user has to input required data for a customer; help is available on F4 key press
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[91]
Valid Data Fields are as under: Field
Inputs
Rate for
CU- Customer/AC- Account/GU-Guarantor/SC-Security
cust_id
to be filled for "Rate For" CU , may be filled for GU ( To be left blank for AC/SC)
Borrower Name
Auto Populated
Account Number
to be filled for AC/SC, may be filled for GU (to be left blank for "Rate For" CU)
Sol_id
Auto Populated
Guarantor Type
To be left blank for CU/AC/SC
in case of Rate for "GU", to be selected from drop down list on F2
Gurr_cust_id-Y/N
in case of Rate for "GU", to set as "Y" if Guarantor Customer details to be filled
Gurr_cust_id
in case of Rate for "GU", and Gurr_cust_id (Y/N) is "Y" then Guarantor Customer Id to be filled (Optional)
Guarantor Name
Auto Populated
Rtype
Rate Type :- DLTR-Domestic Long Term, DSTR- Domestic Short Term, FR- Foreign
Rating Agency
To be selected from drop down list on F2 (example CARE,CRISIL,ICRA etc)
Rate Code
To be selected from drop down list on F2
Rate Desc
Auto Populated
Date of rating
Date of Rating to be filled
Expiry of rating
Expiry date of the rating to be filled.
Guarantee Amt
To be left blank for CU/AC/SC
Guarantee Bank
In case of Rate for "GU" , Guarantee Amount is mandatory
In case of Rate for "GU" , to be filled where Guarantor type is "GUTBI - Bank/Insurance Co"
In Case of GU-Guarantor 1. Either of Account number or Cust_id can be filled (not both) 2. Guarantor details to be filled 3. Guarantee Amount and in case Guarantor type is "GUTBI - Bank/Insurance Co" Guarantee Bank field to be filled. A – Add (For type – GU - Guarantor) A – Add (For type – AC - Account) A – Add (For type – SC - Security)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[92]
I – inquiry (Input function code, Rate for, rating Type, Rating Agency and Cust_id or Account Number) M – Modify (Unverified record can be only modified by the entry user only, after Verification other user can also modify) V – Verify - Verification should be done with user other than the one who has Added/Modified. Verification is must after any of the operation (Add/Modify) D – Delete (Unverified record can be only deleted by the entry user only, after Verification other user can also Delete.) OPENING BACKEND PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY TERM LOAN ACCOUNTS OLAPS – PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY ACCOUNT OPENING – menu has been customized for opening of all new accounts, where backend principal subsidy shall be available. The unique feature of this menu option is that apart from opening the main TL account will be simultaneously open a ‘ Linked subsidy SB account’ and link it to the loan account. At the time of application of interest in loan account, system net off the subsidy amount parked in Linked Subsidy SB account. st
Effective 1 April, 2012 onwards, branches must use this menu option ONLY for opening any new term loan account under any backend principal subsidy scheme. OLAPS– PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY ACCOUNT OPENING: In the ‘Function Code’ field, main options are – A – Add, V – Verify and X – Cancel Function Code Customer ID Scheme Code
: : :
Enter ‘A’ to open a new account Assign the customer ID in this field Press F2 to get the list of scheme codes for which backend Principal subsidy features are enabled. Select the appropriate Code through
LIST OF TL-SCHEME CODES WHERE SUBSIDY FEATURES ENABLED S.NO. NEW SCHEME DESC SCHEME CODE 1 TLADS TL-DAIRY DEVELOPMENT (SUBSIDY) 2 TLASS TL-GOAT/SHEEP (SUBSIDY) 3 TLAMS TL-MINOR IRRIGATION (SUBSIDY) 4 TLAOS TL-AGRI MISC (SUBSIDY) 5 TLIMS TL-SSI-ABOVE 3 YRS REPAYMENT (SUBSIDY) 6 TLRRS TL-SP.CR-RETAIL TRADE (SUBSIDY) 7 TLRSS TL-SMALL BUSINESS (SUBSIDY) 8 TLHLS TL-HOUSING LOAN PUBLIC (SUBSIDY) 9 TLEIS TERM LOAN EQUATED INSTALMENT (SUBSIDY) Whether PMEGP A/c?
EI/ NON EI
NON NON NON NON NON NON NON EI EI
EI EI EI EI EI EI EI
Assigning the correct value in this field is “Very Important” Default value set as “N” which should be retained while opening the a/c except PMEGP. In case account is opened Under PMEGP scheme this flag MUST be modified to “Y”.
Impact of this flag is that when value is retained as ‘N’, the ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’ will be opened by the system with GL Sub Head as ‘35600 – Subsidy Reserve Fund’. But when this flag is kept as ‘Y’, the ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’ will be opened by the system with GL Sub Head as ‘10100 – Fixed Deposit’
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[93]
After assigning the appropriate value in this field, press . The normal account opening page is opened with cursor on ‘G – General Account Details. All other relevant details, which are usually filled during normal account opening through ‘OAAC’, like ‘S – Scheme Details’, ‘H – Limit History Details’, ‘I –Interest Details’, ‘V – MIS Details’ and ‘E – Repayment Schedule Details’ shall also be filled as per existing guidelines of ‘OAAC’. However, special care should be taken while assigning values in the following fields : S – SCHEME DETAILS:
Repayment Method
The default value – E – Recover from operative a/c upto effective available balance has been set, which should be retained.
Operative A/C ID
A dummy ‘operative a/c – “00000RE00000001” shall be populated by the system, which should also be retained. As subsidy shall be available in these accounts, the value in this field is default populated as ‘Y’ Enter the subsidy amount eligible in the account
Subsidy Available ? Subsidy Amount Subsidy Agency
Select the appropriate ‘subsidy agency code’ from the list shown in this field.
After entering all the relevant details, press to commit the account –opening. The following message – “Record Added” along with Term Loan account number shall be displayed. Verification of Opening of Term Loan Account and Subsidy Linked SB Account: The ‘Verification’ should be done through menu option – OLAPS also. Give value in Function Code as “V” and press . Loan A/c ID field is populated. Give the ‘Loan A/c No.’ generated above in this field and press . Visit all the pages of ‘G – General Account Details’ followed by visiting other options like ‘S – Scheme Details’, ‘H – Limit History Details’, ‘I – Interest Details’, ‘V – MIS Details’ and ‘E – Repayment Schedule Details’. After verifying all these details, press to the verification of account opening. The following screen is opened with a Warning – Customer ID differs from Loan & Operative Account. Please ‘Accept’ it by pressing . The following page is opened confirming that the record has been verified. Now, both the Term Loan account as well as its Linked Subsidy SB account is verified VERY IMPORTANT: From the above page, press twice and the following message – “Account has been Verified Successfully” must be shown by the system. Please note that should be pressed twice, else the verification will be not be complete. In this context, it is informed that in the above process, system complete the following activities: 1. Verification of Loan Account 2. Verification of Linking Subsidy SB Account 3. Debit Freeze the Linked Subsidy SB Account 4. Linking of the ‘Linking Subsidy SB Account’ with the ‘Loan Account’ 5. Replacing the dummy ‘Operative A/c’ at the term loan account level with its ‘Linked Subsidy SB A/c’
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[94]
Please note that the account number of the ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’ is internally generated by the system in consonance with the account number of the Term Loan account by appending “S” at the 9th place i.e. after the ‘Product Code’. To illustrate: Term Loan Account No. 015300SAS0000014
Linked Subsidy SB Account No. 015300SA00000014
Check both these account numbers through menu option – ACI. In Term Loan account, the Linked Subsidy SB account should be shown under option – ‘+ - Notional Pooling Account’ in ACI. Check Linked Subsidy SB account through ACI and ensure that it should show ‘Debit Freezed’. TRANSACTIONS IN TERM LOAN ACCOUNT All the transactions including disbursement, recovery, charges, etc. except subsidy related transactions, in loan account should be done through normal menu option – TM SUBSIDY RELATED TRANSACTIONS: Creating transaction for crediting the subsidy received from subsidy agency: As a first step, the subsidy received in the account has to be credited in ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’. For doing subsidy related transaction, a new menu option –“TMPS – TRANSACTION FOR PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY” has been released. Every transaction in this account is to be done through this new menu option – TMPS. Please enter the values in TMPS as under: Field
Values to be assigned
Function code
Valid values are A – Add, V – Verify and X – Cancel. To add a record, enter ‘A – Add’ in this field
Loan Account No
Although the subsidy is being credited into ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’, but branches must enter the ‘Term Loan Account’ in this field to which this subsidy relates. Please enter the complete 16 digits Term Loan account number. In no case, the Linked Subsidy SB Account should be entered in this field.
Tran Type
Enter ‘C’ to credit the subsidy in ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’
After entering the above values, press . And following details should be entered in next screen: Field Subsidy Amount – INR Subsidy Agency Code Subsidy Recd Date
Lock in Period – Mnths Source Account Value Date
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Values to be assigned Enter the amount of subsidy received Select the appropriate Subsidy Agency Code from the available on this field Enter the date on which subsidy is received. The date format should be DD-MM-YYYY Enter the number of months as per the ‘Lock in Period’ prescribed in the scheme Enter the account number which is to be debited Enter the ‘Date’ from which the effect of netting off the Subsidy Amount is to be given in loan account for charging of interest. The date format should be DD-MM-YYYY In case the subsidy is received subsequent to opening of loan account and effect of netting off is to be
[95]
given from the ‘Account Open Date, the value date given should be that of ‘Account Open Date’. In this case, system will re – calculate the interest from the beginning by giving the effect of Subsidy Amount. On pressing , the following message, showing that transaction has been added successfully, will be displayed by the system. POSTING/ VERIFICATION OF THE TRANSACTION FOR CREDITING THE SUBSIDY RECEIVED FROM SUBSIDY AGENCY: Field
Values to be assigned
Function code Loan Account No.
Enter ‘V to Verify the transaction
Tran Type
Please enter the complete 16 digits term loan account number in this field Enter ‘C’ to credit the subsidy in ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’
On pressing F4 twice One more screen will opened showing Tran ID having posted it successfully. CAUTION: In no case the transaction in Linked Subsidy SB Account should be done through menu option TM. APPROPRIATION OF SUBSIDY IN TERM LOAN ACCOUNT: Guidelines for appropriating/ crediting this ‘Subsidy Amount’ into ‘Term Loan Account’ by debiting/ transferring it from the ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’. There can be following scenarios for appropriating the subsidy into Term Loan Account: (i) Appropriation of Subsidy after the ‘Lock in Period’ and, (ii) Appropriation of Partial Subsidy Amount before the ‘Lock in Period’. (iii) Closure of Term Loan Account before Lock in Period. (iv) Refund of complete Subsidy Amount to Subsidy Agency. It is reiterated that all subsidy related transactions must be done through menu option – TMPS. appropriation of subsidy, the ‘Tran Type’ should be assigned as ‘D – Debit’.
For
IN NO CASE, SUBSIDY RELATED TRANSACTION SHOULD BE DONE THROUGH TM MENU OPTION. OLAPS: OPENING OF TERM LOAN ACCOUNT AND SUBSIDY LINKED SB ACCOUNT – RELATED ISSUES: In these guidelines, branches were advised to use a new workflow menu option – OLAPS. Based on the issues received it is observed that branches are not following the guidelines on opening of Term Loan account through OLAPS and its ‘Verification’, resulting issues like ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’ is not opened/ Term Loan account and Linked Subsidy SB Account are not properly linked/ Linked Subsidy SB Account is not freezed / TMPS issues, etc. are encountered. Take utmost care at the following steps of account – opening process through OLAPS: •
During OLAPS – ADD process, after entering all the relevant details, press to commit the account – opening of Term Loan. Once the message – “Record Added” is shown by the system along with Term Loan account number, the user must press twice and ensure that cursor
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[96]
comes out at menu option box. This last step ensures that all the account – opening activities have been ‘Entered’. •
During OLAPS – VERIFICATION process, after verifying all account – opening (OAAC) details of Term Loan, press to the verification of TL account opening. Thereafter, accept the Warning “Customer ID differs from Loan & Operative Account” by pressing . System shows message at bottom – ‘Record Verified’.
(I) APPROPRIATION OF SUBSIDY AFTER THE ‘LOCK IN PERIOD’: It is reiterated that all subsidy related transactions (Credit or Debit) must be done through menu option – TMPS. Hence, user must invoke this menu option for doing debit transaction. Field Description of TMPS Menu: Field
Values to be assigned
Function code
Valid values are A – Add, V – Verify and X – Cancel. To add a record, enter ‘A – Add’ in this field
Loan Account No.
Although the subsidy is being debited from ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’, but branches must enter the ‘Term Loan Account’ in this field to which this subsidy relates. Please enter the complete 16 digits Term Loan account number. In no case, the Linked Subsidy SB Account should be entered in this field.
Tran Type
Enter ‘D’ to debit the subsidy in ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’ and Press F4
On the date of appropriation of subsidy, system validates whether debit is happening before or after the Lock in Period on the basis of ‘Subsidy Receive Date’ and ‘Lock in Period’ that had been entered at the time when subsidy was credited into ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’. The following values should be entered in these fields: Field Values to be assigned Close or Adj Debit
Closure Or Adjustment Debit can be C-Closure or D-Intermediate Debit. Since, subsidy is being debited after lock in period, select C – Closure so that system should simultaneously close the Linked Subsidy SB A/c also.
CLOSURE METHOD
Closure Adjustment Method can be P-Pro Rata or C-Complete. Enter C Complete only as the debit is happening after lock in period and press F4 (#)
ADJ
Linked Sub Acct
The corresponding Linked Subsidy SB Account is default populated by the system in this field.
Loan Acct No
The Term Loan Account is default populated by the system in this field.
Subsidy Adj Amt
System by default populates the subsidy amount outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB A/c.
Loan Adj Amt
System by default populates the subsidy amount outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB A/c.
Subsidy Refund Acct Subsidy Refund Amt
This field is protected by the system This field is also protected by the system
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[97]
Now again press on which the system gives the message - “Debit Subsidy Added Successfully”. – (VERY IMPORTANT). (#) Important Note: After entering ‘C’ in Close or Adj Debit and Closure Adj Method fields and on pressing , system gives the following ‘Alert’ message – “Maintain value for Subsidy refund account in the variable SUB_REFUND_ACCT using SETVAR”. Ignore this message and press ‘OK’. TMPS – VERIFICATION: The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy – debit transaction has to be done by the authorized user through menu option - TMPS itself by entering the following values: Field
Values to be assigned
Function code
Enter ‘V to Verify the transaction
Loan Account No.
Please enter the complete 16 digits term loan account number in this field
Tran Type
Enter ‘D’ to verify the ‘Debit’ of subsidy in ‘Linked Subsidy SB Account’ and press .
On pressing F4 Twice system will generate Tran ID which is confirmation of subsidy appropriation. Please check that subsidy amount is transferred from Linked Subsidy SB Account to Term Loan Account and Linked Subsidy SB Account is “Closed” by the system. CAUTION: Please note that in no case the transaction in Linked Subsidy SB Account should be done through menu option – TM (ii) APPROPRIATION OF PARTIAL SUBSIDY AMOUNT BEFORE THE ‘LOCK IN PERIOD’: There can a requirement for appropriation of partial subsidy amount into Term Loan Account before the ‘Lock in Period’. The module has the flexibility of handling this requirement also and for which the branches must follow the procedure as detailed below. User must invoke the menu option – TMPS for doing debit transaction. ON THE SECOND SCREEN, THE FOLLOWING VALUES SHOULD BE ENTERED IN THESE FIELDS: Field Values to be assigned Close or Adj Debit
Since, partial subsidy amount is being debited before the lock in period, select DIntermediate Debit and press F4.
CLOSURE METHOD
This field gets protected by the system
ADJ
Linked Sub Acct
The corresponding Linked Subsidy SB Account is default populated by the system in this field.
Loan Acct No Subsidy Adj Amt
Loan Adj Amt
The Term Loan Account is default populated by the system in this field. On pressing F4 as stated above, system gives a message – “Subsidy Adjustment Amount Cannot be 0”. Hence, enter the partial subsidy amount to be appropriated in this field. System will not accept the full subsidy amount outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB account This field also gets protected by the system
Subsidy Refund Acct Subsidy Refund Amt
This field also gets protected by the system This field also gets protected by the system
Now after giving values in Subsidy Adjustment Amount field, again press on which the system gives the message - “Debit Subsidy Added Successfully”. – (VERY IMPORTANT).
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[98]
TMPS – VERIFICATION: The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy – debit transaction has to be done by the authorized user through menu option - TMPS itself by following the verification procedure. The Authorizing User must press again to confirm the subsidy appropriation. Please note that in this case, some subsidy amount shall remain outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB Account and system will allow the user to debit the same only after the Lock in Period. (III) CLOSURE OF TERM LOAN ACCOUNT BEFORE LOCK IN PERIOD: There can a scenario where the Term Loan is required to be closed before the Lock in Period and subsidy on pro – rata basis is required to be appropriated in Term Loan account. The present module has the flexibility of handling this requirement also, where in pro rata subsidy from the ‘Date of Subsidy Receipt’ till ‘Date of Appropriation’ (before Lock in Period) is credited into the Term Loan Account and balance subsidy is credited into a Subsidy Refund Account. As stated above, the user must invoke the menu option – TMPS for doing debit transaction. On the second screen, the following values should be entered in the respective fields: Field
Values to be assigned
Close or Adj Debit
Since, the entire subsidy amount is to be debited and Linked Subsidy SB account needs to be closed simultaneously before the lock in period, select C - Closure and press F4. System gives a Warning: “Closure is happening before Lock In Period. Closure Adjustment Method should be entered”
CLOSURE METHOD
Press OK to the above warning. The value in this field is default populated as ‘P – Pro rata’, which should be retained and again press F4. (#)
ADJ
Linked Sub Acct
The corresponding Linked Subsidy SB Account is default populated by the system in this field.
Loan Acct No Subsidy Adj Amt
The Term Loan Account is default populated by the system in this field. On pressing F4 as stated above, system populates the full subsidy amount outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB account in this field.
Loan Adj Amt
System populates the ‘Pro rata’ subsidy amount which is required to be credited into Term Loan
Subsidy Acct
Refund
Enter a valid SB/ CA accounts into which the subsidy refund amount shall be credited by the system and press F4 finally.
Subsidy Amt
Refund
System populates the ‘Pro rata’ subsidy amount which is required to be refunded.
(#) Important Note: After entering values in Close or Adj Debit and Closure Adj Method fields and on pressing , system gives the following ‘Alert’ message – “Maintain value for Subsidy refund account in the variable SUB_REFUND_ACCT using SETVAR”. Ignore this message and press ‘OK’. TMPS – VERIFICATION: The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy – debit transaction should be done by the authorized user through menu option - TMPS itself by following the verification procedure. The Authorizing User must press again to confirm the subsidy appropriation.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[99]
(IV) REFUND OF COMPLETE SUBSIDY AMOUNT TO SUBSIDY AGENCY: The module can handled complete refund of Subsidy Amount to Subsidy Agency before Lock in Period. For this, in TMPS – Add mode, the following values should be assigned in Debit transaction: Field
Values to be assigned
Close or Adj Debit
Since, the entire subsidy amount is to be debited and Linked Subsidy SB account needs to be closed simultaneously before the lock in period, select C - Closure and press F4. System gives a Warning: “Closure is happening before Lock In Period. Closure Adjustment Method should be entered”
CLOSURE METHOD
ADJ
Press OK to the above warning. The value in this field should be modified to ‘C – Complete’ and again press F4.
Linked Sub Acct
The corresponding Linked Subsidy SB Account is default populated by the system in this field.
Loan Acct No
The Term Loan Account is default populated by the system in this field.
Subsidy Adj Amt
On pressing F4 as stated above, system populates the full subsidy amount outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB account in this field.
Loan Adj Amt
This field gets protected by the system.
Subsidy Refund Acct
Enter a valid SB/ CA accounts into which the subsidy refund amount shall be credited by the system.
Subsidy Refund Amt
Enter the complete subsidy amount which is required to be refunded and press F4 finally.
TMPS – VERIFICATION: The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy – debit transaction should be done by the authorized user through menu option - TMPS itself by following the verification procedure explained above. The following page will open up. The Authorizing User must press again to confirm the subsidy appropriation OPENING A DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNT The Demand Loan Accounts are opened under the scheme codes defined under scheme type LAA as is done in the case of Term Loan Accounts. The procedure to be followed for opening is same as Opening a Term Loan Account. However, the details to be entered in the repayment schedule for a Demand Loan Account may vary, as the demands are required to be raised by the system on the date of maturity of the security. Therefore the fields to be entered in the sub option ‘E – Repayment Schedule Details’ of the menu option ‘OAAC’ will be as under: OPTION 'E' – REPAYMENT SCHEDULE: The system by default populates `PRDEM’ in the FLOW ID field, which should not be modified. In the field START DATE enter the due date of the security in the Demand Loan account. Then, enter ‘1’ in the NO. field, which denotes single installment. Specify the Frequency of repayment in the field FREQUENCY as under: 1st column: 4th column:
D – Daily, 2nd column : Should be left Blank, 3rd column : Should be left Blank Should be left Blank, 5th column: Should be left Blank
In the field AMOUNT enter the principle amount of the respective security i.e. the value of the security less margin if any. In case there are more than one security then, press arrow down key and repeat the process for the second and subsequent securities.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[100]
It must however be ensured that the repayment schedule starts with the earliest due date of the security and the due dates of the subsequent securities should be in the ascending order. There is no restriction on the number of repayment schedules being entered for an account except for the condition that the due dates should be in the ascending order. WORKING CAPITAL DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNTS The procedure for opening a Working Capital Demand Loan account is same as that of opening a Demand/Term loan account. The following deviations are to be followed in the procedure for opening a Working Capital Demand Loan Account. The Scheme Code for opening a Working Capital Demand Loan should always be ‘DLGEN – Demand Loan General’. However, if the interest charged/ the principle due in the WCDL Account is to be recovered automatically by the system from the connected Cash Credit Account then the following set up is required to be made in the ‘S – Scheme Details’ of the account opening: REPAYMENT METHOD: This field should contain any of the following values as per the requirement: E – For recovering the interest charged/principle due in the WCDL account from the Cash Credit account to the extent of available balance. T – For recovering the interest charged/principle due in the WCDL account by allowing a temporary overdraft in the Cash Credit account to the extent of shortfall. OPERATIVE ACCOUNT No.: Enter the connected Cash Credit Account number in this field from which the interest charged/principle dues in the WCDL account are to be recovered. The system will recover the interest as and when charged to the WCDL account from the Cash Credit Account when the aforesaid set up is made in the account opening and when a batch process is run using menu option LADSP. Similarly the system will also recover the principle dues in the WCDL account on the due date from the Cash Credit Account, unless the WCDL is rolled over before the due date. The procedure for the roll over of the WCDL account is given in the next chapter. As the repayment method for the WCDL account is different from any Demand Loan account, the details in the sub option ‘E – Repayment Schedule Details’ should be entered as under: FLOW ID – The system by default populates a PRDEM, which is applicable for the scheme. The flowId displayed by the system need not be modified. START DATE: Enter the date on which the repayment of WCDL amount falls due in this field. NUMBER: Enter the value ‘1’ in this field. FREQUENCY: In the first column of this field enter ‘D – Daily’ as the frequency for the account. All the other columns should be left blank. AMOUNT: Enter the Principle amount in this field. DEL: The system allows deletion of a wrong repayment schedule before verification of the account. In order to delete the record the valid value is Y else N. After entering all the other applicable fields, commit the account opening note down the account number and get the account verified. VERIFICATION OF A TERM / DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNT Invoke the menu option ‘OAACAU’ and enter `V’-Verify in the function field. However, Modification of the account details is also possible through this menu option but before verification of the account. For this, invoke the function-`M’-Modify in the function block instead of `V’. As a part of the verification process, all the sub options are to be visited,
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[101]
Special attention should be paid while visiting certain important sub options viz. S – Scheme Details, E – Repayment Details, V – MIS Codes, H – Limit History Details, 3 – Disbursement Tran Details. On commit the system displays a message about the transaction details, which is created for disbursement of the loan amount (if disbursement is done as a part of the account opening process through sub option 3). Note down the transaction id for future reference and accept to verify the account number. MAINTENANCE OF TL & DL ACCOUNTS For maintenance of the loan accounts invoke menu ACM for modification of general information of the account except Limit and Interest details. In modification mode the following details can be modified: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
General details with sub option “0” Related party details with sub option “A” Scheme details with sub option “S” MIS codes with sub option “V” Repayment schedule with option “E” Disbursement schedule with option “D” Message maintenance with option “L”
These modifications needs to be verified through ACM (V) INTEREST RELATED MODIFICATIONS Invoke menu 'INTTM' for changing any of the interest related parameters including pegging and preferential interest rates. After modifying the required information, commit. verification to be done by same option same. LIMIT RELATED MODIFICATIONS The changes to the limits should be done through menu 'ACLHM'. This menu has two operations – modifications to sanction limit and modification to drawing power details. In the ACLHM menu option indicate operation as “S” or “D” Modification of the sanction limit will check whether the amount already disbursed will cover the new sanction limit or not. Supercede field is not accessible and value will always be “Y”. After modifying the details accept and commit. This modification requires verification. In order to modify the drawing power details the operation should be “D” in the first screen of ACLHM menu option. Accept from the function block to go to data block. After modifying the details accept and commit. The modification requires verification. REPHASEMENT OF A LOAN Re-scheduling the loan can be done in two ways. 1. Re-schedule loan 2. Correcting the schedule already given. This option is based on ‘Re-phasement ?’ Flag of ACM menu option. If the Rephasement Flag is ‘Y’, then choose option 1 otherwise choose re-schedule option 2. The re-phasement of the loan has to be done individually for non EI type of loans using the ACM – Account maintenance option. In modify mode invoke sub option “E” – Repayment schedule, cursor will be placed in the field “Rephasement?”.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[102]
Indicate a value “Y” here and . The system will show repayment schedule block make necessary changes and commit. Ensure that the total repayment amount is equal to the liability as on the date of rephasement. The start date for repayment should be greater than BOD date. The system will not insist for up to date calculation of interest care should be taken for arriving at the actual liability before rephasing the loan. This modification requires verification. After verification go in inquire mode and see the different repayment schedules for the account. The system by default shows the latest repayment schedule and the cursor will be in the dummy block of repayment schedule details. Explode from that position will show the previous repayment schedule. If there are more than 2 repayment schedules go on exploding from one schedule to another schedule till the original repayment schedule is displayed. The same procedure should also be followed for rephasement of EI based loan accounts on account of any reason other than changes in Interest Rates and/or Prepayment (Advance Recovery). REPHASEMENT OF EI TYPE OF LOAN A/CS-- MENU OPTION 'REPHASEI' The menu option REPHASEI has been modified to rephase the accounts where the scheme type is LAA and the scheme code must be of EI type. This menu option will rephase the accounts: i) where there is a change in the rate of interest applicable in the accounts ii) where there are pre-payments (advance recovery) in the accounts. In case of any other scenario where rephasement of an EI based account is required, the existing procedure of rephasing the account using menu option ACM – E - Repayment Schedule Details, as applicable to the Non-EI based loans is to be followed. FUNCTIONALITIY On executing the menu option REPHASEI, While there are no changes in the functionality of the fields Service Outlet, Scheme Codes, Currency Code, Product Group, Start A/c No. and End A/c No., the other fields where the functionality has been modified are as under: Adjust Amount/Period: Enter ‘A’ - For Changing EI amount and keeping period same, or enter ‘P’ For Changing period and keeping EI amount same. Interest Rate Change: Enter 'Y' if rescheduling is to be done for interest rate change, otherwise enter 'N'. Prepayment: Enter 'Y' if rescheduling is to be done due to prepayment, otherwise enter 'N'. Date Range From/To: Accounts for which either prepayment or interest rate change happened during the date range entered in these fields will be selected for rephasement. The same procedure should also be followed for rephasement of EI based loan accounts on account of any reason other than changes in Interest Rates and/or Prepayment (Advance Recovery). LOAN MODELING Prior to opening or during re-schedulement/ re-phasing of a loan account, there is a need to evaluate various options that are possible/ available and choose the one, which suits. This requirement has been addressed through menu option 'LAMOD' which will perform a What If Analysis for various scenarios. Typically a loan is characterized by the following variables and the requirement would be to know one of them given others. The variables are: 1. Loan period 2. EMI amount 3. Principal amount 4. Interest Rate LAMOD is the menu option that can compute the unknown variable based on the value of the others. Once the unknown parameter is computed the repayment schedule is also printed. LAMOD can be used to arrive at the instalment amount (or any other unknown parameter of a loan a/c–namely, Loan amt, intt. rate, no of instalments) given all the other parameters :
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[103]
1) Once the unknown parameter is arrived upon, LAMOD the system will generate the repayment schedule also. 2) If the repayment date is after the loan sanction/disbursement date, the intermediate period is assumed as repayment holiday and only the interest component is calculated for such period 3) This tool can also be used for existing accounts that are being rephased to calculate the prepayment amount, changed instalment amount FEATURES On executing the menu option LAMOD, 2 options available in this menu 1. Loan Modelling 2. Loan Rescheduling LOAN MODELLING This option (1) is to be used for modelling a new loan account. The following fields need to be entered so as to be able to calculate the unknown loan parameter: Origination date - This is the loan account opening/disbursement date. It is defaulted to BOD date but it can have future/past dates also. Loan Amount, No. of Instalments, Interest Rate, Instalment Amount are the four basic loan parameters. Given any three the value of the fourth parameter can be calculated. All the other fields in the second part of the screen can either be entered, or the Scheme code can be specified and the other values will be taken from whatever has been setup at Scheme level. If the interest rate is not entered, then the interest rate is selected from the Scheme Code if entered for computation. If the Scheme code as well as other parameters are entered, then the defaulted values of the scheme are overridden with the values entered on the screen and computation is done accordingly. EI Payment Frequency, Compounding Frequency, may be entered as per the requirement. However, EI Formula Flg must always be ‘M – EMI formula’ which is applicable. Interest Base Method should always be ‘D – Daily’ while the No. of Days in a Year and Leap Year Adjustment as displayed may be retained. Once the unknown parameter of the loan is calculated, the amortization schedule can be seen with an explode from the first screen. On this second screen, the Installment Start Date can be entered (it will be defaulted to the loan origination date) . If the Installment Start Date is after one installment frequency from the Loan origination date (there is a holiday period) then the value of the field “Apply Full Period Interest” is not of any significance. However when there is no holiday period (the first installment is within one frequency of the loan origination date), then if Apply Full Period Interest = Y Then for a loan origination date - 10/12 , Instalment start date - 20/12 , An entire months interest will be computed for the 10days between loan origination and instalment start date. If the flag is set to “N” then only 10 days of interest will be computed. LOAN RESCHEDULING This option (2) is to be used for modelling an existing loan account for rescheduling/ rephasing. The following fields need to be entered so as to be able to calculate the unknown loan parameter: Account No – The account for which rescheduling has to be done, Reschedule Date – The date as of which rescheduling has to be effective. This date has to be greater than or equal to BOD date. Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt - This field has relevance only if capitalize interest = Y, what this means is that if Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt = Y, the interest upto current date will also be included in the rephasement principal. However if Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt = N, this interest will not be included in the rephasement principal. However, if capitalize interest = N, then the value of Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt is of no significance.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[104]
The following fields are displayed and can be manipulated for an account that has to be rescheduled. Given any of the three parameters, the fourth one is calculated. No. of Installments Interest Rate Installment Amount Prepayment Amount The other parameters are default populated from scheme level and the functionality is the same as for loan modeling. Details of Outstanding loan amount are available on explode from the field “Loan Outstanding” LAMOD LIMITATION In cases where the unknown variable is Interest Rate, modelling will be restricted only to cases where EI and Int. Calc frequency are same. Rephasement modelling cannot be done for an account with a multiple repayment schedules. INTEREST CALCULATION ON LOAN ACCOUNTS Interest Calculation depends mainly on the set up done at Scheme Level. System calculates interest which are of Normal, Penal and Additional. QIS and Stock statement interest are not applicable for Loans scheme type. Interest calculation is a process which is affected during the following events: i) ii) iii) iv) v) vi)
Account opening to arrive at the EMI Re-phasement of loan Demand creation (EMI type of accounts) Normal interest calculation through the menu option Upload of demands Account closure
A menu option LADGEN is provided which can be used to raise both principal and interest demand for loan accounts. Accrual and booking for loan accounts can be done through ACACCR and ACBOOK menu options respectively. SALIENT FEATURES The following changes are made for the merger of principal and interest demand generation of loan accounts: The new menu option LADGEN is provided which will generate both principal and interest demands based on the frequency set in the ‘E - Repayment Schedule’ details for principal and interest in the menu option OAAC/ACM. The option 'LAUPLDMD' generates principal demands only for Non-EI type of accounts. Interest demand frequency and next interest demand date will be captured in the menu option OAAC/ACM – E - Repayment Schedule Details. The corresponding fields present in G - General Details of OAAC/ACM not to be used for loan account interest calculation. On invocation of the menu option LADGEN, the following reports will be generated : 1) Detailed list of EI (Equated instalment) amount for the EI Based Loan accounts and the details of the Principal and Interest demand amounts for Non-EI based loan accounts sol, scheme and currency wise for the accounts processed. 2) Failure Report for the accounts where the demand generation has failed. 3) Interest Detail Calculation Report which is similar to the Interest Success Report generated through menu option ACINT. 4) OFTI – Post Report giving the details of the transactions created in the process.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[105]
FUNCTIONALITY OF MENU OPTION 'LADGEN' Valid values to be entered in the fields are as under :--> Report to - Name of the person to whom the report is to be addressed. Sol Set Id – Accounts selected for demand generation depends on the sol set id specified. By default Home Sol Id is populated which should not be modified. Currency Code, Scheme code, From Account, To Account – These are captured for filtering the accounts that are selected. Trial mode – Demand generation can be run in trial mode, if this flag is set to Y - yes. In trial mode only reports will be generated. The system will do all operations in trial mode except database commit. This utility is enabled to identify the error messages if any prior to actual run. Print Interest Details – This field will accept three values i.e., D – to print Detailed report / S – to print only Summary of Interest Report / N - No Interest report is required. The system generates both summary and detail report for interest calculated if the field is entered as D and generates only summary report if it is set to S and No Report will not be generated if it is set to N. Include NPA accounts – The valid values in this field are I - Include/ E - Exclude/ O - Only. The system will include NPA accounts if it is set to I, rejects NPA accounts if it is set to E and selects only NPA accounts if it is set to O. Include Disabled accounts. - The valid values in this field are I - Include/ E - Exclude/ O - Only. The system will include Disabled accounts if it is set to I, rejects Disabled accounts if it is set to E and selects only NPA accounts if it is set to O. Force Interest run - When Force interest run is set to Y - Yes, only interest calculation will be done till BOD date irrespective of the frequency specified and No Principal demands will be raised. Hence for all the loan accounts this menu option should be run by setting this flag as ‘N’. 1) 2)
In case of EI based Loan accounts where installment amount is a combination of principal and nterest parts, it must be ensured that the Force interest run flag is always set to ‘N’. However, for the purpose of rephasing of EI based loan accounts where it may be required that interest is run up-to-date, this flag may be set as ‘N’.
DEMAND GENERATION OF LOAN ACCOUNTS The menu option LADGEN will generate both Principal and Interest demands based on the frequency set in the Repayment schedule details of ACM. The frequency set can be different for principal and interest demands can be different for Non-EI based Loan accounts and if they are different, either principal or interest whichever falls due on the BOD date will be processed and demands will be raised accordingly. However, in case of EI based Loan accounts, the Flow start date & Frequency set up for Principal and the set up for the Interest in the Interest Demand date & Frequency should not be different. The important features/ limitations in demand generation process for the loan accounts :--> 1)
For Non-EI accounts, even if interest demand generation fails, principal demand will be raised. But for EI accounts, if one of the demand creations fails, no demands will be raised except where force interest run flag is set to Y. 2) Earlier for compounding of interest to happen correctly, it was expected that interest calculation for each frequency period was to be run through ACINT menu option separately. Presently, the menu option LADGEN will also work the same way as was in ACINT. This requirement can be achieved by running LADGEN with ‘Force interest run’ flag set to Y and by entering the date up to which the interest has to be calculated in the filed ‘Interest Till Date’. With Force interest run flag as Y, it will be mandatory to enter Value Date. If Force interest run is N, then value date will not be considered in demand generation.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[106]
IMPORTANT POINTS the ‘E – Repayment Schedule Details’ should be correctly filled especially in case of EI type of accounts, whether opening a fresh account or opening the account in Transfer In mode. Ensure that Disbursement is made in all the accounts (i.e. with flow_id = ‘DISBT’). Valid Interest Table Codes are not assigned in the accounts while opening accounts by the branch (normal as well as transfer-in) or while doing subsequent modification through INTTM. All the loan accounts with ‘0.00’ balance should be checked and if warranted, the account should be closed. While opening loan accounts in ‘Transfer In’ mode please ensure:---> Data in ‘U- Un-computerised Details’ should be entered correctly, particularly, ‘Repayment Schedule Date’ in ‘U- Un-computerised Details’ should be equal to ‘Account Open Date’ in ‘G – General Account Details’. The menu options – LAUPLDMD/ EIUPLDTI should be executed successfully i.e. ‘Procedure Completed’ message is shown by the system, The status of the account should be completed i.e. the ‘Last Part Tran Flag’ should be made .‘Y’. In Loan accounts where partial disbursement has been made and advance recoveries are received, the Demand Generation and Interest Application should be regularly checked. All the Interest Success Reports/ Interest Failure Reports/ Demand Generation Success Reports and Demand Generation Failure Reports should be saved and checked. All Failure Reports should be meticulously checked and corrective action be done. All ‘Revenue Related Reports’ in ‘RAUDIT’ should be regularly generated and checked. UPDATION OF FINACLE NEW VERSION 1) Multiple limits can be added/modified through ACLHM 2) Additions/Modifications through menu option INTTM can be viewed by the authoriser. 3) In the menu option SRM, the verifying authority can view the accounts pending for verification. 4) The values of security in SRM can be 0.00 now as required by the Asset Recovery Branches. 5) SRM cannot be attached on a matured FDR. 6) The system will prompt the user if a more than 1 SRM record is being added to an account. 7) If node/account is attached to a node of another branch through LNM, the system prompts a message. 8) LTL will display the list of nodes pertaining to the users’ home Sol_Id only. 9) ACS is enabled to list the accounts with – Sector Code, Sub-sector Code and Occupation Code. 10) In ACLHM under D – Drawing Power Details it is necessary to enter both the values in ‘DACC absolute & percentage’ fields for validation of DACC limits else the system shall not validate if only one value is entered. 11) Reversal of DI in excess of the original amount lying in the Sundry Provision NPA account has been restricted. ACCOUNT INTEREST DETAILS INQUIRY – ' AITINQ' The menu shows the details of interest run / booking in the account. It can be viewed through menu ‘acm’ with sub-option ‘?’. Navigation has been provided to ascertain the position of normal, penal, additional and other interests. By exploding the screen. Details of normal, penal, additional and overdue interest can be ascertained by simply exploding the screen
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[107]
PRINTING OF INTEREST CERTIFICATE IN HOUSING LOAN An Interest Certificate may be issued to the borrower (s) who have availed housing loan from the bank for availing benefits under the provisions of Income tax act, for the complete financial year on actual basis. The above interest certificate be generated from Finacle Sysem as under: 1) For all housing loan accounts except the accounts (i) where repayment has not started; and (ii) rephasement has been done consequent upon expiry of moratorium period – The Interest Certificate be generated in MIS Server under ‘PNBRPT 3/56c’ by providing the following basic inputs: (a) 16 digit Housing Loan Account number (b) Period for which certificate is required. 2) For Housing Loan accounts (i) where repayment has not started; and (ii) re-phasement has been done consequent upon expiry of moratorium period – The Interest certificate be generated by invoking menu Option ‘INTCERT’ in Finacle. The interest certificates can be printed after invoking the menu INTCERT. Limitation of above menu is that previously printed records will not be printed in a subsequent run of a normal print request. These can be printed through a request for duplicate print. NEW REPORT – 'INTPROOF' This menu option is provided to generate report for a particular period for which interest run has already taken place. Menu ‘INTPROOF’. Proofing works for SB/CC/OD/CA types of accounts. Proofing is not applicable if recalculation happens across cycles in case of compounding, Proofing does not work for the DEBIT runs on migrated accounts for the period in the earlier versions. PRINTING OF INTEREST RATE CHANGE ADVICE-- 'INTADV' 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
On invoking the menu INTADV, the system will generate a letter addressed to the customer informing him the change in interest rate. Above facility has also been provided in the menu INTTM, where the interest rate code are changed, However to enable above facility set some parameters, which are as under in, sub-option ‘A’ of menu ‘ACM’. ‘Interest Change Advice Flag’ and ‘Interest Certificate Print Flag’ has to be set as ‘Y’ to avail this facility. These two flags will be defaulted to ‘Y’ for all existing Main account holders at the time of migration. If required, the advice can be generated for pegged accounts also during INTTM verification. The option of not taking the report at this stage is available.
LAFHM - LOANS FOLLOW-UP HISTORY MAINTENANCE History of correspondence made with the customer on the reminders sent for regularisation of the account, can be maintained in the system. The menu option to be invoked to input this information is ‘LAFHM – Loan Follow-up History Maintenance’. FUNCTION: The options available in this field are: A – Add, C – Copy, D – Delete, I – Inquire, L – List, M – Modify and U – Undelete.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[108]
A/C NO: Enter the account number NOTICE ID: The following Notice Ids are to be used for different purposes:-Notice Id REM1 REM2 REM3 NOTICE DATE: REMARKS:
Purpose For issuing first reminder in the account For issuing second reminder in the account For issuing third reminder in the account Enter the date on which the notice was sent. Enter the remarks if any, may be entered here.
On entering the required information and on accepting and committing, the system will generate the reminder for the account entered, which should be printed and dispatched to the borrower. GENERATION OF A COMMON REMINDER FOR ALL THE IRREGULAR A/Cs It is also possible to generate a common reminder in all the irregular Term/Demand Loan accounts through menu option ‘LAODR' – Loan Overdue Demand Reminder/Report’. After entering the required criteria, accept, enter the print parameters and commit. The system will generate the required report/reminder, which may be printed and the reminders may be dispatched to the concerned borrowers. It must be ensured that the correct and current address of the borrower is entered in the sub option ‘G – General Details’ of the menu option ‘CUMM – Customer Master Maintenance’ for the Cust Id of the borrower. Further, if the reminder is also required to be printed to the guarantor(s) in the account, then it must be ensured that the field ‘Print Loan Notice?’ is set to ‘Y’ and correct and current address is entered in the sub option ‘A – Related Party Details’ of OAAC/ACM menu options of the concerned account. SECURITY & BALANCE CONFIRMATION MAINTENANCE For entering the Date of Security and Balance Confirmation Letter obtained in an account invoke the menu option `ACM- Customer Account Maintenance’ and the sub option ‘M – Modify’. In the option block enter ‘S’ and press F4. In the field ‘Debt Acknowledgement Date’ enter the Date of the Security and Balance Confirmation Letter and press F4 and F10. This Modification requires verification. RECALLED ACCOUNTS MAINTENANCE For marking a Term/Demand Loan account as RECALLED, invoke menu option ‘ACLHM – Account Limit History Maintenance’ sub option ‘M- Modify’, Enter the account number and value ‘D’ in the field ‘Operation’. Modify the A/c Recalled field in the next screen by substituting ‘N’ with ‘Y’ and commit. This modification requires verification. HANDLING TERM LOANS WHERE INTEREST IS PARKED IN OFFICE A/CS IN CBS The education loan/staff housing loan/staff vehicle loan a/c is to be opened under scheme code ‘TLRED, TLSHL and TLSVL, respectively, using menu option ‘OAAC’, as hither to. The normal procedure for opening the account in CBS is to be followed. However, the following parameters should be given special consideration during opening of the a/c;
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[109]
S details - Debit Int. To - ‘O’ – office a/c is default populated, It should not be modified
Effect:- Interest will be debited to office a/c and not to loan a/c. The office a/c here means partitioned account, where simple interest is Parked, during the moratorium period in education loan and till the Start of repayment of interest in staff housing/vehicle loan. Rate of Interest: - Appropriate interest rate code may be assigned from ITD CBS circular issued from time to time. Regarding relevant interest rate code user may take help by assigning “flag code” followed by listing help through F2 key. E details –
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Flow start date = Repayment start date - Future date i.e. month end date after the expiry of moratorium period. Effect: - System will raise the principal demand on reaching the date given in this field. Int. Demand date = Last day of month in which the a/c is opened in CBS. Effect: - To facilitate charging of simple interest from the date of first debit entry in the a/c, however, the interest will not be debited to loan a/c; instead it will be debited to partition account.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[110]
I details -
| Int. on Int. Demand Int. Demand Effective Date (*) Int. on Int. Demand - ‘N’ is default populated and should not be modified while opening the a/c. Effect: - Simple interest will be charged, No compounding of int. Int. Demand Effective Date – (*) • Education Loan - Month end date of the Moratorium period. • Staff housing/vehicle loan – Date of start of repayment of Interest after the full repayment of principal. Effect:- Interest will be charged but all the interest demands will be raised on the date given in this field, so penal interest will not be charged and a/c will not become irregular/NPA. Correction of wrong Interest Demand Effective Date:If the ‘Interest demand effective date’ is left blank or wrongly filled, the rectification may be done through menu option LAIDC, only if interest demands are unsatisfied. The verification of modification done through LAIDC has to be done through LAIDCAU only. This menu is applicable for account opened under scheme codes ‘TLSVL/TLSHL/TLRED’ and it can only be used before transfer of interest liability to main loan account. The guidelines were circulated vide ITD/CBS/Cir.No. 32/2008 dated 03-06-2008. Servicing of interest in education loan during the moratorium period:In education loan a/c, the borrower may pay the interest during the moratorium period. The issue can be handled as under: Execute the menu option ADINTREC with the recovery amount for the a/c and then create a normal transaction through menu option TM for crediting the proceeds to partition a/c no. 5711407 and giving the loan a/c no. in ‘G’ details of TM. If the interest recovery is wrongly credited to loan a/c: The entry should be reversed through TM keeping the Reversal Flag as ‘Y’ in A-details of the TM and give the Reversal tran_id - which is intended to be reversed and credit the proceed to partition a/c, as explained above.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[111]
Otherwise, the amount of monthly interest, to be charged, will decrease as the interest is charged on the basis of outstanding balance in a/c. However, user need not force recalculation of interest, the System will recalculate during next interest run. PHINQ: - The detailed enquiry of the partition a/c, where interest is parked/debited, w.r.t. to loan a/c, can be done through menu option PHINQ giving loan a/c no. and partitioned a/c no. as under: 5711407 for education loan 5711410 for staff housing loan 5711411 for staff vehicle loan The report can also be printed thru PHINQ from MIS server. LAXFRINT/PRELAX: The interest liability needs to be transferred to loan a/c through menu option PRELAX/LAXFRINT in the following scenarios: o o
Education loan - On start of repayment or if the borrower wishes to repay the principal before the end of moratorium, Staff housing/vehicle loan - on start of repayment of interest portion when principal have been paid in full.
This step is to be performed even if the interest have been serviced and partitioned a/c is showing ‘Zero’ balance. Effect: Execution of Prelax/Laxfrint modify the ‘Debit Int. To’ flag to ‘L’ from ‘O’ (i.e. to loan a/c from office a/c), which facilitate the debiting of the interest to loan a/c during next interest run. However, it is advised to charge up to date interest in the account before execution of PRELAX/ LAXFRINT. It is observed the field functionaries forget to transfer the interest parked in partitioned a/c to main loan a/c on due date. To obviate the problem, a report was customized and made available at PNBRPT 3/30. The report is indicative and it provides the following three lists: (1) (2) (3)
A/cs opened under scheme code ‘TLRED’ where LAXFRINT executed but ‘Int. on Int. demand’ flag is still ‘N’. A/cs opened under scheme codes ‘TLSHL & TLSVL’ where LAXFRINT executed but ‘Int. on Principal’ flag is “Y”. A/cs where LAXFRINT has fallen due but not executed.
The guidelines in this regard were circulated vide ITD/CBS/Cir. No. 31/2007 dated 01.05.2007. Rephasement of a/c after execution of PRELAX/LAXFRINT: In case of staff housing & vehicle loan, accounts are to be rephased after execution of Laxfrint and ‘Interest on Principal’ flag needs to be modified to “N” where principal amount have been repaid and interest is not to be charged on interest liability outstanding in the account. It is advised to charge up to date interest in the account before execution of PRELAX/ LAXFRINT/ rephasement. In case of education loan the rephasement is to be done through menu option ‘EDUEMI’. This menu will call ACM with rephase flag as ‘Y’ and user needs to fill the ‘E’ details with flow_id as ‘EIDEM’. The verification is to be done through menu option ‘ACM’. This will transfer the loan a/c to new scheme code ‘TLEDU’ and ‘Int on Int. Demand’ flag will be modified to ‘Y’. It is observed that branches forget to rephase the a/c after execution of LAXFRINT/PRELAX. To help the field functionaries, a report is made available at PNBRPT 3/35. This is an indicative report which provides the following two lists:
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[112]
(1) (2)
List of A/cs where rephasement is due in next 31 days. List of A/cs where due date of rephasement has already expired and a/c remains unrephased.
The guidelines were circulated vide ITD/CBS/Cir. No. 19/2008 dated 23.02.2008. Classification of Education loan under Priority Sector:Beside other mandatory codes under V – details, the “Sub sector” code for individual borrower should be as under: 70070 - Studies in India up to Rs.10 lac 70075 - Studies Abroad up to Rs.20 lac Interest concession, where ever granted, is to be handled procedurally, by giving +/- numeric value in “A/c. Pref. Int.(Dr.)” field using menu option INTTM. However, it is to be noted that system can recalculate the interest only from the date of last rephasement. ENTERING GROUP CODES IN CBS (CARD CIR 08/2013) Use menu option - ‘CCLD’ i)
This menu option will capture the data customer wise. If account is in more than one SOL, the data is to be captured separately for each SOL.
ii)
Function code are A(Add), M(Modify), V(verify), X(Cancel), D(Delete), U(Undelete), and I (Inquire).
(iii)
If 2 digit code already entered use option modify and select 4 digit group codes as per details of code contained in above circular.
ACCOUNT CLOSURE PROCESS FOR A TERM / DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNT Before executing the account closure procedure the following steps must be followed: Execute menu option `ACM- Customer Account Maintenance’ enter ‘M – Modify’ in the function block and enter the Account Number in the next field. Then enter ‘0 – General Account Details’ in the option field accept and go to next screen using F6. Modify the field ‘Pay Interest?’ from ‘Y’ to ‘N’. Get the modification verified. Ensure that all securities attached to the account are deleted through SRM and SRM is verified. Ensure that no standing instructions are outstanding where the Term/Demand Loan account is mentioned. Ensure that there are no pending transactions for the account in entered status for the account. On pressing F4 the system shall calculate the up-to-date interest and create transaction for interest debit and post the same in the account under closure. The interest entry shall be in the entered state if any exceptions are encountered. Come out of the menu option CAAC by pressing F3 print the interest application report through menu option PR and post and verify the interest transaction if it is in entered status through menu option TM. However if the interest is being debited to office account then, after interest calculation and post and verify the transaction to the office account through menu option TM and invoke menu option LAXFRINT for transferring the interest liability from office account to the loan account. After the interest is applied to the account through menu option ‘CAAC’, the system will show the exact liability in the account on the day of closure as soon as the interest transaction is posted and verified. The loan account should be credited by the debit balance amount through menu option TM and with flow id ‘COLEC’ and the transaction should be posted and verified.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[113]
When the account balance is zero once again invoke menu option CAAC, enter Account Number and press F4. Ensure that the field ‘RUN INT. CALC. NOW’ is default populated as ‘N’ and the field is protected. The system displays a message at the bottom of the screen that the interest calculation is up-to-date. After ensuring this, accept and commit account closure The account closure is to be verified through ‘CAACAU – Close An Account’ menu option. The verifier has to enter ‘V – Verify’ in the function field. On pressing F2 in the field ‘Account Number’ the system will list the accounts where verification of closure of the accounts is pending. The required account can be ed. Otherwise the account number may also be entered in this field. On pressing F4 the system will display the information as detailed above. Accept the details and commit to verify the account closure process. ATTACHING SECURITY TO LOAN ACCOUNTS SECURITY REGISTER MAINTENANCE --- 'SRM' Security Register is used to capture/maintain security details attached to borrowers’ particular account or to a limit. If the drawing power is derived from security, then we need to keep constant watch on security value, because drawing power varies as per the security value. In Finacle, security can be created of two types, Primary and Collateral. Prerequisites – 1. If the security is to be attached to an Account then during opening the account (OAAC) itself, in option ‘H’ details, second screen a. Drawing Power Indicator = ‘D’- Derived From Securities. b. Drawing Power % Change in Drawing Power indicator of the already opened accounts to the ‘Derived from Securities’, can be done through menu option ACLHM. If the security is to be attached to Limit Node, then the Limit Node must been created, through menu option LNM. ADDING NEW SECURITY TO AN ACCOUNT Invoke Menu option – SRM Function – A (Add) Linkage Type – A (Account). A/c No. – Enter the A/c No. to which this security is to be attached. Press F4 The system will bring data entry block for security and the cursor will appear in Enter Option field. Enter Option – A (Add). Press F4. The cursor will appear in data entry block. Security Code – Press F2 to get the list. The system will display list of type of security registers available. Depending upon the selection of security type, enter insurance and charge details. E.g. select security type STOCKS by pressing Shift+F4 on this list item. The system will display the type of security against the field ‘Security Type’ Lien A/c – If the security is of Deposit type, then the account number of the deposit need to be entered here. In other type of security types, this field will be protected. Security Group – Press F2. Select the group. Security Class – Press F2. Select security class. Ceiling Limit (mandatory)- Enter the amount. This is the limit upto which the loan/advance could be sanctioned against the type of security. E.g. even if the security value is Rs.1,00,000/- and ceiling limit is Rs.10,000/-, the Drawing power will be Rs.10,000/-. Margin Percent – This is default populated, depending upon the type of security selected.This will be the margin percentage retained before arriving at the drawing power for the account/node linked to this security. Nature of Charge – Press F2. e.g select Hypothecation.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[114]
Received Date – Enter the date on which the security is received. Due Date – Enter the due date of submission of security statement. Apply Penal Int - If this field is made ‘Y’ then the penal interest will be charged if there is delay in submission of the statement. Frequency – If the security is of type STOCKS, then indicate a frequency at which the customer/borrower has to submit the statement of stocks. Unit Value – If the security is in the form of e.g. shares, NSC, then enter unit value per security. No. of Units – If the security is in the form of e.g. shares, NSC, then enter no of units. Security Value – If the security type is STOCKS, enter absolute value of security. If the security is in the form of shares, NSC, then after entering Unit Value and No. of Units, system will calculate value of security automatically. Primary/Collateral – valid values are P or C. Whether the security is taken as primary or collateral security for the account. If the security is taken as collateral then the security value would not be used for arriving at Drawing Power. Remarks – Free text field.
Drawing Power for the account will be taken as Security Value less Margin (Provided Security is marked as Primary) or Sanctioned Limit whichever is lower. Insurance Reqd. – Y or N. Depending upon type of security, value against this field will appear as Y or N. If Y, then enter Insurance Details for the security. Chrg Reqd. – Y or N. Depending upon type of security, value against this field will appear as Y or N. If Y, enter Charge Details for the security. OPTIONAL DETAILS Press F6 to see second screen. After entering all the details, press F4. The cursor will come to ‘Enter Option’ field. From here, select option N-Insurance details, C-Charge Details, P-Inspection Details etc. See the value against Insurance Reqd., if this is Y the N-Insurance details. Also, if the value against Chrg Reqd., if this is Y, fill the Charge Details. ENTER INSURANCE DETAILS Enter Option – N (Insurance Details). Press F4. Option Code – A (Add). Press F4. Insurance Details screen will appear. Insurance Type – Press F2. Select the type of insurance e.g. go to Comprehensive Insurance and press Shift+F4 to select it. Insurance Ref Number1 – Enter Policy Number Company Name & Addr – Free Text. Enter Insurance Co.’s name e.g. National Insurance and give its address Goods Insured – Enter details of goods for which insurance has been obtained Policy Amount – Enter the amount for which insurance has been obtained. If the policy amount is less than Security Value, then the system will raise an exception ‘Under Insurance For Security’ Risk Cover Start Date – Enter the date from which insurance is effective Risk Cover End Date – Enter the date up to which insurance is effective. Remark Column enter premium amount paid After filling necessary fields, press F4. Curser will come to the Enter Option Field. Enter ‘S’ to go back to the Security Details Screen. ENTER CHARGE DETAILS Enter Option – C (Charge Details). Press F4 Option Code – A (Add). Press F4. Charge Details screen will appear on the screen Charge Amount – Enter the amount, which should be equal to the Security Value. Otherwise, system will raise an exception. Date of Regn. – Enter date of Registration of the charge. Reg. Authority – Enter the name of the authority with whom the charge has been created. Address – Enter address of Reg. Authority City – Press F2. Go to the City. Select city by pressing Shift+F4. State – Press F2. Select state by pressing Shift+F4. Pin Code – Enter six digit Pin Code. No list available for this field. Charge Instmnt – Free text. enter instrument details.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[115]
Charge Details – Free text. enter other information related to charges. After filling necessary fields, press F4. Curser will come to the Enter Option Field. Enter ‘S’ to go back to the Security Details Screen. Now Press F10 to commit/save security details. CHARGING PENAL INTEREST IN DELAY / NON SUBMISSION OF STOCK STATEMENT – PROCEDURE FOR FEEDING STOCK STATEMENT When stock statement is receive by the branch user enter the stock statement under SRM menu option entering date of receipt of stock statement under receive date field and due date as next due date ( stock statement is valid till due date ) There can be 4 scenarios after first due date : 1) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED ON OR BEFORE NEXT DUE DATE 2) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER DUE DATE BUT RECEIVED BEFORE MONTH END DATE (INTEREST APPLICATION DATE) 3) STOCK STATEMENT NOT RECEIVED AFTER DUE DATE TILL MONTH END DATE (INTEREST APPLICATION DATE) 4) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER LONG DELAY (RECEIVED AFTER MORE THAN SAY TWO MONTHS) 1)STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED ON OR BEFORE NEXT DUE DATE (IDEAL CONDITION) Stock statement is received on or before the due date, user is required to substitute the existing record with feeding receive date as date when stock statement is received. On verification due date will be replaced with next due date by the system as per frequency fed for the account, even if due date is not changed by the user. Interest impact - System will not charge penal interest in such cases. 2) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER DUE DATE BUT RECEIVED BEFORE MONTH END DATE (INTEREST APPLICATION DATE) In case of stock statement received after the due date user is required to first modify the receive date of current SRM record and feed receive date as date of stock statement is received and verify the same. After this user is required to substitute the newly modified record. After verification of substituted record system will create new record and change Due date as per frequency fed. Interest impact - System will charge the penal interest on the basis of Receive date fed before substitution of the record. 3) WHEN STOCK STATEMENT IS NOT RECEIVED AFTER THE DUE DATE TILL MONTH END DATE In case stock statement not received after due date till month end date, user is required to make receive date as blank after due date and before month end date. Important : In case stock statement is received after making receive date as blank before month end date, user is required to fed the receive date through modification mode under STM and substitute the record as per process (2) above. If stock statement is not received in the month then receive date should remain blank. Interest impact – System will charge penal interest for stock upto month end date on the last day of the respective month. Against if stock statement is not received for long time then no modification is required to be done till next submission and system will continue to charge penal stock interest every month till receive date remains blank.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[116]
4) WHEN STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER LONG TIME AFTER DUE DATE: In case stock statement received after long time (several months), user has to feed receive date in existing record ( where receive date is blank ) through modification under SRM and after verification of such record user is required to substitute record as many times till due date comes as next month date ( it can be checked after verification of the record). VERIFICATION OF SECURITY DETAILS Menu option SRM Function – V (Verify). Linkage Type – A (Account). Press F4 The system will bring the list of all the unverified securities being attached to this account. Go to the Security Code. Press Shift+F4. The details of the Security will appear on the screen, with all the fields protected. Enter Option – N (Insurance Details). Press F4. Option Code– I (Inquiry). Press F4. See the details. Press F4. Delete I. Option Code– S (Security Details). Press F4. See that you are back in Security Details screen. Delete N. Enter Option – C (Charge Details). Press F4. You are in Charge Details screen. Enter Option - S (Security Details). Press F4. See that you are back in Security Details screen. At Enter Option field, press F10 to commit. Press F3. The verified security shall have * mark at the beginning of the security. Press F3 twice. Menu option ACCBAL for this account, shall show the amount of securities (ceiling limit), Available Amt, Drawing Power and Eff. Avail Amt etc. 'SRM' MODIFICATION -- ON RECEIPT OF STOCK STATEMENT In Cash Credit accounts, Stock Statement or Statement of Book Debts, etc. is received on monthly/ quarterly basis. In case the Drawing Power Indicator is set at `D’-Derived from Security and SRM record is created, the same is to be modified every month / quarter immediately upon receipt of the fresh Stock Stt./ Stt. of Book Debts, so that the DP in the account gets updated. AT FIRST SUBSTITUTE THE EXISTING SRM RECORD Invoke the SRM menu. In the Function field, enter `M’-Modify; give the valid Linkage Type (A or N) and Node Id or Account No. and Press F4. The system shows the list of existing SRM records. Select appropriate record (Shift+F4) In the option field, enter `S’-Substitute and press F4. Modify the Received Date field with the date of receipt of the current Stock Statement and press F4 and F10 to commit. Verify this `Substitution’ through SRM-Function: `V’. In case Charge Details exist for the substituted record, the system prompts to visit the Charge Details screen before commit. Visit the Charge Details screen and revert back to the Security Details screen and press F10 . NOW MODIFY THE SUBSTITUTED SRM RECORD The above process will insert a new record with the same values as that of old security and update the drawing power indicator of old security with `S’-Substituted. For this new record, the drawing power indicator will be `P’-Provisional. To update the value of security as per the latest Stock Statement/ Statement of Book Debts, this substituted new SRM record is to be modified.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[117]
For this invoke menu option SRM -- `M’-Modify. After entering the appropriate Linkage type, Node Id or Account No. press F4. The system lists the old as well as the new record with DP Indicators as `S’ & `P’ respectively. Select the new record with DP Indicator as `P’ shift+F4. The Security Details screen of that record is shown by the system. In the option field, enter `M’-Modify and press F4. Now change the value of security as per latest Stock Statement / Statement of Book Debts and press F4 and F10. Verify this `modified SRM record ’ through SRM- Function: `V’. As the system calculates penal interest for delay in submission of stock statement, the correct date of receipt must be entered in the Receipt Date field. In case the value of security is not sufficient enough to cover the outstanding balance as on the date of modification, the system grants a TOD automatically. OTHER MODIFICATIONS IN 'SRM' The security record created can be required to be further modified due to:-• Modification in Charge Details • Modification in Insurance Details • Modification in Inspection Details • Deletion of existing securities • This can be done by invoking menu option SRM, function as `M’-Modify, give the appropriate linkage type and the account number or node id and press F4. • If there are multiple records, the system displays all the records. Select the appropriate record through Shift+F4. • The Security Details screen is displayed. To modify the Charge Details, Insurance Details or Inspection Details, enter `C’, `N’ or `P’ in the option field and press F4. • In the Option field, enter `M’-Modify and Press F4 and carry out the desired modifications. • Press F4 and delete 'M' and enter `S’ and press F4 to come back to Security Details screen. • Delete `C’ and enter `N’ or `P’ to carry out modifications in Insurance Details or `Inspection Details’, if any. Else, press F10 to commit. DELETING 'SRM' RECORD To delete the SRM record, go to `M’-Modify function, give the linkage type and relevant Account No. or Node ID and press F4. From the list of records available, select the record to be deleted shift +F4 and in the option field enter `D’-Delete and press F4. Press F4 again and F10 to commit the deletion. All the above Modifications/ Deletions require verification through SRM-Function: `V’. FILING OF PARTICULARS OF TRANSACTION CREATING SECURITY INTEREST/ MORTGAGE BY WAYOF DEPOSIT OF TITLE DEED(S) WITH CENTRAL REGISTRY SET UP UNDER THE PROVISIONS OFSARFAESI ACT, 2002 –GUIDELINES IN CBS 1. As per existing guidelines, SRM record should be created in the system for each and every security charged to the bank. 2. For Immovable Properties (IPs) charged to the bank, following ‘Security Codes’ are available in the system and branches are required to create the appropriate SRM record. For primary security, value in “Prim/Secnd?” field should be set at ‘P – Primary’ and for collateral security, the value in this field should be set as ‘C – Collateral’.
Security Code
Security Description
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Whether Details’
‘Charged are
Whether ‘Insurance Details’ are
[118]
IPMTG IPLAND BUILDING
MORTGAGE OF IMMOVABLE PTY IMM. PROPERTY-LAND IMM. PROPERTY-BUILDING
mandatory YES
mandatory YES
YES YES
NO YES
Value in ‘Nature of Charge’ field in SRM should be kept as ‘004 – Mortgage’. 3.
While creating SRM record for the Immovable Properties charged to the bank by way of equitable mortgage, special care should be taken in assigning values in the following fields: SRM field Collateral Code Collateral Class
Nature of Charge
Received Date Due Date Prim/ Secnd?
Values to be assigned Appropriate Security Code should be assigned in this field. For Immovable Properties, a ‘Collateral Class Code’ – “008 LAND & BUILDING” is available in the system and the same should be assigned. As the securities shall be charged by way of EM, a ‘Nature of Charge Code’ – “004 – MORTGAGE” is available in the system and the same should be assigned in such cases. This date is very important. Branches should fill in the date of deposit of Title Deed(s) with the Bank by the party, in this field. As these IPs remain mortgaged with the bank till the loan is liquidated, the loan/ limit expiry date should be filled in this field. In case IP is charged to the bank as primary security, value in this field should be kept as ‘P – Primary’ and in case it is charged to the bank as collateral security, this value should be kept as ‘C – Collateral’.
Please note that, in case multiple IPs are mortgaged to the bank in a single account, separate SRM record for each and every IP should be created. 4.
CHARGE DETAILS (IMPORTANT):
‘C - Charge Details’ is mandatory in all the SRM records created with the ‘Security Codes’ relating to ‘Immovable Properties’. On complying with the aforesaid guidelines on filing of particulars of transactions creating security interest/ mortgage by way of deposit of Title Deed(s) with the “Central Registry” set up under the provisions of SARFAESI Act, 2002, its details should be captured in the system by entering the ‘C – Charge Details’ in the SRM record. In case, the SRM record in respect of IPs equitably mortgaged with the bank, has already been created in the accounts, appropriate ‘C – Charge Details’ should be filled in the system by modifying all those SRM records immediately after the charge has been filed with the aforesaid “Central Registry”. Thus should be entered in the ‘C – Charge Details’: Charge Details fields Charge Amount Date of Filing Date of Regn. Date of Receipt
Reg Authority City
Values to be assigned Enter the amount up to which charge is available to our bank on this security Enter the date on which charge is filled on – line with the “Central Registry”. Enter the date on which charge is registered with the “Central Registry”. (Date of filing will be date of registration) Enter the date on which ‘Acknowledgement’/ ‘Receipt’ is received the “Central Registry”. (Since there is no system of acknowledgement , the same date i.e. date of filing of particulars of EM as above. Enter “CENTRAL REGISTRY UNDER SARFAESI” in this field. Enter “NEWDL – NEW DELHI” in this field as this ‘Central Registry’ is situated at New Delhi
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[119]
State Pin Code Charge Instr
Charge Details
Enter “DL – DELHI” in this field as this ‘Registry’ is situated at Delhi State. The Pin Code of Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi is “110607”. Please enter this Pin Code in this field It is a free text field. Form – I has been notified for filing of particulars of creation or modification of charge/ security interest by way of deposit of Title Deed(s) and Form – II has been prescribed for ‘Satisfaction of Charge’. Enter the applicable instrument by which charge has been filled by the bank.(Complete details of documents i.e. Sale deed / Lease deed / Award of court etc. is to be filled) Asset ID / Security Interest ID of EM created of the central Registry Web system
Please note that above mentioned ‘C – Charge Details’ must be entered for IPs charged with the bank in the shape of Equitable Mortgage whether as a ‘Primary Security’ or as a ‘Collateral Security’. (MISC Circular 10/2012) 5.
REGISTRATION OF CHARGE WITH MULTIPLE AUTHORITIES:
As per guidelines circulated by IRMD: HO vide aforesaid L&A circular No. 39 dated 25.04.2011, filing of particulars of transaction creating security interest/ mortgage by way of deposit of Title Deed(s) with the “Central Registry” set up under the provisions of SARFAESI Act, 2002 is mandatory in respect of all IPs equitably mortgaged with the bank on or after 01.04.2011. After filing this charge, corresponding details should be entered in the system as per the procedure explained above. In case of Public and Private Limited Companies, bank’s charge on these IPs is also required to be registered with their respective Registrar of Companies (ROC). In such cases, details of ‘Charge’ registered with ROC are also required to be entered in the system. To handle this scenario, multiple entries can be created in ‘C – Charge Details’ against a particular SRM record by pressing key. After entering the charge details in respect of ‘Central Registry’, the User should press key and enter ‘A – Add’ in the option block and enter the charge details in respect of ‘ROC’. In case charge details in respect of ROC have already been filed in the accounts and particulars of transaction is now filed with the “Central Registry”, necessary ‘Addition’ in ‘C – Charge Details’ can now be made by modifying the respective SRM record. GENERATION OF MIS REPORTS / STATEMENTS To ensure correct generation of MIS reports through the system, it is desired that correct MIS Codes are entered in the accounts and related SRM record is created, both for the primary security available in the account as well as the collateral security, if any. To facilitate the completion of MIS/ SRM related activities, following two customized reports are available in the system: PNBRPT: MAIN MENU - 3 LOANS & ADVANCES REPORTS 19. Report of MIS Codes Entered in the Accounts 20. List of the Accounts where SRM is not created Under Staff Loan Schemes including Clean Overdraft Scheme, where the SRM records are created with Security Code-` `PERSONAL’ as collateral security. In the absence of any primary security, such accounts are reflected as unsecured by the system and correct MIS is not getting generated. As per extant guidelines of the bank, the staff loan a/c sanctioned under staff loan schemes including Clean Overdraft Scheme should be reported under the category of secured loans.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[120]
Hence, in all such a/cs, primarily sanctioned against personal security of the staff, the SRM record with security code `PERSONAL’ as `Primary Security’ should be created instead of `Collateral Security’. Wherever, the same is shown as collateral security, the SRM record should be suitably modified. For Unsecured Advances sanctioned to public, where no tangible primary security is available like Education Loan to Public, Personal Loan to Public, etc. SRM record with security code `PERSONAL’ as `Primary Security’ should be created instead of `Collateral Security’. In case any collateral security is available in such a/c, then separate SRM record for such securities should be created. IDENTIFICATION OF ‘WILFUL DEFAULTERS’ IN CBS “Willful Defaulters”, identification of a borrower has to be done at the customer level. In order to generate MIS on willful defaulters a new code – WILFD – WILLFUL DEFAULTER has been created in CBS under “Customer Free Code C1”. In case a borrower has been identified as willful defaulter, this code must be assigned in ‘G – General Details’ at the CUMM level. ‘Report on List of Willful Defaulters’ has also been customized and deployed at PNBRPT – 2/18 in MIS Server LOAN MODULE - UTILITIES PLACING A LIEN ON THE OPERATIVE ACCOUNT It is also possible in the application to place a lien on the operative account for pending demands in the Term/Demand Loan accounts using menu option. ‘LALIEN – Loans Lien Process’ When a lien process is run the system will mark a lien to the extent of available balance in the operative account or the outstanding demands in the Term/Demand Loan account, whichever is less. The lien so placed gets vacated when the demand satisfaction process is run using menu option ‘LADSP’. If the lien process is required to be run on a Term/Demand Loan account then the value in the field ‘Repayment Method’ of the sub option ‘S – Scheme Details’ of the menu option ‘OAAC/ACM’ should have been modified from ‘N’ which is default populated to ‘E -’ or ‘T’. When the field ‘Repayment Method’ is modified to ‘E or T’ then, the system will force to enter the account number on which the lien is to be placed in the field ‘Operative A/c No.’ On entering the required information, , enter the print parameters and commit. The system will generate two reports, which gives the details of success/errors of the accounts on which the process has been run/failed respectively. The report so generated should be printed and checked. An accept and commit on blank ‘Scheme Code and From-To Account’ fields will lead to running the process for all the Term/Demand Loan Accounts. RECOVERY OF OVERDUE INSTALMENTS FROM OPERATIVE ACCOUNT The field ‘Repayment Method’ under sub option ‘S – Scheme Details’ of the menu option OAAC/ACM controls the automatic recovery of demands from operative account. The valid values for this field for running the demand satisfaction process are: E – Recover the dues from operative account to the extent of available balance T – Recover the dues from the operative account by allowing a temporary overdraft to the extent of shortfall N – No batch recovery should happen In order to enable the system to run automatic recovery then the value in the field ‘Repayment Method’ of the sub option ‘S – Scheme Details’ of the menu option ‘OAAC/ACM’ should be modified from ‘N’ which is default populated to ‘E’ or ‘T’.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[121]
When the field ‘Repayment Method’ is modified to ‘E or T’ then, the system will force to enter the a/c no from which the installments are to be recovered in the field ‘Operative A/c No.’ If the value in the field ‘Repayment Method’ is entered as ‘E’ then the system will recover the installment on due date from the operative account specified in the field ‘Operative A/c No.’ to the extent of available balance or the demand amount whichever is less. In case of shortfall the system will automatically recover the pending demands as and when the credits are received in the operative a/c provided menu ‘LADSP’ is run every day. If the repayment method is set to ‘T’ then the system will recover the installment by creating a TOD in the operative account if the balance is not sufficient to satisfy the outstanding demands in the Term/Demand Loan account. When the demand satisfaction process is run and if any overflow amount (advance credits in Term/Demand Loan accounts) is outstanding in the account, the system will satisfy the demands on due dates from the overflow amount whenever the process is run. Whenever the demand satisfaction is from overflow amount, then no transactions are created. However, if the overflow amount does not satisfy the demands then recovery is made from the operative a/c for the difference amount and transaction is created for differential amount. The recovery of the installments from the operative account will be done on the due date as per the frequency entered in the ‘E – Repayment Schedule Details’ of OAAC menu option. LOANS DEMAND SATISFACTION PROCESS-- 'LADSP' On entering the required information, accept, enter the print parameters and commit. The system will generate three reports as detailed hereunder: 1. Loan Recovery Failure Report – which gives the details of the accounts where recovery has failed along with the reasons for failure. 2. Loan Recovery Success Report – which gives the details of the accounts where the demands have been satisfied and/or pending. 3. OFTI Post Report – which gives the details of the Tran Ids created during the process. 4. All the report so generated should be printed, transactions created by the system should be got posted/verified, reports should be checked and necessary follow-up should be made in the accounts where the recovery could not happen due insufficiency of funds in the operative account. 5. An accept and commit on blank ‘Scheme Code and From-To Account’ fields will lead to running the process for all the Term/Demand Loan Accounts. PARTITIONED ACCOUNTS - INQUIRY Interest charged in Term Loan accounts under the scheme codes ‘TLSHL’, ’TLSVL’ and TLRED’ is parked in the office accounts bearing no.5711410,5711411 and Sol_Id>5711407 respectively. The menu options PARTINQ & PHINQ are used to inquire the transactions in above noted partitioned accounts and to generate the report. Now the menu options ‘PARTINQ’ and ‘PHINQ’ can also be used for inter-sol inquiry. The process of inquiring the details of the partitioned a/c through menu PARTINQ and PHINQ:-In the field of Set Id users have to give the SOL _ID of the sol of which the inquiry of partitioned account is to be made. In the field of partitioned account the complete partitioned account number prefixed with sol_id, of which the inquiry of the partitioned a/c is to be made, be given In the field of account number the complete account number, of which the inquiry is required, be given ‘LAOPI – LOANS OVERDUE POSITION INQUIRY’ This menu option can be used to extract ,generate or enquiring much information by selecting criteria in the screen. The option can be used for looking at loan accounts in which there is overflow of funds, which means
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[122]
that either the customer has deposited advance installments or there is some demand which has not been satisfied. On generating the records by explode overflow amount can be seen. By invoking the option the system displays :-Total no. of loan a/cs with their total liability. {Total outstanding in loan accounts.} Non-interest demand and interest demand in total loan accounts, the total collection and due amount with percentage, Account wise details of demands made, collections received and overdue if any is also showed by the system If any of the account details are to be viewed, just explode the a/c no. filed and the system shall display whether the interest is debited to loan a/c or office a/c, security held and its value, interest liability, interest waived, total overdue installments if any. If overdue position of a specific demand type is to be enquired then also the option is useful. The details of transactions through which the installment is adjusted can also be seen by just exploding the particular record. A report can also be generated for any criteria or for combination of criteria's and printed through menu option 'PR' ACCOUNTS WHERE LIMITATION HAS BEEN EXPIRED OR GOING TO EXPIRE IN NEXT UPTO 12 MONTHS - REPORTING In CBS system the following two reports are available for monitoring limitation in the accounts: 1. 2.
PNBRPT 3/5 List of accounts where limitation has been expired. PNBRPT 3/5a List of accounts where limitation is going to expire in next upto 12 months.
In order to generate correct position of such accounts in the report it is required that correct information for each type of account entered in the system. The steps to be taken for entering correct position are explained hereunder: 1. Standard Account: Debt Acknowledgement date is to be entered through menu option ACM function –M in ‘S’ (Scheme Details). 2. NPA Account: The details related to each and every NPA account is required to be captured through menu option NPAD. The fields which are marked blue in the screen shot are mandatory to capture for each NPA account. 3.
Recovery certificate filed cases: ‘Suit Status’ is available where user is required to enter information related to RC filed cases(legal action initiated under state recovery acts) The information should start with the text ‘RC............................’. (eg.RC filed on ).User may also enter information in other fields if found relevant to the account. The information entered by one user is required to be verified by another user as per banks’ guidelines.
4.
Suit filed/decreed accounts: Where regular legal suit has been filed and/or decree has been obtained user is required to change the appropriate GL Sub Head through menu option TACBSH.
5.
WLA Approved accounts: User is required to enter ‘Y’ in first field (WLA Flg?) and date of approval of WLA in the second field through menu option COWO.
6.
Written off accounts: User is required to enter value ‘Y’ or ‘N’ as applicable in the field ‘Written Off Flg?’ The information in the next three field will be mandatory if value ‘Y’ is given in the first field. The help at key F1 is available wherever required.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[123]
NON-PERFORMING ASSET - ACCOUNTS IN FINACLE The accounts, which are Non-Performing Assets, are to be marked as NPAs in Finacle. These accounts might have been migrated into Finacle while uploading various other accounts. However, if the accounts are not migrated to Finacle, then these accounts are also to be opened in Transfer-in mode using the menu option OAAC. CLASSIFYING AN ACCOUNT AS NPA IN FINACLE: The accounts, are to be marked as NPAs using the menu option ‘MEAC’ simultaneously change the GL subhead code of non-performing assets (refer page 174 of this booklet). Invoke the menu option ‘MEAC’ give the Cust-id of the borrower in the field ‘Cust-id’ and press ‘F4’. The system will display the account and the existing Asset Classification. Modify the Classification using the following codes: Main Classification: 001 - Performing Asset 002 - Non- Performing Asset Sub Classification: 001 - Standard Asset 002 - Sub-standard Asset 003 - Doubtful Asset 004 - Loss Asset After making the necessary modification press ‘F10’ which changes the asset classification for all the accounts of the borrower. INCOME DERECOGNITION OF NPA ACCOUNTS Once the accounts are classified/marked as NPAs then using the menu option ‘TM’ de-recognise the income in the respective accounts by passing following entries: Dr. respective income account – Interest earned on loans Cr. A/c no: On entering the Credit transaction, the additional details are also required to be entered. Post and verify the transaction. REVERSAL OF DERECOGNISED INCOME IN FINACLE: Whenever any recovery is received into the account and if the derecognised income is to be reversed, the same is to be done procedurally using the menu option ‘TM’. The transactions required to be passed for reversal of income derecognition will be as under: Dr. A/c no: Cr. Income Account Normal transaction to the loan account where the recovery is received must also be made. Both the transactions are to be posted and verified. REVERSAL OF ASSET CLASSIFICATION IN FINACLE If any account is required to be reversed to the Performing Category, the same is required to be made using the menu option ‘MEAC’ and modifying the required Asset Classification i.e., Main Classification and Sub-classification to Performing (001) and Standard (001) respectively. Simultaneously GL Sub head code of the account is also required to be changed to normal account GL sub head running account
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[124]
CLOSURE OF THE NPA ACCOUNT: Before initiating the steps for closure of an NPA account, check whether the correct interest rate is given to the account through menu option ‘ACM’ and sub-option ‘0’ and if the last interest posted date is correct using the sub-option’?’. If required the last interest posted date and the rate of interest can be modified using menu option ‘INTTM’ by changing the required interest rate code and the effective date. After making the aforesaid checks, modify the asset classification of the account to Performing (001) and Standard (001) using the menu option ‘MEAC’. Thereafter run the menu option ‘CAAC’ for closure of the account, Post the Interest Transactions, Post the Credit Transaction and verify the transactions. Verify the account closure using menu option ‘CAACAU’. Simultaneously, reverse the derecognised income for the account. LIMIT NODE MAINTENANCE When a party is sanctioned multiple limits i.e. to say Fund based and Non Fund based and thereafter multiple accounts are opened under the above categories then it becomes difficult to monitor these accounts together. Finacle has provision to monitor all the limits and outstanding sanctioned to the party in one go through LTL (Limit Tree Lookup) which can only be seen if the Limit Nodes of the party have been defined in the system. Limit node maintenance allows to maintain the limits and control the drawing power at account level, limit level etc. Limit nodes can be linked to accounts, bank guarantees, documentary credits etc. To monitor party’s total exposure / liability for different types of head like fund, non-fund etc. Finacle provides feature of maintaining the limits in various currencies and in the same limit tree also maintaining limits in different currencies are permitted to one level. Limit Node is to be created from top to bottom. Limit ID : Each limit node is identified through a combination of two parameters – ‘Limit Prefix’ and ‘Limit Suffix’. The first field of Limit ID denotes – ‘Limit Prefix’ and second one as – ‘Limit Suffix’. While creating any fresh limit node, values for these two parameters are to be assigned as under: Limit Prefix: It represents the customer for which limit node is created. Ideally, the Customer id should be assigned in this field. However, it is difficult to remember customer id of all the parties. So name of the party can also be used. Limit Suffix: It represents the nature of facility for which the node is being created. These codes are duly defined by the data centre and can be selected from the list available. The list of these codes is shown below:
Limit Suffix Code
Code Description
PTEXP** FUND
Limit Suffix Code
Code Description
PARTY TOTAL EXPOSURE FUNDED EXPOSURE
LIMIT SUFFIXES FLC-S UNDER FUNDED EXPOSURE:
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
NFUND
NON-FUNDED EXPOSURE
LIMIT SUFFIXES UNDER FUNDED EXPOSURE:
NON
[125]
–
CC
CASH CREDIT
FLC-S
FOREIGN LETTER OF CREDIT- SIGHT
CCBD
CASH CREDIT BOOK FLC-U DEBTS
FOREIGN LETTER OF CREDIT USANCE
FBN
FGN.BILLS NEGOTIATED
FOREIGN LETTER OF GUARANTEE
FBP
FOREIGN PURCHASED
FUBD
FGN. USANCE BILL FWCP DISCOUNT
FUBN
FOREIGN USANCE FWCS BILLS NEGOTIATED
FORWARD CONTRACT PURCHASE FORWARD CONTRACT SALE
FUBP
FOREIGN USNACE ILC-S BILLS PURCHASED
INLAND LETTER OF CREDIT- SIGHT
OBD
OUTWARD DISCOUNTED
INLAND LETTER OF CREDIT - USANCE
OD
OVERDRAFTS
ODDC ODDD PC
ODD CLEAN ODD DOCUMENTARY PACKING CREDIT
PCFC
PACKING FOREIGN CURRENCY
TL STL
TERM LOANS SHORT TERM LOAN
WCDL
WORKING CAPITAL DEMAND LOAN
FLG
BILLS FWC
BILLS ILC-U
ILG
FORWARD CONTRACT LIMIT
INLAND LETTER OF GUARANTEE
CREDIT
PROCEDURE Create parent Limit Node through LNM. Select ‘Drawing Power ind’ as D-Derived from Security. Verify LNM. Create Security Register through SRM. Verify SRM. Invoke Menu Option – LNM (Limit Node Maintenance) A – CREATION OF PARENT LIMIT ID Function – A (Add)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[126]
Limit ID – This has two parts viz. Limit Prefix and Limit Suffix. Limit prefix is entered as a part of creating the limit id. customer id is used as limit prefix so that it is more beneficial from the point of usage. Limit Suffix is the code available in the system for individual type of limit nodes which should be very carefully given. Limit ID – Prefix part Limit ID – Suffix part, press F2. Go to the record PTEXP – Party Total Exposure and press Shift+F4. Press F4. The system will come to the data block where enter details for Limit Node Description – Free text. Generally Company’s name is given followed by limit type. – Party Total Exp. Currency – INR (once the currency given and limit node is verified, the same can not be modified through LNM, so be careful while specifying currency) Customer ID – Parent Limit ID –for creating parent limit id, so parent limit id will be blank for PTEXP. Sanction Limit – Enter the sanction limit. Drawing Power Ind – E (Derived from Security) Drawing Power % - In case of parent limit id, leave it blank DP/Margin retained – in our case it is blank It can be used if DP indicator is ‘M’ Limit Sanct /exp date – Enter today’s date in the Sanction date and in exp date field enter date of one year later Sanction Level Code – Press F2. Select the code by pressing Shift+F4. Sanct. Auth. Code – Press F2. Select the code by pressing Shift+F4. Single Trans – N. If this is Y, then once the DP is utilized up to the sanctioned limit, then customer will not be able to utilize it again even if he has remitted the earlier amount used. Remarks – Free Text. User Maintained Liab. – Enter 0. blocking part of the amount available in the limit by entering a value in this field. The amount available will be reduced by this value. The DP will be reduced by this value. Press F10 to commit. VERIFICATION OF LIMIT NODE Menu Option LNM Function – V (Verify) Limit id – Press F4. The system will display Limit Node Details. If everything acceptable, Press F10. The limit node id is verified. CREATION CHILD LIMIT NODE After creating parent limit node, child limit node can be added, and attached to the parent limit node. Invoke Menu option – 'LNM' Function – A (Add) Limit Node –(………/ FUND). Press F4. The cursor will appear in the data block Enter description, Currency, Customer id. Parent Limit Node – Sanction Limit – Drawing Power – P (Parent) (If DP is derived from parent than %age DP is to be given) Drawing Power – This is percentage of parent limit which is allocated to the child (……./FUND) limit node. DP/Marin retained – this will automatically come. Fill the remaining fields. Press F10 to commit. VERIFICATION OF LIMIT NODE Menu Option 'LNM' Function – V (Verify) Limit id – Press F4. The system will display Limit Node Details. If everything acceptable, Press F10. The limit node id is verified.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[127]
Now, LTL (Limit Tree Lookup) for limit node, will show one limit node and one child node added to the just one level below it. ADDING FURTHER CHILD NODES TO THE LIMIT NODE Follow the above process to create Non-Fund Limit Node (LNM). The field ‘Drawing power ind’ will be P (Parent).Verify Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree. Create child Limit Node (……./CC) (LNM). With appropriate parent Limit Node. The field ‘Drawing power ind’ will be P (Parent). Verify Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree.In LTL, the level of this limit node will be 3. Create child Limit Node (……../TL) (LNM). With appropriate parent Limit Node. The field ‘Drawing power ind’ will be P (Parent). Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree. In LTL, the level of this limit node will be 3, Create child Limit Node (……../ILG) (LNM). With appropriate parent Limit Node. The field ‘Drawing power ind’ will be P (Parent). Verify Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree. In LTL, the level of this limit node will be 3. Create similarly other child nodes for the parent node i)
ii)
Limits nodes for NFund its child for FLC and ILC are to be created. But, it is to be remembered that in case the DP is to be derived from parent then %age DP is to be given. However, if the DP indicator is to be given as E then %age field is not to be used. If DP indicator in child limit node is given as E which is usually accepted, then normally the security is attached to the account and not to the parent limit node. The system will update the transaction in child limit node and its parent limit node and also parent’s parent limit node.
After creating all the nodes limit ids created by the system are to be entered through ACLHM on the DP screen. By doing this, account will automatically be linked to the parent limit nodes. VIEWING LIMIT TREE Inquiry option is LTL (LIMIT TREE LOOK UP) and LNDI (LIMIT NODE INQUIRY) Invoke Menu Option 'LTL' (Limit Tree Lookup) Limit Id – Press F4 The system will display only one node which is recently created. The fields as: 1. Limit Nodes – 2. Desc –– Party Total Exp. 3. Crncy – INR 4. Limit –this amount it takes from sanction limit mentioned in LNM. If the sanction limit is more than DP/Margin retained, the system will take Limit = DP/Margin retained. 5. Total Liability – The system will display total liability under this limit node. 6. Level – This will display position of this limit node under its parent. ENHANCEMENTS Finacle 7.0 has been enhanced to attach, an entity of any currency to any limit node. This entity includes Account, Documentary Credit, Bank Guarantee Forward Contract. Ex: If a limit node L1 is in USD currency (non-home currency), it can have child nodes L2 in INR currency, L3 in USD currency and L4 in JPY currency. GRANT OF TOD IN TM MENU OPTION - 'LNM' LINKED ACCOUNTS A new facility for grant of TOD in 'Limit Node' linked accounts while posting a transaction in menu TM - suboption 'N'. The system applies 'Penal Interest' as applicable for grant of TOD.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[128]
LINKING OF ACCOUNTS WITH THE LIMIT NODE: The fund based limit nodes created above should be attached to the respective loan account in “Limit ID” In existing accounts, the same can be attached through menu option – ACLHM by modifying the ‘D – Drawing Power Details’. During any transaction to the accounts linked to this limit node, system checks for any transgression in the limit node vis-à-vis the outstanding in the accounts. The transgression will result in the exception “Liability exceeds Group Limit” being shown to the user, for necessary action. LINKING OF NON FUND BASED LIMIT NODES DURING ODCM/ GMM: For regular non fund based limits have been sanctioned to the party, its corresponding Limit Node MUST be created before allowing availment of these limits. At the time of issue of Letter of Credit through menu option – ODCM, party’s non fund based limit node should be assigned at “Party Limit ID” field. At the time of issue of respective Letter of Guarantee through menu options – GMM, party’s respective non fund based limit node should be assigned at “Limit ID” field. NOTE/ IMPORTANT: To calculate risk weight in non fund based business branches to create Limit Node for each and every non fund based transaction of Guarantee/ Letter of Credit Issue through menu option – GMM/ ODCM respectively. Branches are therefore advised to create limit node even for individual Guarantee/ Letter of Credit issued to its customers. In case, the LGs/LCs already issued but at the time of issuance limit id has not been created or assigned, the limit Id can not be assigned later on. To meet the requirement, a separate menu option ‘NFDET’ has been customized to capture the limit details along with other fields for existing non-fund activities. User is required to enter the limit under NFDET menu option and add the amount of availed LGs/LCs under ‘User Maintained liability’ in LNM menu option for the limit node of the customer at NFUND limit Id. On closure of the LCs/LGs, the ‘User Maintained liability’ has to be modified accordingly. A separate guidelines on menu option ‘NFDET’ is available as page Number 134 . 1. Modifications in Limit Node: After creation of complete limit node structure for a customer, its subsequent maintenance is also very important. It is observed that the ‘Limit Sanction/ Expiry Date’ at the node level is not updated by the branches on regular basis. Many a times, the ‘Sanctioned Limits’ are also revised (enhanced/ reduced) but corresponding changes are not carried out at the respective limit node level. As a result, it is inferred by the auditors that availments are being allowed by the branches against expired limits and/ or not as per sanction limit. Hence, branches are advised to modify these details (Sanction Limit, Limit Sanction/ Expiry Date) at the time of renewal/ review of these limits. 2. Linking securities with the Limit Node – SRM: In case Drawing Power Indicator is set as ‘D’, appropriate security should be linked to this limit node through menu option – SRM by giving ‘Linkage Type’ as “N – Node”. By doing so, the Drawing Power shall be parked at the limit node level. This DP can be further allocated at the account level by setting the ‘Drawing Power Indicator’ as ‘P – Parent limit node and giving appropriate Drawing Power % in the D-Drawing power Detao;s in “H-Limit History Details’ at the account level. ATTACH SECURITY TO THIS PARENT LIMIT ID Menu Option SRM Function – A (Add) Linkage Type – N (Limit Node) Node Id – Press F4 Enter the details in SRM screen
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[129]
If ceiling limit is more than (Security Value – Margin), the system will assume DP = Security Value – Margin VERIFICATION OF 'SRM' Function – V (Verify) Linkage Type – N (Limit Node) Node Id – Press F4 Verify the Security details. Related menu options : LTL – Limit Tree Lookup – This menu option displays the entire exposure of the customer at a glance. On specifying the selection criteria, the system displays details Like Node ID, Description, Limit sanctioned at node level, Liability and limit hierarchy. Details of any limit can be viewed by exploding (Ctl +E) on the respective record. LNDI - In this menu option, the user can get information about the accounts that are linked to a particular limit node. From this screen, user can also view the details of any of the listed accounts by press . LNHTIR – Limit Node History Transaction Inquiry/ Report: This menu option facilitates inquiry on limit node history and transactions based on the criteria specified. After giving the desired Limit Node ID, From/ To Date, two types of reports can be obtained through this menu option – (i) ‘T – Limit Transactions Details’ and (ii) ‘H – Limit History Details’ by giving appropriate value in ‘Type of Report’ field. MRT File Name : After giving value in ‘Type of Report’ field, its corresponding MRT file name can be selected by pressing . In case ‘Type of Report’ is selected as ‘T’, the following transaction details are shown in the system. In case ‘Type of Report’ is selected as ‘H’, the following limit history details are shown by the system. RLH – Rebuild Limit Node History: This menu option can be used to rebuild limit history from the limit node transactions POST DATED CHEQUES MANAGEMENT Facility to accept and maintain PDCs for Loan Accounts has been introduced in new version of the application. Accepted PDCs are lodged for clearing for each installment on the due date of the installment. The cleared funds are then utilized to satisfy the outstanding demands against the loan account. SALIENT FEATURES New menu option is introduced to accept/maintain status of PDCs - 'PDCM' New menu option is introduced to lodge PDCs for clearing - 'PDCLOP' Another new menu option to lodge exceptional PDCs (Missed/Bounced/Those PDCs that failed in the PDCLOP menu option) - 'PDCXLOP' New menu option to recover the installment amount and satisfy the demands raised - 'PDCCOP' New menu option to maintain the clearing zone sol id and sol id mapping – 'PDCCM' (this menu option is applicable where a particular set of branches are combined and all the PDCs of such branches are maintained at one centre). New menu option to mark individual checks as bounced when one consolidated (for some loan accounts) cheque is lodged in clearing - 'MCLOP' New menu option to send an acknowledgement letter to the customer for the received PDCs 'PDCACK' New menu option to request for new PDCs when there are installments pending but the PDCs submitted have already been used - 'PDCREQ' FUNCTIONALITY
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[130]
PDC details are accepted through the PDCM menu option either at the time of account opening or later for those accounts where the method of repayment set up with the as ‘P’ – PDC in the menu option OAAC/ACM in the field – ‘Repayment Method’. PDCLOP can be run to lodge the instruments before the actual installment date. On suspending the zone, release to shadow balance and regularization of the zone, the clearing process credits the office account 31711331. The value date of the Transaction will always be the Zone date. Whether the interest is routed through Loan Account itself / Office Account, the credit happens to the office account in the clearing module and then to the loan account. LIMITATIONS OF PDC OPERATIONS Even when an intermediate check in a bunch is substituted all the checks in the bunch will be marked as substituted and details will have to be reaccepted for all substituted cheques. When the Interest is routed through Loan Accounts and Multiple PDCs have been lodged for the same loan account through exceptional lodging, in each run of PDCCOP only one PDC will be cleared and the other PDCs will be entered in the failure report. However PDCCOP can be run multiple times to affect recovery for such accounts. If currency code is not entered in PDCLOP criteria, the amount range check will not consider the decimal places. Even while lodging only Transfer type of PDCs, Zone details will have to be entered for PDCLOP and PDCXLOP as these are mandatory fields. For this purpose a valid zone will have to be opened too. CHANGES TO EXISTING MENU OPTIONS ON ACCOUNT OF PDCS MENU OPTION TROFSETS
OAAC
ACM
REPHASEI
CAAC
CHANGES MADE Transfer of sets – The PDC details with the zone details are recorded by the system. Later on, through menu option TROFSETS if the PDCs are transferred to some other zone, these details are also to be updated in the systems’ records. During account opening the PDC details can also be accepted. A link has been provided for the same to PDCM in ADD mode using the sub –option 7 – PDC Details. If PDC details are not entered at the time of account opening they can also be entered through menu option PDCM. For an account with method of repayment as P - PDC, if PDC details are not accepted at the time of account opening, a warning message is displayed. Through menu option ACM with sub-option ‘`’ the PDC details entered in an account can be inquired. However, new PDCs cannot be accepted/modified through this option. Changing the amount:-- On rephasement of the account, the existing PDCs cannot be substituted but new PDCs can be accepted. Lodging of existing PDCs is also not possible once the account is rephased. On acceptance of new PDCs the PDC process will be re-activitated. Changing the period :-- As the amount on the PDC will not change, the same set of PDCs can be used for the instalments. If any PDCs have already been sent for clearing – a warning message is displayed at the time of closing the account. It will also delete the entries of records that have been sent for clearing. These PDCs have to handled manually. At the time of closure if there are any PDCs in ENTERED status, they are marked as RETURNED. Inquire option of PDCM is available through CAAC.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[131]
GUARANTEE MASTER MAINTENANCE -- 'GMM' For all types of functions relating to letter of guarantee (LG) Menu Option 'GMM' is used. Functions available are A - Add, C - Copy, M - Modify, I - Inquire, G - Mark for Invoke, N - Invoke, R Reverse, Z - Close, V - Verify, X - Cancel and L - List. To issue a guarantee invoke Menu option : GMM , Function - A. Then enter appropriate guarantee type by F2 and select one. Press F4. Now the following fields are to be entered: Customer ID Guarantee Class Guarantee Amt Notl. Conv. Rate Issue/Eff. Date Limit Id Limit Margin %:
Oper A/c No Loan A/c No Ready Conv Rate:
Expiry Period Claim Period Beneficiary Type Beneficiary Name Address Instalment Frequency Internal Reqd?:
Limits
Enter the Customer ID of the applicant Use F2 and select appropriate one Enter the amount for which guarantee is to be issued This is applicable for FLG/FLDPG. This is rate at which BG amt is to be converted for maintaining contingent liability. For inland LG skip it Normally it is BOD date. However as per requirement, you may enter any future date from which the BG will be effective. If limit node is created through LNM for the customer then appropriate Limit ID is to eb entered for monitoring, else skip it. Enter the margin percentage to eb utilized from the limit node. It should be 100 in case Limit Id is given in the previous field. This margin is apart from the cash/lien margin held for issuance of guarantee. Enter the operative account number of the customer from which the charges to be recovered. Enter the loan account number to which debit can be made in case of invocation for payment to the beneficiary. This is applicable for FLDPG. This rate will be used for conversion of instalment amount of FLDPG. Similarly in case of invocation of Foreign Guarantee this rate code is used for conversion of amount to be debited Enter in Months/Days for which guarantee is issued Enter in Months/Days. This is the period allowed for beneficiary to make a claim after expiry of guarantee. Press F6 to go to the next screen Enter G for Govt. or O for other than Govt. Enter the name of the beneficiary Enter the address of the beneficiary. City Code, State Code, Country Code can be entered by using F2 and selecting the appropriate one. This is applicable only in case of DPG. You can enter it like any frequency, say repayment frequency for term loan. Use F1 and choose appropriate one. This will enable the bank to maintain its exposure against Bank, Country or Buyer. > Press F6 to go to next screen, Enter the purpose of the guarantee to be issued. enter the counter guarantee deatils, if any. For more space, use CTRL+N a pop up box will come. If applicable, enter the probable date of shipment
Purpose of Guarantee Counter Guarantee Details Probable Date of Shipment Actual Date of If shipment date is available/applicable, enter it Shipment Bank Code/ Branch If the guarantee is to be advised through another bank, its code is to be Code entered here. Press F4 the 1st screen will reappear and the cursor will be at option block. At option, enter : I - for Instalment Details, C- for Charge/Commission Details, K- for Margin Details, P - for Shipping Guarantee Details etc. Finally Press F10 to get the Guarantee Number. This requires verification. AMENDMENTS
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[132]
A new enhancement in menu option GMM in the shape of option “J” (Reverse mark invoke) has been introduced which will restore the guarantee to its original status. The Verifying User shall make the closure flag as “Y” while verifying Reversal of Guarantee and the status of Guarantee will be “CLOSED” after verification of Reversal Future dated guarantees are not effective but can be reversed and closed. MODIFICATION OF GUARANTEE For modification invoke Menu option: GMM Function - M. The screens same as issue of guarantee will appear. A Guarantee once modified can be taken up for further modification before verification by the same user. System will calculate the charges necessary for any amendment. The guarantee can be renewed after expiry date too. Both the claim date and expiry date can be modified. But the dates can be extended only. On extension, both claim expiry date and expiry date have to be later than the previous expiry date and the BOD date. Extension of an expired guarantee will raise an exception at the time of verification which needs to be accepted.
SFMS - STRUCTURED FINANCIAL MESSAGING SYSTEM for sending and receiving messages for Bank guarantees (BGs) Effective 27.01.2015 branches shall issue/receive message of bank guarantee, issued in paper form, electronically using SFMS platform. (A) PROCESS FLOW FOR ACKNOWLEDGE OF INLAND BANK GUARANTEE IN FINACLE Menu option GMM is used to create and maintain the details of bank guarantee established : Use Menu Option – GMM User is required to fill up details of Bank code and branch code correctly. For correct Bank/Branch code combination kindly check in BRTI menu option with 'P' details and Paysys Id as 'SFMS'. Please note that prefix will always be ‘N’ for the other Bank’s branch code.For PNB Bank, Branch code should be 4 digits only Following sub-options are available in the system:I -INSTALMENT DETAILS C -CHARGE/COMMISSION DETAILS G -GENERAL DETAILS L -LIMIT DETAILS A -AUDIT DETAILS T -TEXT MAINTENANCE M -ALL MESSAGES B -BENEFICIARY MESSAGES D -APPLICANT MESSAGES F -SELF MESSAGES P -SHIPPING GUARANTEE DETAILS K -MARGIN DETAILS J -PAYMENT SYSTEM DETAILS 8 -PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS The following details are essentially required to be filled up in sub-options besides other details:-TEXT DETAILS (T): Condition will be typed here
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[133]
The various texts details enlisting Conditions are maintained here. The text type available is: C (conditions) In the data block. User can use [Ctrl + ‘N’] key to bring up a text edit box to input the data. The length of data that can be input is restricted to the field length allowed by swift. In 'T' details, the permitted no of lines are 10 with 65 characters in each line for the 'C' text type message. Branch to refrain from using Special Characters (~,!,@,#,$,%,^,&,*,?,/.\,:,”,(,),`,‐) wherever narrative details are filled in. After it Click on save button. Click on F4. For exit use F3 button.
PAYMENT SYSTEM DETAILS (J) - User has to select the Payment System details as SFMS. PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS (8) - User can view the SFMS messages created by the system while putting 8 in option., if any Modification required, can also be done. For BG no., use IFN760 message. Use CTRL+E . System will show Guarantee master Maintenance screen with Status as “N” and User has to modify it to ‘R’ . On press commit (F10), The BG no will be generated. User need to verify the same by visiting ‘G’, ‘J’,’T’ and ‘8’ details in GMM menu option. After verification of BG the PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS ‘8’ is replaced by ‘@’ VIEW MESSAGE HISTORY details . With the status “T” (Transmitted), the process is completed. (B) PROCESS FLOW FOR RECEIVING IFN760 BG MESSAGES BY BRANCHES IN FINACLE The branch user shall invoke menu option “SMI” on daily basis for downloading any incoming INWARD message. user shall fill in PAYSYS ID as “SFMS and In/Out indicator as “I” and press control+E to explode the message. The messages can be printed by giving “P” in option field. INLAND LETTER OF CREDIT - ILCs THROUGH SFMS (A) PROCESS FLOW FOR INLAND OUTWARD DOCUMENTARY CREDITS IN FINACLE The menu option ODCM is used to create and maintain the details of documentary credits established. User is required to fill up details like : 1) Correspondent Bank /branch code, 2) Advising Bank / branch code 3) Negotiating bank/branch codes correctly. 4) Beneficiary name 5) Applicant customer ID/ Name 6) Address of applicant 7) Last Date of shipment 8) Date of opening / expiry 9) Transferable / Back to Back / Part shipment / Revocable etc. 10) Correspondent Bank, branch / Advising Bank, branch / Negotiating Bank, branch 11) Reimbursing Bank , branch 12) Shipment mode and shipment terms 13) Commodity code and commodity name 14) Documentary credit charge code On pressing F4 system will show the charges details and charges debit account number field. NOTE: TO check correct Bank/Branch code combination kindly refer BRTI menu option with 'P' details and Paysys Id as 'SFMS'. Please note that prefix will always be ‘N’ for the branch code.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[134]
Following sub-options are available in the system:A—AMENDMENT H--HISTORY INQUIRY G--GENERAL DETAILS U--.UTILISATION WITHOUT BILLS T--TEXT DETAILS R--REINSTATEMENT D--.AUDIT INQUIRY S--STATUS CHANGE OF AMENDMENT L--CHARGE DETAIL N--MARGIN HISTOY M--MESSAGE DEAILS K--MARGIN SCREN I--.INLAND BILLS DETAILS J--.Paysys Details 8--SFMS DETAILS 7--USER DEFINED ACTIONS 9--.LIMIT DETAILS INQUIRY Following details are essentially required to be filled up in sub options besides other details: T--TEXT DETAILS J--.Paysys Details 8--SFMS DETAILS T--TEXT DETAILS The various texts details enlisting Documents required, Conditions , Instructions, etc are maintained here. The text types available are: A (amendment) / C (conditions) / D (documents) /I (instructions) In the data block. user can use [Ctrl + ‘N’] key to bring up a text edit box to input the data. The length of data that can be input is restricted to the field length allowed by swift. In 'T' details, the permitted no of lines are 10 with 65 characters in each line for all the 'C', ‘D’, 'I' text type message. Branch to refrain from using Special Characters (~,!,@,#,$,%,^,&,*,?,/.\,:,”,(,),`,‐) wherever narrative details are filled in. Use CTRL+N for Zoom Editor The Text types available are: C (conditions) / D (documents) /I (instructions). Click on save button available on the text editor. Click on F4 and put the other text type as D or if applicable. For exit use F3 button. PAYSYS DETAILS (J) Here User has to select the Payment System details as SFMS SFMS DETAILS (8) Here user can view the SFMS Modification required, can also For New LC no use IFN700 FN 700 (Pre Text message)
messages created by the system while putting 8 in option., if any be done. message. Use CTRL+E / IFN740 (Standard LC message) shall be created for LC.
System will show Outward Documentary Credits Maintenance screen with Status as “N” and User has to modify it to ‘R’ . The status must be READY ‘R’. NOTE : 1) Applicant Bank (Either 51A or 51D) ‐51A must be issuing branch IFSC code or 51D must be issuing branch address but not both.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[135]
2) Field 41A must contain beneficiary bank IFSC code along with ‘BY NEGOTIATION’. User should not remove it. 3) Relevant data should be entered only in one field either 42A (Beneficiary IFSC Code) or 42D (Beneficiary Party Name) in right hand textbox only. 4) 45A, 46A & 47A should not contain any special characters. 5) 78 should not contain any special characters On press commit (F10), The LC no will be generated. User need to verify the same by visiting ‘G’, ‘J’,’T’ and ‘8’ details in ODCM menu option. After verification of LC the PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS ‘8’ is replaced by ‘@’ VIEW MESSAGE HISTORY details. Use CTRL+E With the status “T” (Transmitted), the process is completed. AMENDMENT OF ILC: Use function ‘M’ modify and sub-option ‘A’, Make amendment and put ‘Y’ on calculate charges field. Again use ‘J’ and ‘8’ details. Press Ctrl.’E’ on “IFN707 SFMS ILCAMENDMENT” FIELD. System will default populate Outward Documentary Credits Maintenance screen with Status as “N” and User has to modify it to ‘R’. The status must be ‘R’ for sending amendment. On press commit (F10), The LC will be amended. User need to verify the same by visiting ‘G’, ‘J’,’T’ and ‘8’ details in ODCM menu option. (B) PROCESS FLOW FOR RECEIVING LC MESSAGES BY BRANCHES IN FINACLE a) The branch user shall invoke menu option “SMI” on daily basis for downloading any incoming INWARD message. b) In menu option SMI the user shall fill in PAYSYS ID as “SFMS and In/Out indicator as “I”. c) Use CTRL+E on relevant selected message. d) System will explode the message. e) Get the print out of the ILC as desired by selecting F/N on the print screen. NFDET – NON-FUND DETAILS For reporting details of Non-Fund based facilities, it was observed that some of the required fields like sector code, sub sector code, activity etc are not available in CBS. Assignment of appropriate risk weight to the account/facility depends upon Sector, Sub-sector, Activity. All these fields are available for fund based facilities under ‘V’ details of the account but these are not available for non-fund based facilities. In order to capture these required fields in CBS, menu option NFDET has been customized. NFDET details can be captured at following three levels:1. CU- Customer Id 2. LC – Letter of Credit 3. BG- Bank Guarantee For customer having non-fund based facilities, data feeding under NFDET menu option is mandatory. User has to enter details through NFDET menu option for CU level, by selecting Type as CU and entering customer_id. System will automatically populate Sector, Sub-sector and Activity based on the data fed in the system for fund based facilities for the customer, if any. User is able to modify these fields if the data fed for
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[136]
fund based facilities is not relevant for non-fund based facilities. This record will be valid for all the non-fund based facilities for that customer, existing and issued later on. In case, user desires to make inputs in the fields Sector/Sub-sector/ Activity other than those already fed under ‘CU’ type, NFDET can be entered for LC/BG type also apart from ‘CU’ type. This input will be valid for specific LC or BG only for which data has been fed. Apart from fields Sector, Sub-sector and Activity certain other fields are also made available for capturing. e.g sanctioned limit and guarantee details. To know the position of sanctioned limit, DP and un-availed portion for fund based/non-fund based facilities, feature of Limit node maintenance is available under CBS system. User has to maintain Limit node for the customers and attach fund based & non-fund based accounts through limit node. CBS system has been customized to ensure limit node assignment in the accounts of the customer where aggregate sanctioned limit is 5 crores and above. It is not mandatory for the customers having aggregate sanctioned limit less than 5 crores. In order to know the un-availed limit of the customer limits is being maintained at account level for the fund based facilities but in case of non-fund based facilities limits are not maintained. Non-fund based facilities which are issued prior to the creation of limit node, later on it cannot be attached with limit node. User has to enter limit related details under NFDET and also make entries in limit node through LNM Menu option under ‘ user maintained liability’ field. To capture the limits sanctioned for non-fund based facilities for the customer following three fields are made available. These fields are to be captured in cases where limit node has not been created for the customer or limit node has been created but non-fund based facilities have been issued prior to creation of limit node. 1. Total Sanctioned limit 2. LC sanctioned limit 3. BG sanctioned limit Detailed circular on creation and maintenance of Limit node has already been issued vide ITD/CBS circular 68/2011 dated 02-07-2011. A simplified version of circular on maintenance of limit node has also been issued vide ITD/CBS/27/2013 dated 07-05-2013. There may be cases where third party guarantee is also available for non-fund based facilities. To capture the details of guarantor, following fields are also available in NFDET. These fields are non-mandatory fields: 1. Guarantor cust_id 2. Guarantor Name 3. Guarantor type On feeding Guarantor cust_id, Guarantor name will automatically be populated. Guarantor type is a code based field and all the codes available under Guarantee cover code under ‘V’ details (for fund based facilities) are available under this field. F2 help is also available for this field. Details of menu option NFDET is as under: Menu option – NFDET There can be following 5 valid Function Codes A – Add I - Inquire M – Modify D - Delete V – Verify
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[137]
A – Add (For type – CU) Here user has to input required data for a customer, help is available on F4 key press Valid Data Fields are as under Field
Inputs
Type
CU- CUSTOMER/LC – LETTER OF CREDIT/ BG – BANK GAURANTEE
cust_id
Cust_id to be filled for Type "CU" and to be left blank if Type is "LC" or "BG"
Customer name
Auto Populated
Sol_id
Auto Populated
LC/BG Number
LC/BG number to be filled for type "LC"/"BG" and to be left bank for Type "CU"
Sector
Auto Populated - can be modified appropriately by the user
Sub_Sector
Auto Populated - can be modified appropriately by the user
Activity
Auto Populated - can be modified appropriately by the user
Total NF Limit LC Sanc Limit BG Sanc Limit
to be left blank if Type is “LC” or “BG”
Total Non-Fund Limit LC Sanction Limit BG Sanction Limit
Guarantor Cust_id
(optional)
Guarantor Name
Auto Populated
Guarantor Type
(optional)
Remarks
(optional)
Confirm (Y/N)
Y/N
To be filled in case of Non Fund Based activity is Guaranteed.
I – inquiry (Input function code, Type details and Cust_id or LC/BG Number) M – Modify (Unverified record can be only modified by the entry user only, after Verification other user can also modify) D – Delete (Unverified record can be only deleted by the entry user only, after Verification other user can also delete.) V – Verify - Verification should be done with user other than the one who has Added/Modified. Verification is must after any of the operation (Add/Modify) A- Add (For type LC) – Before addition record for type LC/BG , corresponding customers entry should be there in NFDET for type CU. A- Add for corresponding customer of LC/BG A – Add (For LC – Letter of Credit) A – Add (For type BG – Bank Guarantee)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[138]
MEMOPAD MAINTENANCE AND ENTRY IN CBS During banking operations, in manual scenario we write text messages many times on the account ledgers, which serve the purpose of providing additional information about a particular accounts. The Memo Pad feature provides the same functionality on the electronic media. It is a simple storage and retrieval system used for making temporary notes, reminders, and cautions in account operations. Entries in the memo pad can be viewed whenever any operations are carried out on an account, to draw the attention of the user. User will be able to (a) Create memo text (b) Associate the text with a particular function and intent and (c) Provide appropriate security to the memo. User can associate certain keywords pertinent to the assigned function, which will aid subsequent retrieval of the memo text. A memo text can be associated either with (a) Financial or (b) Non-financial transaction. Example If user is in the process of opening an account and certain documents have to be supplied by the customer subsequently, user can create a memo text listing the documents, and associate the text with the Account ID and Intent of 'follow up'. User may then periodically see this list and take necessary action. If user is processing the account, user may request for a list of memo texts for the account, in which case this text will show up since it has been associated with the account. 1. Memo-pad lookup:Press CTRL+F9 from any form in Finacle. A screen in which we can enter a set of selection criteria to retrieve memo-pad entries is displayed. Entering the criteria and pressing F4 a list of memo-pad entries is displayed. Press CTRL+E to get more details on any entry in the list. 2. Invoking the Memo Pad Maintenance Option:User can visit the Memo Pad screen from any screen in Finacle by pressing the key CTRL+F9. This action will display the Memo Pad Lookup screen. Function- Valid values are: A- ADD D- DELETE I- INQUIRY M- MODIFY 3. Adding a Memo Pad Entry:i)
Type A in the Function field of the Memo Pad Maintenance screen and press F4.
ii)
The cursor will be on Topic field. Enter the topic name of the Memo Pad that is being added. Function-Every memo pad entry can be associated with a Function code, which designates a banking function or process. Function codes aid in the retrieval of memo-pad entries. Suppose a memo pad entry has been associated with the function code IC (for inward clearing), when we are carrying out Inward clearing related work, we can request for all entries with function code IC. Press F2 to list the valid values for this field. Select the required value by pressing SHIFT+F4 key. A sample list of useful function codes is given below: SP- Stop Payment AO- Account Opening AP- Account Operation AC- Account Closing IC- Inward Clearing
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[139]
OC- Outward Clearing CM-Customer Maintenance i)
Intent - The intent code associated with the memo pad entry is used to indicate the purpose of the entry. User can list the field value by pressing F2 key and can select proper value by pressing the SHIFT+F4 keys. A list of valid intent codes is given below: F- Follow-up N- Note Alert during Cash or financial transactions. (A message is displayed when in a cash transaction; when try to post an entry to account associated with this code). L- Alert during Clearing of financial transactions. (A message is displayed when in a clearing transaction; when try to post an entry to account associated with this code) T- Alert during Transfer of financial transactions. (A message is displayed when in a transfer transaction; when try to post an entry to account associated with this code). G- Alert during any financial transaction.
ii)
Security - Each memo pad entry can have one of the following with it.
security codes associated
O - owner - Only the person who created the entry
can inquire, modify the text or delete the entry. P - Public - Anyone can inquire, modify or delete text. S - Semi public - Anyone can inquire but only the person who created the entry can modify or delete the entry. Y - System - This is created by the system and cannot be entered by the user. Keyword - The keywords associated with the memo-pad entry facilitate retrieval of the entry whenever required. The keywords that can be associated with memo pad entry are: a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h) i) j) k) l)
Account ID Customer ID Employee ID Signing power number Transaction date Transaction ID and Part Tran ID Instrument type code Instrument ID Inventory Item ID Inventory location ID Standing instruction number User defined keyword
iii)
A/c No.- Enter the account number for which the memo pad is to be added.
iv)
Employee Id - Enter the ID of the employee creating the memo pad entry.
v)
Customer Id- Enter the ID of the customer to whom the account belongs.
vi)
SI Srl. No.-The serial number of the Standing Instructions, if any, attached to the account.
vii)
Sign Power No.- The signing power number, if any, attached to the employee.
viii)
Audit Ref. No.- The audit reference number if any.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[140]
ix)
Enter Memo Text -The text of the memo pad.
x)
Tran Id- Type of transaction to which the memo text should be associated.
xi)
Due / Tran Date-The date of the transaction. It can be used in conjunction with the Tran Id number.
xii)
Tran Srl. No.- The serial number of the part transaction.
xiii)
Class- The inventory class of the inventory item, to which the memo pad is to be associated.
xiv)
Type- The inventory type of the inventory item, to which the memo pad is to be associated.
xv)
Srl. No.- The serial number of the inventory item.
xvi)
Location Class- The Location Class to which the inventory item belongs: i) ii)
User Defined System Defined (The codes assigned are DL, EM, ZZ, EXT)
xx) Location Code- The location code under the Location Class that has been defined. If the Location Class is EM, the employee ID is to be indicated. In this case, the staff number of the employee who is retrieving the details of the inventory items is displayed by default. xxi) Instrument Type- The code for the type of instrument. xxii) Instrument Id.-The ID of the instrument used. Enter valid data in the above fields and press F10 to commit the task or F3 to exit without saving the changes. The cursor returns to the memo Pad Lookup screen. Press F3 to exit. 4. Inquiring on Existing Memo Pad Entries:1. Type I in the Function field of Memo Pad Lookup screen and press F4. 2. The cursor is positioned in the Mp Function field. 3. Now, enter the criteria based on which entry is retrieved. For example, if we enter FT in the Function field, and specify an account Number, all the existing entries, which have been associated with given function field and A/c No, is retrieved. 4. Specify the selection criteria and press F4. The list of entries is displayed. 5. For more information on any of the entries, position the cursor on the relevant entry and press CTRL+E. The details are displayed. (a) Only those entries created by user himself or those with security code P or S can be retrieved. (b) Entries created by other users or those with security code O cannot be retrieved. 5. Deleting Memo Pad Entries:1. Type D in the Function Code field of the Memo Pad Lookup screen and press F4.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[141]
2. The cursor is located in the criteria block. Enter the criteria for retrieving the entries and press F4. 3. The retrieved entries are displayed in the Memo Pad Maintenance Screen. 4. To view more details of any of the entries, position the cursor on the relevant entry and press CTRL+E. The details of the entry are displayed. 5. Press F10 to delete the entry or F3 if do not wish to delete the entry. Deleted entries can not be undeleted or retrieved. 6. Modifying Memo Pad Entries:1. Enter M in the Function field of the Memo Pad Lookup screen and
PressF4.
2. The cursor is located in the Criteria Block. Enter the criteria for retrieving the entries and press F4. The retrieved entries are displayed. 3. To modify any of the entries, position the cursor on the relevant entry, and press CTRL+E. The details of the entry are displayed. 4. Modify the text and press F10 to save the changes, or F3 to abort the operation. Only entries created by the user him or those with security code P can be retrieved and hence only these can be modified. System-Generated Memo Pad Entries:In certain situations, the system itself generates the memo pad entries. Some such instances are given below. 1. When a Customer Master record is modified, a single memo pad entry is created for each record that is modified and the entry is associated with the customer Id. 2. When an Account Master record is modified, a single memo pad entry is created for each record modified and the entry is associated with the account number. User cannot delete these entries. The entries are automatically deleted once the modifications are verified. Till then the entries will remain in the system. FAMS - INTEGRATION WITH CBS - UPGRADATION OF FIXED ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Pre-requisite for creating a FAMS record is to have a verified EXTM reference number for the user SOL. (Kindly refer ITDCBS circular no. 12/2014 dated 02.04.2014 for posting of expenditure vouchers in EXTM). Since FAMS items are maintained on the basis of EXTM category and subcategory codes, users to be vigilant while posting vouchers under correct category and subcategory in EXTM and ensure that the item being purcased is categorized under respective category and sub category codes of EXTM. A report under FAMSRPT option 1 “FAMS ITEMS MASTER PRINT “be referred for the details of items available under particular EXTM category and sub-category combination. After successful verification of EXTM record user to create fresh purchase details through menu option “FAMS”. ABH will not proceed unless amount of the assets created have been tallied against the respective EXTM amount, as such users to ensure creation of assets on the same the EXTM voucher is posted.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[142]
1. Menu Option: FAMS 2. Operation Code: C‐ Create Asset 3. Function Code: A‐ Add. (Valid Function Codes are A‐ Add/V‐Verify/X‐ Cancel). It is a Maker –Checker driven function and thus is to be verified by another user of the same sol. 4. Data Inputs: FAMS record can be created only through a verified EXTM reference no. User has to select the appropriate EXTM reference with the help of F2 searcher. 5. F2 EXTM searcher List: (Shift + F4 to select the record) 6. Select the item purchased with the F2 searcher at the field Item Code: 7. Item Code searcher List: (Shift + F4 to select the record) Only one item is to be selected at one time and related data inputs related to selected item be provided in the data input fiels as shown in the following table and in case of multiple items A‐ add function to be invoked again to add rest other items after successful save/generation of asset id of the current record: Field Name
Valid Values/
Item Cost
Cost of individual item/Per item cost
Item Quantity
Total count of selected item
Total Amt
Total amount for items (Item Quantity*Item Cost). Protected system will internally calculate the amount. This amount shall be less than or equal to the Voucher amount.
Item Srl No
Optional field for all items except SFF – IT/ITPBP/ATMKS
Item Make
Optional field for all items except SFF – IT/ITPBP/ATMKS
Item Model
Optional field for all items except SFF – IT/ITPBP/ATMKS
Item Particulars
Reference text for the item like sub specifications (i.e 6 seater sofa)/ usage location etc.
Purchase Date
Purchase Date should be less than or equal to BOD Date and it cannot be earlier than 1 year from BOD
Put to use Date
Put to use concept is applied on IT items, where items are installed and payment is made on subsequent date. On such items the depreciation is calculated from put to use date instead of purchase date. For IT items Put to use date is earlier or equal to BOD Date, for rest other items it is equal to Purchase Date.
EMP PF No
Mandatory only for SFF of EMP for others system will populate value as NA
Flat ID
Mandatory only for items of Bank Flats for others system will populate value as NA
Continue
Y/N. Enter Y/N‐ Y and press F4 to save the record.
Asset Id
Unique Asset id will be generated on saving the record. Kindly note the asset Id for future references and record.
8.
Kindly note the asset Id for future references and record. Enter Y and press F4 in case of multiple asset creation against same EXTM reference no. and follow the guidelines afore mentioned in steps 6 and 7. User to ensure that Voucher amount and assets entered amount are tallied, and no further asset creation against that EXTM reference no. is allowed after that.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[143]
9.
Operation Code: X‐ Cancel Asset creation: Incase of any incorrect data entry user is required to cancel the previous record using operation Code C and function code X. Cancellation is allowed only on unverified records. User to select the record to be verified through F2 searcher at field Asset Id.
10. Operation Code: V‐ Verification of Asset Creation. The assets created are to be verified by another user of the same sol through function code V. User to select the record to be verified through F2 searcher at field Asset Id. 11. Reports : Menu option FAMSRPT and reports available are: 1. FAMS ITEMS MASTER PRINT: Users to generate Item Master and ensure that EXTM vouchers are posted under correct category and sub category codes for paymet. 2. REPORT FOR PENDING ASSETS AGAINST EXTM AS ON GIVEN DATE: Day End will not allow unless all the assets are tallied against the respective EXTM amounts. Users to generate report FAMSRPT option 2 for details of EXTMS against which assets are pending for creation/verification. 3. REPORT FOR FRESH PURCHASES DURING A PERIOD: details of the fresh purchases don during a period for a sol/Set. FRESH PURCHASE - RESIDENCE AND MCC FAMS has been enabled in CBS for capturing details of the assets purchased for employees/Offices and MCC under the following subcategories:
RESIDENTIAL (EMPLOYEE) SFF
OFFICE SFF:
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)
SFF SFF SFF SFF SW SW SW SFF SFF
IT ITPBP ATMKS ITSITE SYSTEMS APPLN CUSTM OFFCESFF LOCKRCHEST
(1) SFF (2) SFF (3) SFF MCC (1) MCC (2) MCC (3) MCC
SFFRESD CURTAINRESDNCE BATTERYRESDNCE
BICYC 4WHEELER 2WHEELER
FAMS (EMPLOYEE SFF) IN CBS Pre‐requisite for creating a FAMS record is to have a verified EXTM reference number. For expenses on SFF for employee, the EXTM is to be posted in following three sub categories, based upon the expense on the item type. Menu option EXTM is to be used only for fresh purchase of SFF assets and not for effecting transfer of assets of across the SOL. (1)
SFF ‐ SFFRESD: For fresh purchase of approved SFF items for employees except Curtains and Battery. (Pl. refer PAD, HO circular no 130/ 2012 dated 19‐12‐2012 for list of approved SFF items for employees). FAMSRPT 1 to be generated for details of items available under any
subcategory. Kindly contact HO, GSAD for addition/modification in any item codes and related categories. (2) (3)
SFF ‐ CURTAINRESDNCE : Purchase of Residential curtains SFF ‐ BATTERYRESDNCE : Fresh purchase/replacement of residential batteries.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[144]
Users to ensure posting of expense vouchers under correct category and subcategory in EXTM for purchase of particular item. In EXTM fields a mandatory field, FAMS Employee ID is mandatorily be entered for purchases done for the respective employee for the aforementioned EXTM categories. List of employees in user’s sol is available with the help of F2 searcher at field FAMS EMP ID along with their available remaining limits under the selected subcategory. The limits of Scale 4 and above are inclusive of their Extra Item limits and Office set up at residence for Scale 7 and above. System will not allow posting EXTMs for an employee if: 1. Voucher amount is beyond the available limits of the employee. 2. Employee having SFF assets in two different sols, the details of items already availed by an employee can be generated through FAMSRPT report option 4. 3. Any unverified EXTM outstands for that employee. 4. FAMS creation is pending for creation/verification against any EXTM number for that employee. Menu Option : FAMS (C->A) After EXTM verification, Assets of the employee are to be captured through menu option FAMS. User has to select the EXTM no with the help of F2 searcher and EMP id will be auto populated in the field EMP PF No.(Employee number as entered in EXTM). Field_Name EXTM Num Item Code PF Num Invoice No Merchant Details Usage(O/R/E)
Continue
Description F2‐ Selection. F2‐ Selection. Default populated from the EXTM number being selected. Bill no. of the item being capitalized. Seller Name Usage of the item being capitalized. 1) R – Residential Purpose for all scales [1‐7]. 2) O – Setting up Office at residence [Scale 7 and above] 3) E – Item being purchased under Extra item [scale 4 and above i.e Extra Cooler and ACs] Y/N
Following functions are available under FAMS C: C ‐> X: For cancellation of records before verification. C ‐> V: For Verification of entered assets. C ‐> D: For deletion of assets after verification but before charging of depreciation. Frequently asked Questions: EXTM created but Item not being displayed under the item code in FAMS (C‐>A)? The issue arises when EXTM is posted under wrong category and sub category code. For updation of correct categories in verified EXTMs but only in those cases old and new sub categories are being debited to same account. ZC users have been provided menu option EXTMUPD and branches to contact their concerned circle Help desk for necessary rectifications. Users to refer Item Master report generated through menu option FAMSRPT 1 and post vouchers under correct category and ensure posting.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[145]
EXTM debited to wrong category and subcategory? In such reversals effected account.
cases GU100 work class has been provided with menu option EXTMDEL, for of wrongly created EXTM expenditure vouchers of their sols. The reversal will be by debiting the suspense head and crediting the respective EXTM expenditure Suspense to be accordingly adjusted by passing correct vouchers.
EXTM addition not being allowed due FAMS pending for creation/verification? Such cases arise if users have either created assets but not verified or have created/verified assets with amount lesser than the voucher amount. System will not allow further postings in EXTM if any EXTM prior to BOD date is pending for assets creation. Users to ensure creation of assets equal to voucher amount and remaining amount against the voucher is Zero. Details of such pending EXTMs is available under FAMSRPT 2. Remaining amount is < Re 1: System will not allow creation of assets with purchase value less than Re1. In such cases, the remaining amount be adjusted with the previously created assets under the same EXTM or if no assets have been created kindly delete such EXTM through menu option EXTMDEL. DAILY MONITORING SYSTEM(DMS)-SUBSTITUTION OF MORNING CHECKING I)
The following reports will be available in CTRPT: 1) Generate reports for a given date 2) (a) Generate report for status of checking of daily monitoring reports (b) Generate report for CTRPTCHK reports not checked on given date for a given circle 3) Generate NEFT / RTGS dormant reports for a given date 4) Generate exception report for SBVID(vidyarthi) scheme 5) Generate report for incoming & outgoing account transfer request as on date 6) Loan account where limitation is going to expire in 3 months By using Option (1) following reports are available : 1(a) – Report on manual transaction in system only account.(Can also PNBRPT 9/91) 1(b) – Transaction entered / verified by same employee (Can also DAYRPT 2/20a) 1(c) - Report on intersol TOD Granted in CC/OD accounts (Can also DAYRPT 2/28) 1(d) - GL Balance as on date (Can also be generated DAYRPT 6/1) 1(e) - Long Book Incumbent Incharge (Can also be generated PNBRPT 2/19) By using Option (3) following reports are available (Can also PNBRPT 9/133) 3(a) – NEFT Inward – List of dormant accounts 3(b) – RTGS Inward – List of dormant accounts By using Option (5) following reports are available 5(a) – Report of outgoing account transfer request 5(b) – Report of Incoming account transfer request
Note:
Other than Incumbent Incharge Transactions entered/posted by same employee will be checked by ZAO in respect of Incumbent Incharge and transaction done by other than II will be checked by Incumbent Incharge .
II) The following reports will be available in repective menu option as mentioned below:
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[146]
S/No 1 2 3 4
Report Name Menu Option Exceptional Transactions Report EXCPRPT Temporary Overdraft Report TODRP Outstanding Proxy Posted Transactions SPTM and MSGOIRP Report on Position of Assets and Morning checking report on home page of Liablities finacle. 5 UPM Changes Reports AFP for UPR The following checks have been enabled in the system All the above reports shall be monitored/checked by Incumbent Incharge himself on daily basis. In case of branches: Incumbent may through an office order delegate the job of monitoring/checking of above reports (except at S/No. I-1: Long book of Incumbent Incharge, I-6: Report on Dormant accounts credited through NEFT/RTGS on a given date and II-4: Report on Position of Assets and liabilities) to the second man of the branch. Further the second man in case of VLB/ELB branches shall not be lower than Sr.Manager. In case of back offices all the reports are to be checked by Incumbent Incharge. CBS system wil keep track of the checking of reports and if on last day of the week, any of the reports is not found checked for the week days, system will not allow to perform DAY-END. After checking of all the above reports as per defined procedure of I&AD in captioned circular, a certificate of having checked all the reports will be given through menu option: CTRPTCHK for which a report will be available in PR of user who invoked menu option CTRPTCHK and also in CTRPT 2. EXPNDITURE MONITORING SYSTEM IN CBS For monitoring expenditure ( both capital and revenue) incurred in various heads including process of seeking confirmation/sanctions a CBS utility has been developed and deployed. 1)
The framework broadly is governed through the matrix of powers vested under various categories of branches/offices and Scale of officer passing the expenditure as per various power charts circulated by concerned divisions. Master data of vested powers, limits and budgets along with the validity period of such powers will be maintained in the system by the respective owner Division, centrally at DC level.
2)
Authorization based on User ids: The framework is designed to capture expenditure details by a user of any work class but the authorization shall finally be done by authorized official in‐charge (upto Scale 3 incumbents) or to whom the power has been delegated. In case of office headed by scale 4 and above, any user can verify the transaction but capturing of authorization user detail will be mandatory for validation against the corresponding power chart.
3)
The debit to GL and the SGL revenue heads will be system induced only after validating the vested powers /limits/budgets and no direct transaction can be placed by the branches or Offices. Direct debit to expenditure heads through TM will be restricted hence forth.
4)
Leave arrangements: The process flow enables capturing details of delegated user ids, who can authorize expenditure transactions in absence of authorized users.
5) Capturing of expenditure related details: The proposed functionality facilitates capturing of various expenditure related details like Invoice No., Invoice period, Vendor Details, applicable taxes etc(incase revenue expenditures) or quotation details, in case of capital expenditure. 6)
Any additional expenditure power given to a Branch/office will be managed by the respective controlling office.
7)
Provision to maintain budget and the sanctions will also to be maintained at CO/FGMO level for effective control of sanctions.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[147]
8)
Permission to exceed the powers/limit/budget is obtained in advance, such prior sanctions are to be granted in the system also by the controlling office.
9)
For any expenditure exceeding beyond vested powers/limits the details will be made available in the morning checking reports. After checking confirmation proposal is to be generated through system and sent to higher office for confirmation. Every note for sanction of the expenditure is to be enclosed with a print generated by the system for exercising control on budget and expenditure.
10) The expenditure will utilise amount from sanction limit based on pre‐sanction flag ‘Y’ as system will not report exception in case expenditure is within sanctioned / adhoc limit. Menu Option Menu SDMT
Description User Authorization for Tran. (Only DBA User can use)
EXTM
Expenditure transact. Maintenance Granting adhoc limit / pre sanction for expenditure
CCMT
EXTMREP
Report generation
EXTMUPD
Expenditure head updation
EXTMDEL
Details Adding / modification of the user who has the power to authorize the expenditure transactions. Any CBS User can use this menu for entering the expenditure transaction. Available to CO/FGMO/HO users for allowing adhoc limit / over sanctions etc. Transaction / adhoc / limit report generation and transfer to PC CO (ZC) user can update the head of the transaction generated through EXTM GU100 work class will use this menu
Reversal of wrongly created EXTM expenditure vouchers (For Details IT CBS Circular 12/2014 may be referred and GSAD Cir.16/2014) HANDLING OF TDS / SERVICE TAX / CENVAT IN EXTM MENU
Functional guidelines for Handling Service Tax (Incl. CENVAT)/ TDS in EMS Scenario 1 : Invoice with only TDS applicable. In such cases user has to enter values in two fields AMT (eg: say 100) and TDS (say 10), system will automatically calculate Final amount (as 100) and following vouchers will be passed by the system: Dr Expenditure head – 100 Cr Credit account – 90 Cr Sundry Deposit (TDS) – 10 Scenario 2 : Invoice with only Service Tax (ST) with out CENVAT. In such cases user has to enter values in two AMT (eg: say 100) and ST(say 10) and CENVAT flg as ‘N’, system will automatically calculate Final amount ( as 110) and following vouchers will be passed by the system: Dr Expenditure head – 110 Cr Credit account – 110
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[148]
Scenario 3 : Invoice with only Service Tax (ST) and CENVAT applicable. In such cases user has to enter values in fields AMT (eg: say 100), CENVAT flg ‘Y’ and ST (say 10), system will automatically calculate Final amount (as 110) and following vouchers will be passed by the system: Dr Expenditure head – 105 Dr Suspense CENVAT – 5 Cr Credit account – 110 Scenario 4 : Invoice with Service Tax (ST), CENVAT applicable, Penalty, VAT, TDS: In such cases user has to enter values in two fields AMT (eg: say 100), TDS (say 10), Penalty (say 10), VAT (say 10) and ST (say 10) with CENVAT flg ‘Y’, system will automatically calculate Final amount ( as 110) and following vouchers will be passed by the system: Dr Expenditure head ‐ 105 Dr Suspense CENVAT – 5 Cr Credit Account – 100 Cr Sundry TDS – 10 IMP: Users to ensure proper data entry as under: 1. Amt (Excl. Taxes): The amount to be entered is the amount towards services/product which is exclusive of taxes. enalty and TDS deductions will automatically handled by the system internally out of the final payment amount. Users should not modify AMT field on own 2. CENVAT Flag: Y for cases where Suspense CENVAT entry is to be passed else N. 3. Service Tax: Amount to be entered should be full Service tax amount i.e 50% CENVAT amount will be calculated by system automatically. 4. Final Amount : Final amount will be as under: Amt‐ Penalty + VAT+ Service Tax TDS voucher will be passed by the system out of Final Amount. 5. Payment involving TDS and ST with CENVAT are restricted through Cash transactions. Kindly select Tran type as T for expenditures involving TDS and Suspense CENVAT. 6. Reverse charges entries are to be handled manually. (For Details of Expenditure Head refer IT CBS Circular no. 15/2014 ) Running of Service Tax at Data Center level It is decided to run SERTAX command for each sol at data center level. A brief of the process is as under : 1. Branches would not be required to run SERTAX menu at month end. 2. Service tax would be calculated from data center on first working day of every month (for calculating Service tax for previous month), eg Service Tax calculation for the month of Oct 2013 would run on 01-11-2013 morning. 3. System would create the transaction and place the consolidated amount in the head 3171162 (Sundry Service tax). 4. The transaction would be created in entered stage. 5. Branches to verify the same (and make any adjustment, if required) and then post the transaction and also transfer the amount to Circle Office as they are doing presently. 6. The report for Service Tax generation has been made available at DAYRPT 10/59 and can be generated for any SOL/SET and period w.e.f 01-11-2013. Report for the period prior to that is available at PNBRPT 9/73A. 7. Also, branches to ensure that a manual counter check of the transaction created through SERTAX should be done by the concerned official to avoid mistakes in calculation and wrong payment of Service Tax before remitting the amount to CO.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[149]
PAN CARD (PERMANENT ACCOUNT NUMBER) BUSINESS 1) Receipt of PAN Card Stamps/Inventory at Circle Office: On receipt of Pan card stamps/Inventory at Circle office. The circle office enter the same in the system through menu option: PANSTP. Enter A to ADD and press F4. Enter the number of stamps received and press F4 system will automatically show amount per unit i.e. Rs.96/- and also display total value (No. of stamps * Amount per unit) and then press Y to ADD the record and press F4, system will display the Inventory number. 2)
Verification of Inventory of Pan card stamp (Circle Office): Inventory of pan card stamps will be verified through menu option: PANSTP. Enter V for verification of inventory number and press F4. Enter the inventory number and press F4 system will display all the data already entered after checking the same press enter Y to verify and press F4, record will be verified and system will automatically pass the following contra vouchers Dr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable Cr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable
3)
Transferring of Pan card stamps (stock) to respective branches: Circle office will transfer the stock of pan card stamps to their branches through menu option: PANSTP. Enter: T to transfer the inventory and press F4. Enter the sol_id where stock of stamps to be transferred and also enter no. of stamps and Y for transfer and press F4 ,system will display the inventory number.
4)
Verification of transfer of stock/inventory by circle office to branch: The above record will be verified through menu option: PANSTP. Enter V to verify and press F4. Enter stamp Inventory No. and V to verify the record and press F4 , the record will be verified and system will pass the following contra vouchers Cr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable Dr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable
5)
Receipt of Inventory of pan card stamps by branches: On receipt of inventory/stock of pan card stamps, branches will enter the same through menu option: PANSTP as given above at step no. 1 , system will pass the following contra vouchers Dr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable Cr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable
6)
7)
Issue of Pan card stamp by the branches: Branch will issue the pan card stamps to the customers through menu option: PANISS. Enter A to add and press F4. Enter: stamp no. Application No. Applicant name Applicant Address Mobile No. 12 digits including 91 as prefix. Tran. Type: C for cash T for transfer and debit account no./Instrument no. date etc And Y to Add and press F4 Press Y to add more record or otherwise enter N and press F4. Verification of Pan Card Issue by branches to customer: Issue of pan card to customer will be verified through menu option: PANISS. Enter stamp No. and press F4 system will display all the record and after checking the same enter Y to verify and press F4 the record will be verified and system will pass the following two vouchers.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[150]
1)
2)
Cr. 2061607: Income issue of Pan card (Rs.7/- per card) Cr.3171191: Pan card collection a/c (Rs.89/- per card Rs.78/-in J&K) Dr. Cash in hand/Customer’s debit account (Rs.96/-per card and Rs.85/- in J&K) Cr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable Dr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable On the ABH of each branch, system will automatically reverse the amount lying in pan card collection a/c and park the same in UTI-ITSL account and pass the following vouchers Dr.3171191: Pan Card collection a/c Cr.0153002100570792-UTI-ITSL account Branches are to ensure that after day-end the balance in the pan card collection a/c 3171191 should always be zero
CAPTURING OF MANDATE FOR METLIFE INSURANCE The mandate for met life insurance can be captured at any branch through menu option: METADM. Enter A to Add and press F4. Enter the following required fields P for Policy No. and A for application No. Policy No.(8 digits) or application No.(9 digits) Policy Holder’s name Amount Dr. Account account No. Pan No. (Not mandatory) Frequency of mandate (M-Monthly, Q-Quarterly, H-Half yearly, Y-Yearly) End date: date upto which mandate is required. Add: Y to add the record and press F4 System will show the MetLife no., the same should be verified by another user through menu option: METADM Enter V to verify and press F4 Enter MetLife No and Y to verify and press F4 Nodal office (solid 013300) will upload the file through menu option: METUPLD for debiting the customer’s accounts
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[151]
INDICATIVE LIST OF CBS MENU Menu Description
Details
LOANS AND ADVANCES A/c Abnormal Limits/Details AALM Maintenance Loan Advance Interest LADINAD Adjustment
A/c Abnormal Limits/Details Maintenance Loan Advance Interest Adjustment
LADISB LAGI
Loans Disbursement Loans General Inquiry
LAIDC LAIDCAU LAMP LAODR LAOPI
Interest Demand Effective Date Verify LAIDC Loan Account Master Print Loans Overdue Demand Reminder/Report Loans Overdue Position Inquiry
LAPAY
Loan Payment Menu
Recovery Transaction Entry for Loans
LAPSP
Loan Statement of Account
LARSH
Loan Account Pass Sheet Print Loans Repayment Schedule Report
PRELAX
PREPROCESSING LAXFRINT
LAXFRINT LVSI
Loans Transfer Interest Liability Loan Interest Version Slabs Inquiry
PARTINQ
Inquiry on Partitioned Account
PHINQ REPHASEI
Inquiry on History of Partition A/c Rephasement of EI Loans
REPHR SRM AALI
Rephased Overdue Loans Report Security Register Maintenance A/c Abnormal Limits/Details Inquiry
EMIINTR
EMI Loans Interest Details Report
LALIEN PDADM
Loans Lien Process Past Due Accounts Maintenance
EDUEMI EIRPTS
Education Loan Simple to EMI EI Reports
Past Due Accounts Details Maintenance Transfer Education Loan Accounts from Simple to EMI Report for EI Accounts
EIUPLDTI
LA Upload for EI Transfer In A/cs
LA Upload for EI Transfer In A/cs
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Loans Disbursement Transaction Entry Loans General Inquiry Corrects Interest Demand Effective Date and related Demand. Verification of LAIDC Loan Master Data Printout Loans Overdue Demand Reminder/Report Loans Overdue Position Inquiry
Loans Repayment Schedule Report PREPROCESSING LAXFRINT Transfer Interest Liability to Main Account for Simple Interest accounts after repayment of principal Loan Interest Version Slabs Inquiry Inquiry on Partitioned Account – consolidated Inquiry on History of Partition A/c with date Range Rephasement of EI Loans Rephased Overdue Loans Report Entry of Security of DL/TL/CC/OD Inquiry of A/c Abnormal Limits/Details Inquiry EMI Loans Interest Details Report Loans Lien Process Batch job at day begin
Details
[152]
Menu
Description
Details
LADSP LAMOD
Loans Demand Process Loans Demand Process Loans Modelling
LAULPT
A/cs with LastPartTran N
LAUPLDMD
Loans Upload Demands
LAUPLOAD HLNI HLNM LLIR LNDI
Loan Other Details Upload Limit Node Inquiry Limit Node Maintenance Limit Liability Inquiry/Report Limit Node Details Inquiry Limit Node History/Tran Inquiry/Report Limit Node Inquiry Limit Node Maintenance Limit Node Maintenance Menu Limit Node Revaluation Limit Tree Lookup Mark Accounts as Past Due/Non Accrue Modify Effective Asset Classification Recovery/Reversal After Charge Off Retransfer Past Due Accounts
LADGEN
LNHTIR LNI LNM LNMMU LNREV LTL MAPD MEAC RACO RPDA ADINTREC ACTODI ACTODM ACTODMAU TODCS TODM TODRP KCM ACINT
Generation Satisfaction
Loans Demand Generation Process and Interest Application for TL/DL only Loans Demand Satisfaction Process After LALIEN Batch job at day begin Loans Modelling A/cs with Last Part-Tran N instead of 'Y' Loans Upload Demands for Transfer-in Accounts - non -EMI Loan Other Details Upload for EI type of Accounts run after EIUPLDTI Limit Node Inquiry Limit Node Maintenance Limit Liability Inquiry/Report Limit Node Details Inquiry Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit Limit
Node History/Tran Inquiry/Report Node Inquiry Node Maintenance Node Maintenance Menu Node Revaluation Tree Lookup
Mark Accounts as Past Due/Non Accrue Modify Effective Asset Classification Recovery/Reversal After Charge Off Retransfer Past Due Accounts
ACLHMAU
ADVANCE INTEREST RECOVERY Account TOD Inquiry Account TOD Maintenance Account TOD Maintenance TOD Criteria and Selection Account TOD Maintenance TOD Register Printing Krishi Card Maintenance Interest Run For Accounts Account Limit History Maintenance Account Limit History Maintenance
Verify ACLHM
OLAPS
Subsidy linked loan a/c opening
Open loan account with principal subsidy
TMPS
Transaction Maintenance
HOAACVSB
SUBSIDY LINK A/C IN AFI
Transaction maintenance for principal subsidy UPDATION OF SUBSIDY LINK A/C APPEARING IN AFI AFTER VERIFICATION ALSO
ACLHM
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
For Education Loan Account TOD Inquiry TOD Addition/Modification TOD - ACTODM Verification TOD Addition/Modification TOD Inquiry TOD Register Interest Run For CC/OD accounts Limit Maintenance
[153]
Menu
Description
Details
LAULPT
LOANS ACCOUNT UPDATION
LPSP
LOAN PASSSHEET PRINTING GENERATION OF PRINCIPAL DMD
GENPRDM OLAPS
LOANS ACCOUNT LAST PART TRAN FLAG ‘Y’ LOAN PASSSHEET PRINTING A4 SIZE -;LAZER PRINTER GENERATION OF PRINCIPAL DMD(rpt pnbrpt3/52)
INTKCC
LOAN A/C OPENING Charging of overdue interest KCC Accounts
TOACM
Takeover of loan a/cs
OPEN LOAN A/C WITH PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY Change of interest table code for irregular KCC accounts Capturing details of previous bank while taking over the account from other bank
DICALC
De-recognized income calculation
DI CALCULATION
NPADET
NPAdetails entry
NPA Details entry in the accounts
NPAD
NPA DETAILS
Sub menu of NPADET for details of NPA
COWO
Compromise/WO details
Compromise / write off details entry
SARF
Sarfaesi details
Sarfaesi details of accounts entry
RCYM
Recovery details
Recovery detail entry in the a/c
RADM
Recovery agent details
Recovery agent details entry
MISC
Misc details
Misc. details of NPA accounts entryh
in
FOREIGN EXCHANGE Menu Description AMHOB View amortised History of Bills BIBOOK Interest Booking for Bills Transaction Advice Printing FBADVP (FXBIL)
Transaction Advice Printing (FXBIL)
FBAIC
Advance Interest Calculated
Report - Advance Intt Collected in Foreign Bills
FBBR
Foreign Bills Balancing Register
FBDLNK
Foreign Bills Balancing Register FOREIGN BILL DISCREPANCY REPORT Foreign Bills to be De linked Statement
Foreign Bills to be De linked Statement - Report
FBECGC FBEF
ECGC Charge Details Bills of Entry Statement
ECGC Charge Details on Foreign bills Fex Bills Failure Statement
FBENC FBER
Foreign Bills ENC Statement Export Register Report
Foreign Bills Export Negotiated and Sent for Collection Statement - for RBI Export Bills Register
FBDISCR
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Details View amortised History of Bills Interest booking for Bills
FOREIGN BILL DISCREPANCY REPORT
[154]
Menu
Description
Details
FBERC
Foreign Bills Export Claim Report
FBEXTD FBHI FBI
DTMR
Extended Foreign Bills Statement Foreign Bills History Inquiry Foreign Bills Inquiry Interest Collected on Foreign Bills Import Register Report Foreign Bills Maintenance Statement of Overdue Import Bills Foreign Bills Printing List of Pending and Dishonored Bills FEX Bills Parameter Master Inquiry Foreign Bills Purchased Subsidiary FEX Bills Register Inquiry Foreign Bills SNC Statement Undrawn Balance Register Contra Transaction for Export Bills FEX Period Table Code Inquiry Bill of Entry Maintenance XOS Charge Calculation XOS Statement Report on Expiring Documentary Credits DC Printing Query on Documentary Credits Query and Modify Documentary Credits Documentary Credits Query Printing Documentary Credits Register Printing DC Reports and Advises Statement of Documentary Credit Inward Documentary Credits Maintenance Outward Documentary Credits Maintenance Foreign DD/TT/MT Issued Register
Foreign Bills Export Claim Report Statement of Foreign bills with Extended due date. Foreign Bills History Inquiry Foreign Bills Inquiry
Foreign DD/TT/MT Issued Register
FBIEC
Issue of Encashment Certificate
Issue of Encashment Certificate
FBICS FBIR FBM FBOIB FBP FBPADB FBPMI FBPS FBRI FBSNC FBUBR FBXFR FPTI INBOEM XOSCHRG XOSSTMT DCEXPLST DCPRINT DCQRY DCQRYM DCQRYP DCREG DCRPTS DCSTMT IDCM ODCM
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Interest Collected on Foreign Bills Import Register Report Foreign Bills Maintenance Statement of Overdue Import Bills Foreign Bills Printing List of Pending and Dishonored Bills FEX Bills Parameter Master Inquiry Foreign Bills Purchased Subsidiary Ledger FEX Bills Register Inquiry Foreign Bills SNC Statement Undrawn Balance Register Contra Transaction for Purchase bills which are fully recovered. FEX Period Table Code Inquiry Data input for Bill of Entry XOS Charge Calculation XOS Statement Report on Expiring Documentary Credits DC Details Printing Query on Documentary Credits Query and Modify Documentary Credits Report Documentary Credits Query Printing Documentary Credits Register Printing DC Reports and Advises Statement of Documentary Credit Inward Documentary Credits Maintenance Outward Documentary Credits Maintenance
[155]
Menu FCNPS FCTCSCMR FIRCR IRM ORM REMPRINT CNCLFWC EXTFWC FWCHI FWCLIAB FWCODLST FWCQRY FWCRG MNTFWC CLSPCA DEFPC DLYPCFC ECGCPC
Description Foreign Currency Purchase Sale Report FCTC Stock-Cum-Movement Register Report Foreign Inward Remittance Certificate Inward Remittances Maintenance Outward Remittances Maintenance Print a Foreign Outward DD Cancellation of forward contracts Change validity of forward contracts Forward Contract History Inquiry F/C Liability Register List of overdue and matured F/Cs Query on forward contracts Forward booking register printing Maintain Forward Contracts Batch Closure Of PCA Accounts Default Packing Credits under WTPCG/PCG Daily PCFC Report
Details Foreign Currency Purchase Sale Report FCTC Stock-Cum-Movement Register Report Foreign Inward Remittance Certificate Inward Remittances Maintenance Outward Remittances Maintenance Print a Foreign Outward DD Cancellation of forward contracts Change validity of forward contracts Forward Contract History Inquiry Forward Contract Liability Register List of overdue and matured Forward Contracts Query on forward contracts Forward Contract Booking Register Printing Maintain Forward Contracts Packing Credit Report of Default Packing Credits under WTPCG/PCG Daily PCFC Report ECGC Premium Calculation on non-running packing credit accounts.
RINTRPT
ECGC Premium Calculation ECGC Calculation for RPC disbursements Reports Of PCA Accounts PCFC Balancing Report Packing Credit Interest Calculation Packing Credit Liability List Party wise Liability Register Party wise Overdue Packing Credits Interest Inquiry For RPC Accounts Interest Report For RPC Disbursements
Interest Report For RPC Disbursements
RPCINT RPCRPT
Interest For RPC Disbursements Reports Of RPC Accounts
Interest For RPC Disbursements Reports Of RPC Accounts
RPCTM
RPC Transactions Maintenance
RPC Transactions Maintenance
ECGCRPC PCARPT PCFCBAL PCINT PCLIALST PLR POVDPC RINTINQ
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
ECGC Calculation for RPC disbursements Reports Of PCA Accounts PCFC Balancing Report Packing Credit Interest Calculation Packing Credit Liability List Party wise Liability Register Party wise Overdue Packing Credits Interest Inquiry For RPC Accounts
[156]
Menu
Description Receivers Correspondent Bank Maintenance
Details
Swift Message Generation Swift Messages Inquiry Swift Messages Maintenance SWIFT Messages menu Transfer Swift Messages Position Of Currency
EXPODM EXPRPT FBSTAT6
Swift Message Generation Swift Messages Inquiry Swift Messages Maintenance SWIFT Messages menu Transfer Swift Messages Position Of Currency Export Order Details Maintenance Reports Of Export Orders STAT 6 Report
FPCM FXACSTMT
Party Code Maintenance Statement of FX Accounts
FXPSRG HCRNPOS HRTHQRY PRRTL
Purchase / Sale register printing Position of Currency Rate list History Query Rate list Printing R-Return and Schedules Statements R Return5 Report Rate list History Query Update of Treasury Rate NEXT NUMBER TABLE UPDATION Money transfer service AML online alerts exception
RCBM SMG SMI SMM SMMU TRSWIFT CRNPOS
RRETURN RRETURN5 RTHQRY UPDMOR NNTM MTSS AMLEXCP
Receivers Correspondent Bank Maintenance
Maintenance of Export Order Details Reports Of Export Orders STAT 6 Report Party Code Maintenance for Customer's Customer Statement of FX Accounts Purchase / Sale register printing Position of Currency Rate list History Query Rate list Printing R-Return and Schedules Statements R Return5 Report Rate list History Query Update of Treasury Rate NEXT NUMBER TABLE UPDATIONOF EV.YEAR Money transfer service Scheme entry AML Online alerts exception override
FOREX
INLAND BILLS Menu BM BILINQ HOCRCC
Description Bills Maintenance BILL INQUIRY FOR RCC Collection of outstation chq thru RCC
Details Bills Maintenance BILL INQUIRY FOR RCC Collection of outstation chq thru RCC
ABC
Advance against Bills for Collection
Advance against Bills for Collection for Changing the Security Value of the account after lodgement/Realisation of ABC bills
AICR
Advanced Interest Collected Report
Advanced Interest Collected Report
AMHOB BCSI
View amortised History of Bills Bills/Chqs Covering Schedule - Inter Br Bills/Chqs Covering Schedule - Inter Bk Bills Discrepancy Report
View amortised History of Bills Bills/Cheques Covering Schedule -Outward Bills PNB Branch Bills/Cheques Covering Schedule -Outward Bills other Bank Bills Discrepancy Report
BCSO BDISCREP
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[157]
Menu BDR
Details Report Of Pending And Dishonoured Bills
BDTR
Description Review Of Pending And Dishonoured Bills Bills Due Today But Unpaid
BEHI BI BIBOOK BICR BILLR BINTRPT BLIP
Bills Events History Inquiry Bills Inquiry Interest Booking for Bills Bills Interest Collected Report Outward Bills Reminders Interest Report For Bills Bills - Overdue Interest Payment
Bills Events History Inquiry Bills Inquiry Interest booking for Bills Bills Interest Collected Report Outward Bills Reminders Interest Report For Bills Interest payment for Delayed Realisation
BLRTI BP BPMI BRCR
Bills Register Type Inquiry Bills Printing Bills Parameter Master Inquiry Balancing Report - Collection
Bills Register Type Inquiry Bills Printing Bills Parameter Master Inquiry Balancing Report - Inland Bills for Collection
BRRBPR
Bills Register Report - Bills Purchased Bills Register Report - Collection
Bills Register Report - Bills Purchased
Co-accepted Bills Customer Bills Inquiry Drawee Wise Dishonored Bills Report
FI ICH
Co-accepted Bills Bills Inquiry Drawee Wise Dishonored Bills Report Fate Inquiry Instant Credit History Maintenance
INWBI LBDR MFBM MTBP UBDTR
Inward Bill Intimation Local Bills Discounted Report Multi Tenor Bills Maintenance Multi Tenor Bills Printing Usance Bill Discounted Report
Inward Bill Intimation Report on Local Bills Discounted Multi Tenor Bills Maintenance Multi Tenor Bills Printing Report on Usance Bills Discounted
BRRCR CABR CUBI DRDBR
INVENTORY AND CHEQUE BOOK Menu Description IMC Inventory Movement between Locations IMCG Inventory Movement between Locations IMCGLD Inventory Movement between Locations IMI Inventory Movement Inquiry ISI Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge-EM ISIA Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge ISR Inventory Status Report-EM ISRA Inventory Status Report ITI Instruments Table Inquiry
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Report for Bills Due Today But Unpaid
Bills Register Report - Collection
Fate Inquiry - for Issuing Reminders Instant Credit History Maintenance
Details Inventory Movement between Locations Inventory Movement between Locations Inventory Movement between Locations Inventory Movement Inquiry Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge-EM Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge
Inventory Status Report Instruments Table Inquiry
[158]
Menu CBP CBPR CHBD CHBIR CHBM
CHBMAU ECHRAC HCHBM HII ICHB ICHBAU REVSTOP SPP SPPAU SPRG SRMMU SRMRPTS
Description Cheque Book Printing (Range of Accounts) Cheque Book Printing Chequebook Destroy Cheque Book Issued Register Chequebook Maintenance
Chequebook Maintenance Enter Cheques Rejected at Counter Chequebook Maintenance Hot Items Inquiry Issue Chequebooks Issue Chequebooks Revoke stop payment Stop Payment Processing Stop Payment Processing Stop Payment Register Security Register Maintenance Menu Security Register Module Reports
Chequebook Maintenance Hot Items Inquiry Issue Chequebooks Verify ICHB Revoke stop payment Stop Payment Processing Stop Payment Processing Stop Payment Register Security Register Maintenance Menu Security Register Module Reports
Transfer Accounts
IMAUM
Inventory Movement Authorization Update Cheque Status
Inventory Movement Authorization
Change of status from unused to issued (U to I)
Personalised cheque book received at branch instead of customer
CHQSTAT
between
Cheque Book Printing Chequebook Destroy Cheque Book Issued Register Mark Acknowledgement, Caution, Destroy Unused Leaves, Revoke Caution of Cheque books Verify CHBM Enter Cheques Rejected at Counter
XFCHACAU
UCS
Cheques
Details Cheque Book Printing (Range of Accounts)
Verify Transfer of Cheques between Accounts
Updating status of the cheque
RTGS Menu
Description
Details
ECSDRRET ECSI
ECS DEBIT RETURNING ECS MANDATE
ECSM
ECS Mandate Maintenance
ECS DEBIT RETURNING MODULE ECS Debit Mandate (Inward) ECS Debit Mandate Entry and Modification AND Deletion
ECSUPLD
ECS RETURN UPLOAD FORM
ECS Entry of Returning
EGOC
ECS Generate Outward Clearing
IFSCI
IFSCI Code Enquiry
ECS Generate Outward Clearing File Inquiry of Bank and Branch code and address for RTGS and NEFT
HRTGS
RTGS
RTGS/NEFT Entry/ Verification/Inquiry - ONS
RTGSPNB
RTGS REPORTS
Report Related to RTGS - Main Server
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[159]
Menu RTGSRPT NEFTPNB NEFTRPT FPMNT - ADD FPMNT – VERIFY FPBULK FPBULKV FPRPT
Description
Details
RTGS REPORTS NEFT REPORTS NEFT REPORT NG-RTGS FORMAT MSG VERIFY RTGS MESSAGE BULK UPLOADING RTGS BULK VERIFICATION RTGS RELATED REPORT
Report Related to RTGS - MIS server Report - Main server REPORT – MIS Server RTGS MESSAGE NEW FORMAT RTGS BULK UPLOADING IN CBS BULK RTGS VERIFICATION REPORTS OF FPRPT
GUARANTEE Menu
Description
Details
BGLIMIT
Guarantee LIMIT
Inquiry for Limits for BG for a Customer
BGMARGIN BGPRINT
Report of Margin on Bank Guarantees Report of List of Bank Guarantees
DPGR GI
BG Margin Printing BG Printing Deferred Payment Register Guarantee Inquiry
GMM
Guarantee Master Maintenance
GP GPI BGCLOSE
Guarantee Printing Guarantee Parameters Inquiry Bank Guarantee Closure
Guarantee Deferred Payment Guarantee Register Inquiry for Guarantees All Guarantee Operations Printing of Inquiry of Guarantees - Report of GI Guarantee Parameters Inquiry Bank Guarantee Closure
CLEARING Menu MCLZOH OCTM TROFSETS OCTV OIQ OPQ MARKPEND REJREP REVPEND RMI MICZ ICTM IOCLS
Description Maintain Clearing Zone Outward Clg Transaction Maintenance Transfer Of Sets Clearing Transaction Verification Outward Clearing Instruments Inquiry Outward Clg Part Tran Inquiry Mark Pending Rejected Instruments Report/Advice Revoke Pending Read Media Input Maintain Inward Clearing Zone Inward Clearing Transaction Maintenance Inquire On Clearing Transaction Sets
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Details Maintain Clearing Zone Outward Clg Transaction Maintenance Transfer Of Sets Clearing Transaction Verification Outward Clearing Instruments Inquiry Outward Clg Part Tran Inquiry Mark Pending Rejected Instruments Report/Advice Revoke Pending Read Media Input Maintain Inward Clearing Zone Inward Clearing Transaction Maintenance Inquire On Clearing Transaction Sets
[160]
Menu
Description
Details
ACSBIO
Account Shadow Balance Inquiry
OICR
Account Shadow Balance Inquiry Collection of outstation chq thru RCC Large Amt Chqs Disc - Daily Reporting Large Amt Chqs Disc - Monthly Reporting Lodging a instrument at sending branch Lodging a instrument in clearing at RCC Batch job at ABH for realization and dishonour
OSRPT
Reports of HOICM etc
CCRCC LCDDR LCDMR HOICM OILC
REMITTANCES Menu DDMI DDSM DDPRNT DDUPDT LDDRECON RMLOST TFDDHOC DDPALL DDBP DDREPRNT DDLOST DDNPADV
Collection of outstation chq thru RCC Large Amt Cheques Disc - Daily Reporting Large Amt Cheques Disc - Monthly Reporting ODBC collection through RCC Lodging a instrument at RCC already lodged through HOICM by sending branch Batch job at ABH for realization and dishonor Reports on HOICM
Description Mass Issue Entry DD Status Maintenance Demand Draft/Cash Order Printing Reconcile Paid/Unpaid Outstanding Entry LOCALIZED DD REPORTS Revoke Lost Status of Non-Fin Draft DD Transfer To H.O. Print all unprinted DDs/Cash Orders Demand Drafts Batch Printing Reprint a DD/ Print advice Entry of Reported Lost
Details Mass Issue Entry DD Status Inquiry Demand Draft/Cash Order Specific Printing Reconcile Paid/Unpaid Outstanding Entry Non Finacle DD REPORTS Revoke Lost Status of Non-Fin Draft DD Transfer To H.O. Serial Wise Print all unprinted DDs/Cash Orders Demand Drafts Batch Printing Reprint a DD/ Print advice Entry of DD Reported Lost Entry of Receipt of Non Payment Advice Revert Status from Reported Lost/ Non Payment Advice Recd Issue of Duplicate DD Cancellation of DD Issued DD Inquiry Paid DD Inquiry Specific DD Issued Inquiry Specific DD Paid Inquiry DD Issue Reports
NFADV
Entry of Receipt of NPA Revert Stat from RepLost/ NPA Recd Issue of Duplicate DD Cancellation of DD DD Credits Inquiry DD Debits Inquiry Specific DD Issued Inquiry Specific DD Paid Inquiry DD Issue Reports Acknowledge Non-Finacle Draft Advice
NFADVREV
Reversal of NonFin ADVC RCPT
Reversal of Non Finacle ADVC Entered Wrongly
DDREVERT DDD DDC DDIC DDID DDII DDIP DDIR
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Entry Non-Finacle Draft Advice
[161]
Menu NFCAN NFLOST DDPREV BCREPORT DDREPRNT DDPRNUP DDCRNUP DDNPADV
Description Details Respond Non-Finacle Draft Cancellation Entry of Non-Finacle Draft Cancellation Mark Loss of Non-Finacle Draft Mark Loss of Non-Finacle Draft Non - Finacle DD Wrongly Paid Reversal > DD Paid Reversal 25000 Bankers Cheque Recon Report Bankers Cheque Recon Report DUPLICATE DD DUPLICATE DD PRINTING DD PRINTING STATUS UPDATE DDPRINTING STATUS UPDATE DDCAN CELLATION TRANS. FAIL DDCANCELLATION TRANS. POSTING FAIL DD NON PAYMENT ADV MARKING DD NON PAYMENT ADV MARKING
TERM DEPOSITS Menu
Details
FOAAC
Description SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-A/c Closure SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-A/c Opening
PFOAAC
RD account opening for PF
RD Account opening for PF deductions
FDSKMOPN
PNB SAKSHAM SCHEME SWECHA JAMA YOJNA(FLEXI RD)-Overdue Trf. SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)- Trf. in a/c RD Pass Book Printing TD Account Open Modification Open an TD Account TDS Inquiry & Printing Term Deposit from Banks A/c Opening TD Account Purge TD Renewal History Details Sweeps Batch Operations TD Batch operations Term Deposit Extension Term Deposit Renewal Account Balance Details Anupam Account Scheme A/c Closing Deposit Modeling Due Notice Deposits Receipt Print Deposits Receipt Print [Duplicate] Flexi RD Details Flow Amt-wise Distribution of Deposits
SAKSHAM WITH MORATARIUM PLAN
FCAAC
FOVER MFOAAC RDPBP HOAACMTD HOAACVTD HTDSIP OAACFDBK PUTDACC RENHIST SWOPS TDBATCH TDEXT TDREN ACDET ANUCLS DEPMOD DN DRP DUDRP FACI FDD
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-A/c Closure SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-A/c Opening
SWECHA JAMA YOJNA(FLEXI RD)-Overdue Trf. SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-Trf. in a/c RD Pass Book Printing TD Account Open Modification Open an TD Account TDS Inquiry & Printing Term Deposit from Banks A/c Opening TD Account Purge TD Renewal History Details Sweeps Batch Operations TD Batch operations Term Deposit Extension Term Deposit Renewal Account Balance Details Anupam Account Scheme A/c Closing Deposit Modelling Due Notice Deposits Receipt Print Deposits Receipt Print [Duplicate] Flexi RD Details Flow Amt-wise Distribution of Deposits
[162]
Menu FDLD
TVSI
Description Fixed Deposits Linked Details Fixed Deposits Opening Closure Details General Deposits Details Renewal History of TD Account Int Tbl Maintenance for Renewed FDs Maturity Period wise Dist of Deposits Pending Deposits Receipt Print Rate wise Distribution of Deposits Reprint Deposits Receipt Renewal of Fixed Deposits Refund TDS Remit TDS Scheme wise Distribution of Deposits TDS Calculation TDS Inquiry & Printing Term Deposits Interest Slabs Inquiry
RENHIST
RENEWAL HISTORY
IMACCUST
EXTENSION OF TD
FOVER TDRCL
TRANSFER MATURED RD GENERATE AUTO RENEWAL ADVICE
GENERATE AUTORENEWAL ADVICE
ACFRMI
CHECK BY INSPECTORS
MENU FOR ACFRM CHECK BY INSPECTORS
FLEXIPSP
FLEXI RD STT OF A/C
FDSCOPN
FLEXI RD STT OF A/C SENIOR CITIZEN TERM SCHEME
COMBOAC
PNB LAKHPATI SCHEME
PNB LAKHPATI SCHEME
RELACI
Related account lookup
Related account look up for deposit a/cs
TDSCODE
Updation TDS code
PRFUPD
Preference correction
Tax deduction rate code modification To facilitate interest correction in in Senior Citizen and staff accounts – Verify INTTM also after using this menu
FDOCD GDET HRENHIST INTTMFD MDD PENDDRP RDD REDRP RENTD RFTDS RMTDS SDD TDSCALC TDSIP
interest
Details Fixed Deposits Linked Details Fixed Deposits Opening Closure Details General Deposits Details Renewal History of TD Account Interest Table Maintenance for Renewed Fixed Deposits Maturity Period wise Dist of Deposits Pending Deposits Receipt Print Rate wise Distribution of Deposits Reprint Deposits Receipt Renewal of Fixed Deposits Refund TDS before remitting Remit TDS Scheme wise Distribution of Deposits TDS Calculation TDS Inquiry & Printing Term Deposits Interest Slabs Inquiry RENEWAL HISTORY OF A/C ON EXTENSION SYS.NOT EXTENS
AUTHOSING
TRANSFER MATURED RD
DEP SENIOR CITIZEN TERM DEP SCHEME
rate
LOCKER Menu
Description
Details
DDATE
Locker Due Date Diary Generation
Locker Due Date Diary Generation
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
TD
[163]
Menu LKCHM LKCM LKKM LKOPS LKRCM LKREPM LKRRBAT
Description Details Locker Transaction History Maintenance Locker Transaction History Maintenance Locker Customer Maintenance Locker Customer Entry, Modification LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE Locker Operation Maintenance Locker Operation Maintenance LOCKER RENT/CHARGES COLLECTION LOCKER RENT/CHARGES COLLECTION Locker Reports Maintenance Locker Reports Maintenance LOCKER RENT RECOVERY - BATCH LOCKER RENT RECOVERY - BATCH OPERATION OPERATION
LKCHMRPT
LOCKER CUSTOMER DETALS
LOCKER CUSTOMER DETAILS REPORT
LKCMRPT
LOCKER DETAILS
LOCKER DETAILED REPORTS.
GOLD COIN MENU GLDIN GLDINV GLDM GLDOUT GLDRPT GLDSL GLDSLI
GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD
GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD GOLD
COIN COIN COIN COIN COIN COIN COIN
STANDANDING INSTRUCTION Print SI SICL Customer
INWARD MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE OUTWARD REPORTS SALE SALE INQUIRY
Covering
Letter
COIN COIN COIN COIN COIN COIN COIN
INWARD MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE OUTWARD REPORTS SALE SALE INQUIRY
to Print SI Covering Letter to Customer
SIE SIETR SII
Standing Instructions Execution SIs Executed Today Report Standing Instructions Inquiry
Adhoc Execution of SI SIs Executed Today Report Standing Instructions Inquiry
SIM
To Add, modify, Cancel, Veify Sis
SIRP
Standing Instruction Maintenance Standing Instructions Register Printing
CFLM
Carry-Forward List Maintenance
Standing Instructions Register Printing To Maintain failed Sis, carried forward for Next Day
ACCOUNTS AND TRANSACTION MAINTENANCE Menu
Details
ACCBAL
Description Components of Account Balance Inquiry
ACFRM ACI ACIF ACIW
ANNEXURE A/C OPENING FORM Customer Accounts Inquiry Customer Accounts Inquiry Account Inquiry
ANNEXURE A/C OPENING FORM Customer Accounts Inquiry Customer Accounts Inquiry Account Inquiry
ACM
Customer Accounts Maintenance
Customer Accounts Maintenance
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Components of Account Balance Inquiry
[164]
Menu ACMAU
Description Account Maintenance
Details Account Maintenance
ACMF ACMW ACOPN ACS
Customer Accounts Maintenance Account Modification Account Opening Workflow Account Selection Transfer Accounts Between Schemes
Customer Accounts Maintenance Account Modification Account Opening Workflow Account Selection
ACXFRSC ACXFRSOL CAAC CAACAU CACC CAMC CCA CIPPRPT CRV CUIR CULI CUMI CUMM CUMP CUS CUMMSUSP DEPINT INQACHQ INTADV INTCERT INTPROOF JTHOLDER OAAC OAACAU OAACAUF OAACF TACBSH UNIVIEW XFCHBAC ACLI ALM INTSI
Transfer Accounts Between SOL Close an Account Close an Account Closure of Account Charge Collection Change Account Manager of Customer Change Customer Id of Account Customer Interest Pref and Peg Report CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP VIEW Customer Interest Report Customer Unutilised Limit Inquiry Customer Master Inquiry Customer Master Maintenance Customer Master Print Customer Selection Customer suspension Interest calculator for deposits Inquire Account Number for a Cheque Interest Rate Change Advice Interest Certificate Print Interest Proof Report List Joint Holders of an Account Open an Account Open an Account Open an Account Open an Account Transfer Accounts between Subheads Unified View Of Accounts Transfer Cheques between Accounts Account Ledger Inquiry Account Lien Maintenance Interest Slab Inquiry
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Transfer Accounts Between Schemes Transfer Accounts Between SOL Close an Account Verify Closure of Account Closure of Account Charge Collection Change Account Manager of Customer Change Customer Id of Account Customer Interest Pref and Peg Report CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP VIEW Customer Interest Report Customer Unutilised Limit Inquiry Customer Master Inquiry Add/Modify/Verify Customer Details Customer Master Print Customer Selection Customer ID Suspension where no a/c Interest calculator for deposits Inquire Account Number for a Cheque Interest Rate Change Advice Interest Certificate Print Interest Proof Report List Joint Holders of an Account Open an Account Open an Account Open an Account Open an Account Transfer Accounts between Sub-heads Unified View Of Accounts Transfer Cheques between Accounts Account Ledger Inquiry Account Lien Maintenance Interest Slab Inquiry
[165]
Menu INTTI ITCI QAB ASTI AITINQ PBP
Description Interest Table Inquiry Interest Table Code Inquiry Quarterly Average Balance Amount-slab Table Inquiry Account Interest Details Inquiry Pass Book Print
Details Interest Table Inquiry Interest Table Code Inquiry Quarterly Average Balance Amount-slab Table Inquiry Account Interest Details Inquiry Pass Book Print
ACLCM
Account Label Code Maintenance
ACLPCA ACTI
Customer Ledger Print Account Turnover Inquiry Account Freeze Status Maintenance Accounts Maintenance Menu Account Verification ACCOUNT OPENING
Account Label Code Maintenance To take ledger printout of criteria based selected accounts Account Turnover Inquiry
AFSM CACMMU OAACAU OAACW UPLOADB SHORTFAL
SPTM
Account Master Balance Upload SHORTFALL MAINTENACE DESTROY MORE THAN ONE CHEQUE BOOK CHEQUE BOOK FROM BACK OFFICE UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE VERIFICATION CAPTURE UNIQUE ID CHQ INOPERATIVE TO OPERATIVE Cash received menu Refund of BCTT Tax Deposits Transactions Maintenance Deposit Transactions Report Financial Transactions Inquiry Financial Transactions Inquiry & Report Inquire on Transactions ISO Commission Relaxation INTER-SOL TRANSFER TRANSACTION MENU Post Dated Transactions Maintenance Print Transaction Log System Pointing Transactions Maintenance
TEI TI TLR TM
Transactions Transactions Transactions Transactions
CHBD CBSCHQBK ACZDB ACMDB CHQSUR OPACTF CASHRCP BCTTREF DTM DTR FTI FTR IOT ISOCR ISTRF PTM PTW
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Exceptions Inquiry Inquiry List Report Maintenance
To Freeze/Unfreeze an Account Accounts Maintenance Menu Account Verification ACCOUNT OPENING Account Master Balance Upload SHORTFALL MAINTENACE CHEQUE REQUESITION OF CHEQUEBOOK FROM BACK OFFICE UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE VERIFICATION PNB SURAKSHA CAP.CHQ.DETAILS TRANSFER OF A/C FROM INOP TO OPR. System generated receipts for customers
Transaction of Fixed Deposits
Inquiry Morning Checking
[166]
Menu
TTUM
Description Details Transaction Template Maintenance Transfer Transaction Upload Maintenance
TV
Transaction Posting/Verification
Proxy
TMPS
Principal Subsidy Transaction
Transaction maintenance for Principal Subsidy
DIMGNVER
Unverified signatures
Deletion of un verified signatures
IMGMNT
Signature image maintenance
Signature maintenance
SIGVER
Signature verification
MASS signature verification
SLDIMG GCHRD/DUPPBCHARG E
Signature upload Charges handling
Signature upload maintenance Handling of duplicate passbook, statement charges.
ACTF
Account transfer request
Account transfer request from other sols
TTM
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS MDOAAC
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT OPEN EXISTING/NEW
MINI DEPOSIT EXISTING/NEW
ACCOUNT
OPEN
MDCAAC
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CLOSURE
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CLOSURE
MDACI
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT ENQUIRY
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT ENQUIRY
ACM
MINI DEPOSIT MODIFICATION
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT MODIFICATION
MDOVER
MINI DEPOSIT OVERDUE
TRANSFER TO OVERDUE CATEGORY
MISC MENU Menu AFINQU BKTI BRTI CTI DSPWFI
Description Audit File Inquiry Bank Table Inquiry Branch Table Inquiry Calendar Table Inquiry Workflow Items Inquiry
Area All All All All All
Details
DSPWFQ
Display Pending Workflow Items
All
Inquiry
GSPI
General Scheme Parameters Inquiry Interest Adjustment Register Maintenance Interest Table Maintenance Protect Interest Application Password
All All All
Alerts/inquiry Scheme parameter inquiry FD/bills etc
All
To lock your own user
IARM INTTM PAPW
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Interest
[167]
Menu PCUNIX ZTRUNIX PR PWMNT RRCDI SOLVAL AFI ABMR BR IMGMNT INTRUN PRTINQ
Description
Details
Transfer of File from PC to System Winzip / Winrar /tar transfer from PC to system Print Reports Password Maintenance Reference Code Inquiry Run Service Outlets Validation Process Audit File Inquiry Report of Accounts Below Min Balance Balancing Report Image Maintenance
CASHD
Interest Application - Individual A/c Print Queue Inquiry Minor Subsidiaries Outstanding Items Rep Minor Subsidiaries Transaction Report Cash charges relaxation handling in cbs Feeding closing cash balance of the branch
RINGFENC
Handling KYC non complaint account
DEAFC
Deaf claim refund online menu Capture token number for making cash payment on the basis of issued token
MSOIRP MSTRP CASHR
TOKEN
GOVERNMENT BUSINESS Menu Description GBM Government Business Module CUSTOMIZED GBM REPORTS FOR GBMRPT PNB EXCISE AND SERVICE TAX EASIEST COLLECTION EASIRPT REPORTS FOR EASIEST MCA21 Transaction for DOCA MCARPT Report for MCA21 menu option
All All All All All All DBA Deposit Deposit Deposit
To Print List of Accounts below minimum balance Signature maintenance
Deposit Report Report Report
GL
Closing of transaction
cash
Verification of transaction by Payment cashier
Details For CBDT, PPF, RBI Bond Reports for GBM Module Transactions in Excise and Service Tax Reports for Easiest Transactions in MCA Generation of reports in MCA
MCADN
Government Business Module
For downloading of reports of FP of MCA
VFYASSEE
MAINTAIN ASSESSE DETAILS
To add/verify new assesse code
Debit card management
Card entry management in CBS
DEBIT CARD DCARD
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[168]
Menu
Description
Details
DCARDINS
Debit card inventory
Debit card inventory acknowledgement
DPINREQ
Debit card pin request
DUPLICATE PIN REQUEST
SWCM
Card information
Card information Account level
CARDP
Print application
Print application form for Dcard
DPINDWN
Debit card request download
Debit Card requests download
CARDREP
Debit card reports
Debit card reports printing
PCARDISS
Pnb Uphar card issue
PNB Prepaid uphar card issue entry
PSUVISS
Pnb Suvidha card issue
PSUVRLD
PNB Suvidha card reload
PNB Suvidha card issue meenu PNB Suvidha card reload through clearing or other reload amount
PSUVSUR
PNB suvidha card surrender
PNB Suvidha card surrender menu
CCAPPL
Credit card application
Credit card application punching in CBS
CCPAY
Credit card payment
Credit card payment optioin
APPLSCHD
Application schedule
Printing of application schedule
APPLRPT
Application report
Credit Card application report
APLURPT
Unverified credit card
Unverified credit card application report
CCTRAN
Transaction report
Credit Card transaction report
CREDIT CARD
INTERNET BANKING IBSRPOST
Internet banking retail
IBSCPOST
Internet banking corporation
Internet banking retail user Addition/Deletion/Modification/Enable Internet banking Corporate user Addition/Deletion/Modification/Enable
IBSRPT
Internet banking reports
Reports on Internet banking
MBRPOST
MOBILE BANKING
MOBILE BANKING REQUEST ADDITION/DELETETION/MODIFICATION
MBKRPT
MOBILE BANKING REPORTS
Reports for Mobile banking users
MOBILE BANKING
ECS – ELECTRONIC CLEARING SERVICE
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[169]
Menu
Description
Details Electronic clearing service Maintenance Addition / Modification / Deletion
ECSM
Electronic clearing service M
ECSI
Electronic clearing service inquiry
ECS enquiry menu
LADDER DATA EXTRACTION MENU CCLD
Ladder customer details
CUSTOMER DATA for ladder
ELD
LADDER DATA EXTRACTION
EMLD
Extract modified data
EDD
DYNAMIC DATA extraction
LADDER DATA EXTRACTION LADDER DATA EXTRACTION MODIFIED DATA EXTRACTION OF DYNAMIC DATA FOR LADDER
LADRPT
LADDER DATA CBS REPORTS
CBS REPORTS FOR LADDER DATA
HELP RELATED MENU FINHELP
Search the menu option based on a string search
REPHELP / RPTHELP
Report help utility
SKIPCHK
ZC User to permit ABH without certain checks
To know menu options for desired work To know the desired report with menu and Sl. No. of report To remove following checks imposed by DC: 1)RIT entry reversal - ABHRIT 2)Non-Cust A/c Entry rev – ABHNC 3)ATM Day end skip - ABHEOD 4)Inventory sip - IMC
ONS HSCFM HMEMOPAD
System Control File Maintenance Memo pad Maintenance
General
HTDSIP HACI
TDS Inquiry & Printing Customer Accounts Inquiry
TD Account
HACINT
Interest Run For Accounts
Account
HACLINQ
Account Ledger Inquiry
Account
HACM
Customer Accounts Maintenance
Account
HACMTD
Customer Accounts Maintenance
Account
HACS HALM
Account Selection Account Lien Maintenance
Account Account
HCCA
Change Customer Id of Account
Account
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
LIST OF Alerted items TDS Inquiry & Printing Customer Accounts Inquiry Interest Run For Accounts Account Ledger Inquiry Customer Accounts Maintenance Customer Accounts Maintenance Account Selection Account Lien Maintenance Change Customer Id of Account
[170]
Menu HCSM
Description Combined Statement Detail
HCUMI
Customer Master Inquiry
Account
HCUMM HCUS HINTTI
Customer Master Customer Selection Interest Rate Details Inquiry
Account Account Account
HOAACCA HOAACMCA
CA Account Opening CA Account Open Modification
Account Account
HOAACMSB
SB Account Open Modification
Account
HOAACSB HOAACVCA
SB Account Opening CA Account Opening Verify
Account Account
HOAACVSB
SB Account Opening Verify
Account
HPSP HACTODI HACTODM HOAACCC
Pass Sheet Print HACTODI Account TOD Maintenance CC Account Opening
Account CC/OD CC/OD CC/OD
HOAACMCC
CC Account Open Modification
CC/OD
HOAACMOD
OD Account Open Modification
CC/OD
HOAACOD HOAACVCC
OD Account Opening CC Account Opening Verify
CC/OD CC/OD
HOAACVOD
OD Account Opening Verify
CC/OD
HOCI
Outward Cheques Inquiry
Clearing
HOIQ
Outward Clearing Instrument Inquiry Outward Clearing Part-transaction Inquiry
Clearing
HOPQ
Details Account
Clearing
HBRTM HRRCDM HADVC
Reference Code Maintenance Print DR/CR Advice to Customer
DBA DBA DD
HAFI HBRTI HCCS HHII HIOGLT HPTTM
Audit File Inquiry Branch Table Inquiry Change Context SOL Hot Items Inquiry Inquire on GL Transactions Part Tran Template Maintenance
General General General General General General
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Combined Statement Detail Customer Master Inquiry Customer Master Customer Selection Interest Rate Details Inquiry CA Account Opening CA Account Open Modification SB Account Open Modification SB Account Opening CA Account Opening Verify SB Account Opening Verify Pass Sheet Print TOD Inquiry - ONS TOD - ONS menu ONS Account Opening ONS Account Modification during AC opening through HOAACCC ONS OD modification during Account opening ONS- OD Opening ONSVerify HOAACCC ONS Verify HOAACMOD Outward Cheques Inquiry Outward Clearing Instrument Inquiry Outward Clearing Part-transaction Inquiry
Print DR/CR Advice to Customer
[171]
Menu HACILA
Description Customer Accounts Term Loans
Inquiry
Details for Loans
HACLHM
Account Limit History Maintenance
Loans
HACMLA
Customer Accounts Maintenance
Loans
HLADGEN
Loans Demand Generation
Loans
HLADISB HLANM
Loan Disbursement Loan Account Notice Maintenance
Loans Loans
HLAOPI
Loans Overdue Position Inquiry
Loans
HLAPSP
Loan Account Pass Sheet Print
Loans
HLARA
Loan Amendment and Rescheduling
Loans
HOAACLA
Loan Account Opening
Loans
HOAACMLA
LA Account Open Modification
Loans
HOAACVLA
Loan Account Opening Verify
Loans
HUPM
User Profile Maintenance
ONS
HOAACTD HTDSPROJ
Open an TD Account Projection of Customer Level Tax
TD TD
HFTI
Financial Transactions Inquiry
Transaction
Customer Accounts Inquiry for Term Loans Account Limit History Maintenance Customer Accounts Maintenance Loans Demand Generation Loan Disbursement Loan Account Notice Maintenance Loans Overdue Position Inquiry Loan Account Pass Sheet Print Loan Amendment and Rescheduling Loan Account Opening LA Account Open Modification Loan Account Opening Verify User Profile Maintenance Open an TD Account Projection of Customer Level Tax
MISC ATMEOD
ATM End of day operation ( daily basis )
EISRPT EMM ICFAI
Employer Info For Salary Deduction Employer Master Maintenance ICFAI FEE COLLECTION
RGI SALPAY SALUPLD
PNB AROGYA SHREE Medi claim Salary Upload Menu Salary Upload Process
SERT
Salary Upload Exception Report
UPEMAIL ACBOOK ADDPST AINTRPT
UPDATE CUSTOMER EMAIL ID Interest Booking For Accounts Maintain PST Table (Add) Interest Report For Accounts
BGTM DONCOL
WORKFLOW FOR BUDGET MAINTENANCE Donation Collection
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[172]
Menu
Description
DWCAN DWLOST
DIVIDEND WARRANT CANCEL DIVIDEND WARRANT LOST
DWRPT
DIVIDEND WARRANT REPORTS
DWTRAN EBLDD
DIVIDEND WARRANT TRANSACTION DD issued - EBL
ECMHIS EITUPD
ECM Purpose History Maintenance RPC EIT VERIFICATION
EXRMP GCHRG HACITD HDDMP INSRPT ISAR ISBREP ITGI LRCDI LRCDM METLIFE MFCLG
EXCHANGE HOUSE - REMOTE DRAFT PRINTING General Charges HACITD Mass Payment Entry INSURANCE REPROTS Inter Sol Audit Report ISB REPORTS ITGI Home Loan Insurance Large Reference Code Inquiry LR Code Maintenance MUTUAL FUND - CLEARING MUTUAL FUND - CLEARING
MFTM
MUTUAL FUND - TRANSFER TRANSACTION
MNTPST NNTMU
Maintain PST Table (Modify & Inquiry) NNTMU update
ODCMUPL PANINQ PAYFEE PLIST
Outward Documentary Credits Upload PAN NUMBER INQUIRY FEE COLLECTION MODULE Pending Instalments List
PMLZONE PRESANC PSDIMC
PREVENTION OF MONEY LAUNDERING Loans Application Processing PSD INTEGRATION MODULE
RBMDOWN REGFLOW
DOWNLOAD RETAIL MODULE DATA Deposit Flow Regeneration
RF2MMU RMIUPD SAFUPLD SWEEPS TATAAIG UICPAY FATM ABSOTS
Reference File Maintenance Menu 2 Read Media Input Update SAF Upload to Finacle Pool of Funds Maintenance TATA AIG INSURANCE UIC Loan Pre-Payment Account Facility Maintenance ABSOT Schedules Print
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Details
[173]
Menu LSD MSMU SRL STAT5 BCPRPT
Description List for Signature Display Minor Subsidiaries Menu Security Register Lookup Stat 5 Report Customised Reports for PNB
ITR
Report for Income Tax Purposes
PRTCON
PRTCON : Print Consolidated Report
REVASCII
Revenue Statement - ASCII Format
SIMM SIR CSPW CBR
Stock Invest Maintenance Stock Invest Reports Change System Password Cash Balance Report
TCPI
Teller Wise Cash Position Inquiry
CMS CMSCLG CMSCSH CMSTR
Cash Management System File Upload CMS - CLEARING CMS - CASH CMS - TRANSFER
CSE COPARM
Changing Service Outlet For An Employee Coparcener Maintenance (HUF)
COPARR EMAILL EMAILM IMT GBM
Coparcener Reminders Maintenance List for Email Email Maintenance Inward Mail Transfer Workflow Govt. Business Module
AACM ANCALC ANWSIGI
Accounts Access Code Maintenance Annuity Calculator Anywhere Signature Retrieval
BALTRF BCCM BCTTREP2 BGM
Balance Transfer for Trading Accounts Bank condition Maintenance Eligible Accounts as Today Budget Maintenance
BRDCMAPI
Inquiry On Branch to Data Centre Mapping
CAM CCCM
BG/DC Charges Amortization Process Client condition Maintenance
CCTM CDCIMNU CHGIR
Country Calendar Table Maintenance CDCI Maintenance Menu Charges Income Report
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Details
[174]
Menu
Description
Details
CTRA CTVM DDCRNUP DDP2 ERTI HBKQRY HCDEP HDDP INSRRET LASAR
Credit Transaction Report For An Account Cut Off Details Maintenance Update Currency code Reports Parameters Error Table Inquiry Bank Level Query Option Combined Deposit Reports Parameters To insert into RBT Amendment and Rescheduling
MFBMW PCLRPT PUTDS REVMAT SERIAL SLACM
Bills Maintenance - Mutual Fund Transactions report Purge Tax Dedn at source Table Revised Maturity Report Serial Maintenance SLA Code Maintenance
SUSPTXN
Suspicious transaction maintenance
TACM TCPIA TMPLCRE TMPLIST TOPM TXTDEL UPDECGC UPLFTXT WIAAL ABMR NPSCOL RISKUPL METGTL
Transaction Access Code Maintenance Teller Wise Cash Position Inquiry / All Template Creation Template Listing TIME OVERRUN PROJECT MAINTENANCE Delete Txt files from Home Dir. Updecgc Upload For GAC Free Text What If Analysis of Account Liability REPORT OF A/CS BELOW MINIMUM BALANCE National Pension scheme User registration / Fund collection Uploading risk classification and updation in CBS Metlife insurance coverage for Saving customers of PNB
WORLD TRAVEL CARD WTCKIT WTCISS WTCRLD WTCSUR WTCRCN
WTCRPT
issuance of kits by back-office issuance of WTC to customers reloading of WTC with appropriate value surrendering of WTC WTC reconciliation Reports – To be run BY SOLs only WTC Reports : WTCSOLD - No. and Value of cards (currency wise & circle wise) sold WTCOUT - O/S position over a range of value and range of issued period, credits in day, debits in day WTCBAL - Currency wise/ branch wise/ circle wise balance O/S WTCINOP - O/S expired (inoperative) cards
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[175]
Menu
Description
Details
GENERATION AND CHECKING OF DMS (CONTROL REPORTS) CTRPT
CONTROL REPORT PRINTING (DMS) MARKING CHECKING OF CONTROL REPORT IN CBS (DAY END NOT ALLOWED CTRPTCHK REPORTS MARKED CHECKED FOR PREV. WEEK) EXPENDITURE MONITORING SYSTEM SDMT User authorization for transaction - DBA user can use EXTM Expenditure transaction maintenance CCMT Adhoc / pre sanction grant – allowed to CO/FGMO/HO users EXTMREP Transaction / adhoc / limit report generation and transfer to PC Expenditure head updation – ZC User can update the head of transaction generated EXTMUPD through EXTM EXTMDEL Reversal of wrongly created EXTM expenditure voucher – GU 100 workclass can use FIXED ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FAMS Entry of SFF / MCC – fresh purchases and purchases for staff FAMSRPT Report on Fixed Asset Management System DIRECT BENEFIT TRANSFER UIDNUM Seeding AADHAAR Numbers in Bank accounts DBTL Linking Bank account with Subsidy where AADHAAR number is not available
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[176]
MANAGEMENT OF NPA IN CBS LENDING IS THE BASIC ACTITIVITY OF BANKING INDUSTRY AND PROFITABILITY DEPENDS ON THE QUALITY OF LENDING. THE BETTER ASSET QUALITY INCREASES THE PROFITABILITY AND IMPROVE THE RATIO OF CAPITAL TO RISK WEIGHTED ASSET. TO UNDERSTAND THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS FOR BETTER ASSET QUALITY MANAGEMENT, LIFE CYCLE OF THE ACCOUNT IS GIVEN HEREUNDER: 1)
PRE-SANCTION APPRAISAL
2)
SANCTION OF LOAN
3)
OPENING OF ACCOUNT AND DISBURSEMENT ( ROLE OF CBS STARTS HERE )
4)
RECOVERY WITHIN DUE DATE ( STANDARD ACCOUNT )
5)
RECOVERY NOT RECEIVED WITH DUE DATE
6)
DEMAND GENERATION ( PRINCIPAL AND/OR INTEREST )
7)
SMA (SPECIAL MENTION ACCOUNT) PERIOD STARTS
8)
NEED FOLLOWUP
9)
RECOVERY RECEIVED WITHIN THE PERIOD OF SMA
10)
DEMAND GET ADJUSTED (STILL STANDARD ACCOUNT)
11)
RECOVERY NOT RECEIVED ( NON PERFORMING ASSETS)
12)
FOLLOW UP FOR RECOVERY
13)
IF REASON OF DEFAULT BEYOND THE CONTROL OF BORROWER : I) RESTRUCTURE/ REPHASEMENT OF ACCOUNT II) RECOVERY AS PER NEW REPAYMENT SCHEDULE
14)
RECOVERY RECEIVED (UPGRADED TO STANDARD ASSETS)
15)
RECOVERY STILL NOT FORTHCOMING (DOWN GRADE TO DOUBTFUL/LOSS)
16)
FOLLOWUP /OTS/ COMPROMISE
17)
RECOVERY AS PER OTS / COMPROMISE (A/C CLOSED )
18)
NON ACCPTANCE OF OTS / COMPROMISE BY BORROWER (I) LEGAL ACTION (SUIT FILED / SERFAISI) 1. DECREED / EXECUTION OF DECREE (A/C CLOSED )
(II)
WAIVER OF LEGAL ACTION 1. WRITE OFF - FOLLOW UP FOR RECOVERY IN W/O A/CS 2. COMPROMISE /OTS RECOVERY AS PER OTS/COMPROMISE (A/C CLOSED)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[177]
ACTIVITY PRIOR TO CLASSIFICATION AN ACCOUNT AS NPA CBS facilitates management of account after the sanction. Due care is to be taken while capturing the data at the time of account opening and disbursement, to ensure appropriate / expected behavior of the account and also to avoid irregularity reflected in any account due to wrong selection of scheme code, GL sub head, interest rate code, Moratorium period, other details required during opening of account with emphasis on ‘V’ details. Health of loan account depends upon the amount due and overdue position of demands made in the account and its adjustment. The different types of demand and the events which trigger their generation are as follows: 1) PRINCIPAL DEMAND ( PRDEM) 2) INTEREST DEMAND I) NORMAL INTEREST DEMAND ( INDEM) II) PENAL INTEREST DEMAND (PIDEM) 3) CHARGES DEMAND I) BANK CHARGES DEMAND (BCDEM) II) OTHER CHARGES DEMAND (OCDEM) GENERATION OF DEMAND Except Principal demand (PRDEM), all other demands are generated with the debit transaction in the loan accounts based on the flow_id fed during the transaction. Principal demand is generated on the basis of data fed in the account i.e E details “ FLOW START DATE, NO. OF FLOW, FLOW AMOUNT AND FREQUENCY). ADJUSTMENT OF DEMAND Adjustment of demand happens on the basis of credit transaction in the account in chronological order based on the date of demand i.e. demand generated first is adjusted first whenever credit is received in the account after the demand generation. WHENEVER THE NORMAL / EXPECTED BEHAVIOUR OF THE A/C DEVIATE FROM NORMAL / EXPECTED PATTERN EXTRA VIGILANCE / CARE IS REQUIRED FROM THE USER TO KEEP THE ACCOUNTS REGULAR / PERFORMING AND IRRREGULARITIES CAN BE CHECKED FROM THE FOLLOWING REPORTS: IRREGULAR REPORT – PNBRPT I) AVAILABLE FOR SOL / SET WISE 1/8 II)CAN BE EXTRACTED ON THE BASIS OF SANCTION LIMIT AND 1/8A ALSO III)SECTOR WISE REPORT - AGRICULTURE / SME / RETAIL LENDING SCHEME / OTHER / ALL IV)PERIOD WISE REPORT AVAILABLE UPTO 30 DAYS (1/8A) V) NATURE AND VALUE OF COLLATERAL SECURITY ENTERED INTHE SYSTEM BE CROSS VERIFIED DURING FOLLOWUP / VISIT AND CORRECTIVE MEASURES CAN BE TAKEN ACCORDINGLY VI)LIMITATION AVAILABLE CAN ALSO BE MONITORED THROUGH THIS REPORT DAILY OUTSTANDING REPORT – REPORT HELPS IN MONITORING CREDIT PORTFOLIO BECAUSE PNBRPT 3/7 IT PROVIDE THE IRREGULAR AMOUNT IMMEDIATELY IF DEMAND REMAINS UNSATISFIED. SASCL REPORT A) SASCL report is made available on monthly basis From Data centre under ‘Interest Report’ link under SOL_ID=’000000’ available on the first page of Finacle. It is pre-generated data file and can be imported in the excel sheet. B)In addition to it Branch DBA has option to run menu –SASCL
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[178]
Trial mode ‘N’ in MIS Server and take a customized report from PNBRPT 26/1 and if Trial mode is set as “Y” report can be generated from PNBRPT 26/5 by the same user. C) Branch DBA has option to run SASCL menu in Live server also in Trial mode –“Y” and report is available at DAYRPT 24/5 to the same user only. ( It is to be run for branch only) D)Accounts appeared as ‘STANDARD ASSET’ in the Report generated from PNBRPT 26/1, 26/5 or 24/5 after running of SASCL menu option with overdue account only flag=”Y”, falls under the MA (Special Mention Account) category of accounts. OVERDUE POSITION OF LOAN ACCOUNT – MENU OPTION = LAOPI The menu is available in live serve (production server) for one account and for range of accounts MIS server is required to be utilized. After knowing the position of accounts and extent of irregularity, follow up with the borrower / customer is required which can be facilitated in CBS as follows:PNBRPT 3/23) ADVANCE INTIMATION LETTER IN LOAN ACCOUNTS – To generate and send intimation letter to borrower A) Report can be generated for all accounts or for a particular scheme code B) Letter can be generated for a/cs in which installments is due within a range of period C) Start date must be minimum seven days advance (Current Date Plus seven days) and end date plus in month should be given. D) Letter for all a/cs due in the period range given may be Generated LAODR A) Report of overdue accounts can be generated through menu option ‘ LAODR’ B) Report can be generated on the basis of scheme code from – to basis C) Report can be generated from GL subhead code to GL subhead code D)Report can be generated on the basis of overdue position in days (greater than – lesser than) E)Option to print other account of the customer is also available. PNBRPT 3/34 LIST OF ACCOUNTS WHERE NEXT INSTALLMENT IS DUE WITHIN 91 DAYS - To facilitate monitoring list can be generated
REASON FOR OVERDUE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION Sl. Scheme Type Reasons of Overdue
1. (a)
TERM / DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNTS NON EI type Non-EMI (PRDEM Type): Non-EMI accounts are those accounts for which
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
Since Repayment schedule is prepared only for Principal demand. Principle
CORRECTIVE MEASURES STEPS
MENU & FIELDS IN CBS
Interest is to be recovered as and when charged in the account. Principle demand effective date to be fed
‘OAAC’* Start dt, E details, Int.dmd.eff.
[179]
Repayment schedule is prepared for Principal Demand only and Interest Demands are generated as and when the Interest is charged/applied in the account.
demand effective date is to be fed correctly taking moratorium period in to consideration as the installment amount does not include interest charged/ to be charged.
correctly. In case the demand has already been generated, the account has to be closed and re-opened in ‘Transfer in mode’ with correct flow-id and date. Demand is to be regenerated through menu option LAUPLDMD.
(b)
EI type of scheme: EMI (EIDEM Type) : Repayment schedule is prepared inclusive of interest amount in equated monthly installments.(‘Interest demand effective Date’ under ‘I’ detail should be same as flow start date in “E” details)
It is observed that accounts are not rephased on the expiry of Int. demand effective date. ‘Interest demand effective Date’ is not fed or improper.
A Report has been provided under PNBRPT 3/35 to get the list of the a/c falling due for rephasement in next 31 days. (ITD/CBS/Cir.no.19/08 dated 23.02.08). This report is to be generated every month and rephasement should be done through menu option REPHASEI, for rephasement of EI type of a/c.
(c)
Simple Interest.Moratorium : (Staff H/L & Staff V/L) Interest is to be recovered only after recovery of Principal demands and interest on Interest is not to be recovered.
‘Interest demand effective Date’ is incorrect/blank or fed after some demands have been raised.
Interest parked in office a/c has to be transferred to main loan account through PRELAX / LAXFRINT menu option after expiry of Principal Tenor and then rephase the a/c through menu option ACM.
Education Loan: Moratorium: Simple interest is to be charge till the expiry of moratorium and account is to be changed to EMI type after expiry of moratorium.
Rephasement has not been done after expiry of tenor of principal demand and after running of LAXFRINT/ PRELAX. Interest demand effective Date’ should be same as flow start date in E details.
A report is provided at PNBRPT 3/30 to get the list of a/c where Laxfrint has fallen due. (ITD/ CBS/ Cir. No.31 dated 1.05.2007.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
dt. of ‘I’details, Proper values in ‘V’ details. ‘SRM’ ** Receive date, next due date & value of security ‘OAAC’* Start dt, E details, Int.dmd.eff. dt. of ‘I’details, Proper values in ‘V’ details. ‘SRM’ ** Receive date, next due date & value of security ‘OAAC’* Start dt, E details, Int.dmd.eff. dt. of ‘I’details, Proper values in ‘V’ details. ‘SRM’ ** Receive date, next due date & value of security
Capitalize interest flag needs to set as ‘Y’ while rephasing the a/c, if interest demand is not serviced during the moratorium perod. The procedure to deal with moratorium period has been explained in ITD /CBS /Cir. No.41/07dated 06.07.07. Detailed guidelines to rectify errors in the simple
[180]
(d)
EMI a/c with moratorium period
‘Interest demand effective Date’ is incorrect/blank or fed after some demands have been raised. A/c not rephased after expiry of ‘Interest demand effective Date’.
intt. Loan accounts has been issued vide ITD/CBS/Cir. 32/08 dated (USE LAIDC, LAIDCAU, EDUEMI FOR CORRECTION) Either moratorium period interest is to be collected from the borrower during the holiday period or same should be capitalized at the start of instalment and a/c needs to be rephased. The procedure explained in ITD/CBS/Cir.No.41/07 dated 06.07.07.
Interest applied in the a/c during moratorium period not considered while fixing the EMI. (e)
Common point to be considered for all loan schemes
Charges OCDEM/BCDEM become due as and when debited to the account and but remain uncollected or collected with wrong Flow_id. Specific recovery made in the account to adjust particular type of demand should have proper flow_id.
Reversal of entry has been done with wrong flow_id.
Interest charged during the moratorium period have not been paid or capitalized and new repayment schedule has not been created.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
‘OAAC’* Start dt, E details, Int.dmd.eff. dt. of ‘I’details, Proper values in ‘V’ details. ‘SRM’ ** Receive date, next due date & value of security
Charges should to be recovered as and when debited to the account, otherwise the charge amount become overdue, e.g. recovery of insurance amount, processing fee etc. Appropriate Flow-ids are as under Debit Credit Charges-OCDEM– OCCOL Charges-BCDEM – BCCOL Interest-INDEM– INCOL Penalint-PIDEM – PICOL Principal-PRDEM- PRCOL Disbursement–DISBT ---Collection EI Type --COLEC Non EI ---- COLSI Any reversal of the entry should be passed with value date and flow_id same as the original entry (which is to be reversed) with reversal flag as ‘Y’. Rephase the account after appropriate sanction from competent authority through REPHASEI or ACM, either enhance the amount or prolong the period with same repayment amount
[181]
Change in rate of interest and a/c not rephased or new repayment schedule not created. 2.
3.
CC/OD: These accounts, schedule such type
are running no repayment is created for of accounts.
Bill : Purchased & Discounted
These accounts become overdue on the basis of sanction limit/ Expiry date/DP and value of security, and if SRM is not fed properly.
Due date automatically arrived by the system as per the setup.
with the consent of the customer. Borrowers should be called for fixing new repayment schedule, in case of change in interest rate to fix the new schedule according to changing scenario. Accounts should be reviewed/renewed on due dates regularly. This is the continuous exercise, and the details to be fed in the CBS. Report under PNBRPT 3/6. SRM should be fed immediately on receipt of statement and Received date, Due date, value of security should be mentioned properly. Generate the reports provided at RAUDIT 2/2, & 2a, regularly.
Due date should be checked at the time of lodgment and realization should be done within period. Recover full amount.
‘OAAC’* Limit sanc. dt. Expry, dt Review dt., sanc. amt.,DP indicator in ‘H’ details, value in ‘V’ details. ‘SRM’ ** Receive date, next due date & value of security ACTODM Sanc./expiry dt of adhoc /TOD limit ACLHM Lmt.sanc dt.,expiry dt. Review dt. Sanc. Amt. DP indicator Proper selection of Reg.Type and Sub Reg. Type.
*START DATE & INTEREST DEMAND EFFECTIVE DATE 1) For EI type of accounts Interest Demand effective date in ‘I’ details should be in sync with the start date of ‘E’ details. 2) For Simple interest loan accounts where moratorium period is allowed start date should be the date when the repayment of Principal has to be started and interest demand effective date should be the date when interest demand has to be started. E.G. Housing loan **SRM Received date and due date are meant for stock statements. In case any stock statements are to be received in any particular account then enter the date on which received and the next due date respectively. FOLLOW UP OF LOAN ACCOUNTS To facilitate the recording of follow up action initiated by the branch a new functionality ‘LETGEN’ was introduced vide ITD CBS CIRCULAR 58/2009. This is work flow for recording the follow up action and applicable only for LAA type of a/cs.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[182]
The letter to borrower and guarantor, as per format prescribed by RBD, will be generated through ‘LETGEN’ and the same will be available for printing in PR, which needs to be printed and dispatched procedurally. The notice will contain the address of the borrower/guarantor as available in the system. As such, all concerned are advised to maintain proper address of the borrower(s)/guarantor(s), in the CBS system. Besides generating the notices to borrower/guarantor, following follow up action can also be recorded in CBS through menu option LETGEN: Telephonic contact, Personal contact, Recalling of a/c, Issuance of legal notice, Filing of Recovery Certificate, Filing of Suit. Menu ‘LETGEN’ does not have the ‘Maker and Checker’ concept thus user to exercise caution which recording the action like notice date etc. IMPORTANT- To generate the notice for the present overdue amount of the loan account, the notice for previous month(s) need to be generated through the System; otherwise the total overdue amount till date may not be shown in the notice. However, the notices for earlier month(s) may not be sent to borrower(s)/ guarantor(s) now, only current month’s notice should be sent to borrower(s)/guarantor(s). For example, there are three installments overdue and the branch desired to issue notices now, then branch is to issue notices for previous two installments by giving ‘Notice date’ of relevant months and thereafter generate the notice for current month which will show the entire overdue amount in the account. The system records the date of notice and it is mentioned in the subsequent notice to the party. For issuing more than one notice, even in the same a/c, the user is advised to, first, come out of screen by pressing F3 (when the user is on second page of LETGEN) and invoke the menu option LETGEN, afresh. The date of previous notice is mentioned in the subsequent notice, as such it is advised to strictly follow the sequence of the notice number. When notice is to be sent to both, borrower and guarantor, user needs to generate two notices separately through two notice ids, however the notice to all guarantors will be generated with only one command, if there is more than one guarantor. The list of notice_ids and notice description is given below: LET01 RRMB1 RRMB2 RRMB3 RCFLE RECAL RRMG1 RRMG2 TLCON PRCON LGNTC SUITF RGRMB RGRMG
FIRST LETTER TO BORROWER 1st REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER 2nd REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER 3rd REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER FILING OF RECOVERY CERTIFICATE ADVANCE RECALLED 1st REGI. REMINDER TO GUARANTOR 2nd REGI. REMINDER TO GUARANTOR TELE. CONTACT - BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S) PERSOAL CONTACT-BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S) LEGAL NOTICE TO BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S) SUIT FILED AGNST BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S) SUBSEQUENT REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER(S) SUBSEQUENT REGI. REMINDER TO GUARANTOR(S)
ACTION POINTS AND NOTICE ID PRESCRIBED BY RBD - Flow Chart of Follow up Action at Branch Level:
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[183]
PERIOD
DAYs
ACTION INITIATED
NOTICE ID to be selected in menu option LETGEN
0-30 days 0-7th day 8 -10th day 8th -10th day 21st -25th day
Collection of EMI 1st telephonic contact 1st letter 2nd telephonic contact
TLCON LET01 TLCON
21st - 25th day 26th-30th day
1st Registered Reminder First Personal Contact
RRMB1 PRCON
37th-40th day
3rd telephonic contact.
TLCON
37th-40th day
1st telephonic contact with the guarantor.
TLCON
45th-50th day
2nd Registered Reminder with copy to guarantor. 2nd Personal Contact with borrower/family members or guarantor at residence/ work place.
RRMB2 & RRMG1
3rd Registered Reminder with copy to guarantor Personal and/or telephonic contact with guarantor at his residence 3rd Personal Contact by Incumbent himself
RRMB3 & RRMG2
Personal contact along with Senior Official Issuance of Legal Notice and/or filing of Recovery Certificate Subsequent reminder to borrower/guarantor, if required Recalling the advance
PRCON
th
31-60 days
56th-60th day
PRCON
61-90 days 70th
-
72nd day
Before 80th day Before 90th day 91 days Onwards
PRCON/ TLCON
PRCON
– 91st –120th day 91st –120th day
LGNTC/ RCFLE/SUITF RGRMB & RGRMG RECAL
The subsequent notice to borrower/ guarantor may be sent through notice_id ‘RGRMB/ RGRMG’ respectively and user has to mention the notice no. (as fourth, fifth, sixth…..) in remarks field to maintain a proper sequence of notices/ action initiated.
REPORTS FOR FOLLOWUP ACTION PNBRPT -3/44 Report of Followup notice issued for a Loan Account PNBRPT -3/44a Report of Followup Notice Issued for loan accounts by Sol Between given dates LAFHM List of actions initiated for a loan a/cs can be seen
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[184]
ACTIVITY AFTER CLASSIFICATION AN ACCOUNT AS NPA Some accounts during the life time of loans and advances becomes irregular because of various reasons and are required to be monitored closely. Based on the guidelines of Reserve Bank of India and SAMD HO New Delhi these accounts are identified as NPA. Focused and continuous attention is required for the remaining period of the account till its closure. The NPA accounts can be closed in UPGRADATION TO NORMAL CATEGORY 1) Through Recovery 2) Through Restructuring
one of the following ways : INITIATION OF LEGAL ACTION 1)Sarfaesi 2)Suit filed /Decree / Execution of Decree 3)Compromise 4)Write Off
NPA are to be categorized in separate GL/SGL heads reduction and NPA Level as on any date. Description GL Sub Head Description
Non Performing Advances ( Weekly code-55299, Office Account CodeRe‐Enrollment/Approval, select the user to be Rejected, Click the “Reject User” button. Following window will be appear and Application will ask to capture the biometrics of the Admin User. After providing correct biometrics User status will be changed to “Rejected”. UPDATE USER ROLE - Go to Enrollment+>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select the User whose role has to be updated. Click on the “Update User Role”. A window will appear and the application will ask to capture the biometrics of the Admin User (Who is updating the role). After providing correct biometrics details and system will allow you to update the “User Role”. UPDATE LOGIN DETAILS - Go to Enrollment+>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select the User who’s Login Details have to be updated and click on “Show Details”. On clicking the “Update Login Details” button. The Application will ask to capture the biometrics of the Admin User (Who is updating the login details of the User) After providing correct biometrics system will allow to update the “User login” along with a new password. Update User Status-- Go to Enrollment +>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select the User whose Status has to be updated. Click on “Show User”. Note : You can update only three status of any user, namely : Approved, Rejected and Inactive. Click on “Update Status”. The Application will ask to capture the biometrics of the Admin User (Who is updating the user status). After Providing Correct Biometrics details the application will allow you to update the status of the User. DELETE USER— Go to Enrollment+>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select any User to Delete. After clicking on Delete User one window will appear and Press OK button to delete. Profile locking by Biometric If CBS User (ABC) provides correct User Id (which is enrolled) and incorrect biometrics details (more than desired no. of attempts i.e. 3 times) at the time of login at CBS PRE-LOGIN PAGE then Application automatically becomes inactive for that user(ABC) message is displayed. Note: For unlocking, refer “ Update Login Details” process.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[203]
DIRECT BENEFIT TRANSFER - LPG CAPTURING OF LPG ID IN BANK ACCOUNT FOR CREDIT OF DBT LPG SUBSIDY AADHAAR BASED TRANSACTION 1) Aadhaar number must be seeded in the bank account using existing UIDNUM / UIDUPL menu option and necessary details be provided to OMC by the customer. ACCOUNT BASED TRANSACTION Under DBTL menu option, following options are available: A. U – For Bulk Upload B. I – For Individual Registration C. R – For Response Generation Registration of Individual Customer User has to invoke DBTL menu option and press enter, Systems will pop-up a message in a new window and ask the user to enter the necessary option. Enter option “I” for individual registration and then press F4 and following sub options are available 1. A: Add 2. X: Delete 3. I: Inquiry 4. D: Download 1. A: Add functionality is to add new linking in the CBS. Presently, branches are seeding Aadhaar number with primary account number using ‘A- Add’ option usingUIDNUM/UIDUPL menu option. Now, branch user can capture LPG ID details for non Aadhaar based beneficiaries.Branch user can capture LPG ID using “A – Add” option in DBTL menu option. Then capture the details as under: Account Number – Enter the primary account number Product – auto filled by system as “GAS” Sol ID – auto selected by the system LPG ID – enter 17 digit LPG ID started with 1 (BPCL),2(HPCL),3(IOCL) OMC Name – Enter BPCL for Bharat Petroleum, HPCL for Hindustan Petroleum and IOCL for Indian Oil Continue (Y/N)- Y to continue otherwise N After successful registration, system will display a success message 2. X: Delete: This function can be used for following two cases: Account number change: If customer requests to change the Account number, then branch user has to use the said function and delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use ‘A: Add’ function to add new entry. Wrong LPG ID Entered: If branch observed any mismatch in the LPG ID or Account number entered wrongly, then Branch user has to use the said function (D: Delete) to delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use ‘A: Add’ function to add new entry with correct Account number and LPG ID.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[204]
Branches to use ‘D’ option judiciously. 3. I: Inquiry function can be used by the user to inquire the status of entered LPG ID and linked account number after successful response MoPNG Level. Inquiry can be done by entering customer ID or Aadhaar number. 4. D: Download: this function can be used for generation of all the LPG ID linked in a particular date. This function is used for HO user only. No action required at branch level. INDICATIVE LIST OF SCHEME CODES IN FINACLE A/C Prefix
Sch. Code
Scheme Description
Flow_ID/ SCH TYPE
GL Sub Head
GL Sub Head Description
TL-ANIMAL DRIVEN CARTS TL-BEE KEEPING (APICULTR) TL-BIO-GAS PLANT TL-COMBINE HARVESTOR TL-CROP LOAN (STL) TL-COLD STR RECP-PTT/FRT TL-DAIRY DEVELOPMENT TL-FORESTRY TL-FISHERIES DEVELOPMENT TL-FARMERS TRUCKS & TRAN TL-GOAT/SHEEP TL-HORTICULTURE DEV TL-KITCHEN GARDEN TL-MUSHROOM (CULT/SPAN) TL-MINOR IRRIGATION TL-AGRI MISC TL-PIGGERY TL-POULTRY FARMING TL-AGR PRODUCE MKTG TL-POWER TILLER TL-TRACTOR (INCL REPAIR) TL-WASTE LAND DEVELOPMNT TL-BAGHBAN-REV MORTGAGE TL-BRIDGE LOAN/ INTRIM FINANCE TL-PNB CASH FLOW DISCOUNT TL-EQUITY IN OVERSEAS CO TL-FOREIGN CURRENCY (365) TL-FOREIGN CURRENCY TL-SSI-ABOVE 3 YEARS REPAYMENT
PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM
63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100
TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM
PRDEM
63100
TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM
63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100 63100
TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM
PRDEM
63103
TERM LOAN -NON PS
PRDEM
63101
TERM LOAN -SSI
PRDEM
63101
TERM LOAN -SSI
PRDEM PRDEM
63103 63103
TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -NON PS
PRDEM PRDEM
63103 63101
TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -SSI
TERM LOAN AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AI
TLAAC TLAAP TLABG TLACH TLACP TLACS TLADR TLAFR TLAFS
AJ
TLAFT
AK AL AM AN AO AP AQ AR AS AT AU AV
TLAGS TLAHC TLAKG TLAMC TLAMI TLAOT TLAPG TLAPL TLAPM TLAPT TLATR TLAWL
RM
TLBGN
ID
TLBRL
IF
TLCFD
IE UQ
TLEOC TLFC2
UQ IB
TLFCL TLIMT
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
LOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOAN-
LOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOANLOAN-
GRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE
AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE AGRICULTURE
[205]
IC
TLIOT
IA
TLIST
NI NA NB
TLPAR TLPCL TLPDG
NH NC ND
TLPGL TLPHL TLPIP
NL NE PD
TLPJY TLPLR TLPPL
NK NM NF NG NJ JA JB JC JD JE JF JG JH JI JK
TLPPT TLPST TLPTR TLPVL TLPVV TLREC TLRED TLRMP TLRPP TLRPS TLRRK TLRRT TLRSB TLRSH TLRST
JL JM JN LA
TLRWC TLRWH TLRWM TLSCC
LB LC LD
TLSCN TLSCP TLSCS
LE LH LF LG LI
TLSHC TLSHL TLSHS TLSRF TLSVL
JT SB SE SA SG
TLEST TLADS TLASS TLAOS TLIMS
TL-OTHERS (MED & LAR IND) TL-SSI-UPTO 3 YEARS REPAYMENT TL-PER-PNB AROGYA LOAN TL-CONSUM. LOAN TO PUB TL-PERDEF/GOV.EM/DR/TEAC TL-GOLD LOAN TO PUBLIC TL-HOUSING LOAN PUB. TL-AGN.IMMOVABLE PROPERTY TL-PERPNBJOY TL-FUTURE LEASE RENTAL. TL-PENSIONER'S PERSONAL LOAN TL-PER-PNBPARYATK LOAN TL-SP.CR SUPER TRADE TL-NON PRIORITY-TRADERS TL-VEHICLE LOAN-PUBLIC TL-PER-PNB VIVAH LOAN TL-SP.CR-ENGI.CONTRACT. TL-EDUCATION_SIMPLE INTT TL-SP.CR-MED.PR- CAR LOAN TL-SPL.CR-PETRO.PRODU TL-PROF. & SELF EMPLOY TL-SP-CR-CYCLE RIKSHA TL-SP.CR-RETAIL TRADE TL-SMALL BUSINESS TL-SP-CR-SOLARWATERHEAT TL-SP.CR-SMALLROAD TRANS TL-SP.CRWKSC CONSMPTION TL-HL TO WEAKER TL-SP CR WEAKER SEC MISC TL-STF-CONVEYANCECOMPD TL-STAFF-CONSUMER LOAN TL-STF-COMPUTER LOAN TL-STF-CONVEYANCESIMPLE TL-STAFF-HL-COMPD (PLR) TL-STF-HL-SIMPLEINTT -N.S. TL-STF-HL-SIMPLE INTT TL-STF-RELIEF-EQ./FLOOD TL-STF-CONVEYANCESIMPLE (New Sch) TL SMALL ROAD TPT-EMI TL DAIRY DEVELOPMENT TL GOAD / SHEEP TL AGRI MISC TL SSI ABOVE 3YEARS REPAY
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
PRDEM
63101
TERM LOAN -SSI
PRDEM
63101
TERM LOAN -SSI
EIDEM EIDEM EIDEM
63103 63103 63103
TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -NON PS
PRDEM EIDEM EIDEM
63103 63102 63103
TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -OTHER PS TERM LOAN -NON PS
EIDEM EIDEM EIDEM
63103 63103 63103
TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -NON PS
EIDEM PRDEM PRDEM EIDEM EIDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM
63103 63100 63100 63103 63103 63102 63102 63102 63102 63102 63102 63102 63102 63102 63102
TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM
LOAN -NON PS LOAN- AGRICULTURE LOAN- AGRICULTURE LOAN -NON PS LOAN -NON PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS LOAN -OTHER PS
PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM EIDEM
63102 63102 63102 63103
TERM TERM TERM TERM
LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN
EIDEM EIDEM PRDEM
63103 63103 63103
TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -NON PS TERM LOAN -NON PS
EIDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM
63103 63103 63103 63103 63103
TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM
EIDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM
63103 63100 63100 63100 63100
TL PRIORITY SECTOR TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN
-OTHER PS -OTHER PS -OTHER PS -NON PS
-NON -NON -NON -NON -NON
PS PS PS PS PS
[206]
SK SL SJ SC SF JF
TLRRS TLRSS TLHLS TLEIS TLAMS TLRRK
TL SP CR RETAIL TRADE TL SMALL BUSINESS TL HOUSING LOAN PUB. TL EQUATED INSTAL TL MINOR IRRIGATION FINANCING RICKSHAW POL TH NGO TL KISAN CREDIT CARD TL BUSINESS CORRES.
PRDEM PRDEM EIDEM EIDEM PRDEM EIDEM
63100 63100 63103 63100 63100 63102
EIDEM
63100 63102
DL-AGRICULTURE DL-FESTIVALADVANCE STAFF DL-GENERAL DL-PENSIONERS' PERS LOAN DL-STAFF(OTHERTHAN FEST) DL-JEWELLERY DL-STAFF-EQUITY SHARES DL-WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS DL-EQ SHARE(IPO ESOP) DL-FOREIGN CURRENCY CLEAN DEMAND LOAN TO STAFF
PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM EIDEM PRDEM
60100 60100 60100 60100 60100
DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND
LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN
PRDEM PRDEM PRDEM EIDEM PRDEM EIDEM
60100 60100 60100 60100 60100 60100
DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND DEMAND
LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN LOAN
86 CCAGR 87 CCOTH 88 CCAKC 89 CCKLY UP WCFCL 98 CCSUR OVERDRAFT
CC- AGRICULTURE CC-OTHERS CC-KRISHI CARD CC- KALYANI CARD SCHEME FOR. CURRENCY WC LOAN PNB SURAKSHA CC A/C
CCA CCA SBA SBA PRDEM CCA
61100 61100 61100 61100 61100 61100
CASH CASH CASH CASH CASH CASH
60
ODCHF
ODA
62100
OVERDRAFT
90 91
ODPER ODAGN
ODA ODA
62100 62100
OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT
92 93 94 95 96 97
ODAST ODGEN ODSTF ODSCL ODSPR ODSPS
OVERDRAFT-SUPLLY CHAIN FINANCE OVERDRAFT-PERSONAL OVERDRAFT-ANUPAM (GENERAL) OVERDRAFT-ANUPAM-STAFF OVERDRAFT-GENERAL OVERDRAFT-STAFF OVERDRAFT-STAFF-CLEAN OVERDRAFT-SPECTRUM DEP. OVERDRAFT-SPECTRUM DEPOSIT-STAFF OVERDRAFT-MEDICAL PRAC. OVERDRAFT-PERSONAL (H/L) PNB SURAKSHA OD A/C OD BUSINESS CORRES.
ODA ODA ODA ODA ODA ODA
62100 62100 62100 62100 62100 62100
OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT
ODA ODA ODA ODA
62100 62100 62100
OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT OVERDRAFT
FOREIGN CURRENCY PC
PCA
70100
PRESHIPMENT FINANCE
KT TLKCC SP TLBCA DEMAND LOAN PA PB PC PD PE
DLAGR DLFST DLGEN DLPPL DLSTF
PF PG PI PJ UL PO
DLPGL DLSEL DLWHR DLIPO DLFCN DLSCL
TL-PS TL-PS TL-PS TL-PS TL-PS
SUBSIDY SUBSIDY SUBSIDY SUBSIDY SUBSIDY
LINKED LINKED LINKED LINKED LINKED
TL BCA
CASH CREDIT
98 ODMED 99 ODPRH 73 ODSUR SO ODBCA PACKING CREDIT UE
PCFC
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
CREDIT CREDIT CREDIT CREDIT CREDIT CREDIT
[207]
UD PCGEN SAVING FUND
RUPEE PACKING CREDIT
PCA
70100
PRESHIPMENT FINANCE
01 01
SBGEN SBLIP
SBA SBA
5100 5100
SAVING FUND SAVING FUND
02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12
SBSTF SBPEN SBSAL SBNRE SBNRO SBNRS SBQ22 SBRFC SBCGS SBPPS SBASG
SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA
5100 5100 5100 5100 5100 5100 5100 5100 5100 5100 5100
SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING
13
SBTFS
SBA
5100
SAVING FUND
08
SBHES
SBA
5100
SAVING FUND
14 15 17 48 38
SBNRP SBVID SBMIT SBSSS SBDPS
SBA SBA SBA SBA SBA
5100 5100 5100 5100 5100
SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING SAVING
40 49 01
SBSUR SBSSO SBPRM
SBA SBA SBA
5100 5100 5100
SAVING FUND SAVING FUND SAVING FUND
17
SBBDA
SBA
5100
SAVING FUND
17 06
SBSML SNROB
SBA SBA
5100 5100
SAVING FUND SAVING FUND
01
SBNSG
SAVING-GENERAL FAMILY SURAKSHA BACHAT KHATA SAVING-STAFF SAVING-PENSION SAVING-SALARY SAVING-NRE SAVING-NRO SAVING-NON RES. SPL SAVING-QA 22 SAVING-RFC SAVING-CAPITAL GAIN PNB PRUDENT SWEEP (FFD) SAVING-AUTO SWEEP G DEPOSIT SAVING-TOTAL FREEDOM SALARY SAVING-HIGH END SALARY A/C SAVING-NRE(PACKAGED) SAVING-VIDYARATHI SAVING -MITR PNB SHIKSHAK SWEEP AC PNB RAKSHA KARMI BACHAT AC PNB SURAKSHA SF A/C PNB SHIKSHAK OD SCHEME SAVING FUND PREMIUM CUST SAVING FUND BASIC DEP A/C SAVING FUND SMALL A/C SAVING FUND BANGLADESH NAT SB NATIONAL SCHEME FOR GIRLS
SBA
5100
SAVING FUND
CURRENT ACCOUTN VAIBHAV CURRENT ACCOUTN GAURAV C/A- PNB SMART ROAMER C/A- CARD SETTLEMENT A/C CURRENT ACCOUNT GENERAL C/A - SCHM LIFE INSURANCE IMPREST A/CADMN. OFFICES CURRENT ACCOUTN NRE CURRENT ACCOUTN NRO
CAA
3100
CURRENT A/C
CAA CAA CAA CAA
3100 3100 3100 3100
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
CAA CAA
3100 88303
CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C
CAA CAA
3100 3100
CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C
FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND
FUND FUND FUND FUND FUND
CURRENT A/C 15
CAVAI
16 18 21
21
CAGAU CASMR CADRC CAGEN
21 22
CAINS CAIMP
23 24
CANRE CANRO
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
A/C A/C A/C A/C
[208]
25 26 27
CAQ22 CAREF CABNK
CURRENT ACCOUTN QA22 REFUND PAYABLE C/ASBI/SBIASS/NATIONALISED BA 28 CAEEF CURRENT ACCOUTN EEFC 29 CAESC CURRENT A/C ESCROW 36 CAOB C/A- OTHER BANKS CA CADBK C/A- DUTY DRAW BACK IM CARCC RCC- CLG IMPREST A/C RD CARDA RDA IMPREST A/C VO CAVOS CURRENT ACCOUTN VOSTRO VP CAEXH CURRENT ACCOUTN EXCHANGE VQ CARFC CURRENT ACCOUTN RFC VS CAASG C/A AUTO SWEEP GOVT. DEP 55 CSMR1 CURRENT AC SILVER (FCMR1) 57 CSMR2 CURRENT AC GOLD (FCMR2) 58 CSMR3 CURRENT AC DIAMOND (FCMR3) 59 CSMR4 CURRENT AC PLATINUM (FCMR4) 36 CAOBK CURRENT AC OTHER BANK INTERNET 30 CDEPD CALL DEPOSIT DEMAND 39 CASUR PNB SURAKSHA CURRENT A/C RECURRING DEPOSIT
CAA CAA CAA
3100 3500 15100
CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C
CAA CAA CAA CAA CAA CAA CAA CAA
3100 3100 15200 3100 88303 3100 3100 3100
CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT CURRENT
CAA CAA CAA
3100 3100 3100
CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C
CAA CAA
3100 3100
CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C
CAA
3100
CURRENT A/C
CAA
3100
CURRENT A/C
CAA CAA
3100 3100
CURRENT A/C CURRENT A/C
82 81 76
RDSTF RD RDFLX
TDA TDA SBA
10100 10100 10400
RECURRING DEPOSIT RECURRING DEPOSIT RECURRING DEPOSIT
77
RDFXS
RECURRING DEPOSIT STAFF RECURRING DEPOSIT RECURRING DEPOSIT-FLEXI RD REC. DEPOSIT-FLEXI RDSTAFF
SBA
10400
RECURRING DEPOSIT
MINI DEPOSOIT ACCOUNGS
SBA
10400
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
A/C A/C A/C A/C A/C A/C A/C A/C
MINI DEPOSIT M1 RDMDS TERM DEPOSIT
PROSPECTIVE SENIOR CITIZEN TD SCHEME S1 FDSCP For Reinvestment scheme-II type- Public S2 FDSCS For Reinvestment scheme-II type- Staff S3 FSCMP For Income option-IO typeMonthly Intt.-Public S4 FSCMS For Income option-IO typeMonthly Intt.-STAFF S5 FSCQP For Income option-IO typeQuarterly Intt.-Public S6 FSCQS For Income option-IO typeQuarterly Intt.-Staff
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[209]
P1
FSCCP
P2 P3
FSCCS FSCPM
P4
FSCSM
P5
FSCPQ
P6 P7
FSCSQ FDSAP
P8
FDSAS
SUGAM TD SCHEME FOR PUBLIC SUGAM TD FOR STAFF SUGAM MONTHLY PAY INTEREST (P) SUGAM MONTLY PAY INT (STAFF) SUGAM TD (QTY INT) PUBLIC SUGAM TD (QTY INT) STAFF ANUPAM TD SCHEMEPUBLIC ANUPAM TD SCHEME - STAFF
FD ANUPAM SCHEME NP FDANP ANUPAM DEPOSIT SCHEME PUBLIC NS FDANS ANUPAM DEPOSIT SCHEME STAFF FD SUGAM SCHEME PU FDSUP Sugam Reinvestment scheme-II type- Public SU FDSUS Sugam Reinvestment scheme-II type- Staff P1 FSMDP Sugam Income option-IO type- Monthly Intt.-Public S1 FSMDS Sugam Income option-IO type- Monthly Intt.-STAFF P2 FSQDP Sugam Income option-IO type- Quarterly Intt.-Public S2 FSQDS Sugam Income option-IO type- Quarterly Intt.-Staff CU CGBSU Capital gain Sugam Deposit Scheme MULTI BENEFIT FD SCHEME DP FDMPB For Reinvestment scheme-II type- Public DS FDMSB For Reinvestment scheme-II type- Staff SPECIAL FD SCHEME MP FDSMP For Income option-IO typeMonthly Intt.-Public MS FDMSS For Income option-IO typeMonthly Intt.-STAFF QP FDSQP For Income option-IO typeQuarterly Intt.-Public QS FDSQS For Income option-IO typeQuarterly Intt.-Staff VARSHIK AYA YOZNA FP FDVPY PNB VARSHIK AYA YOZNA PUBLIC FS FDVSY PNB VARSHIK AYA YOZNA STAFF PNB ORDINARY TERM DEPOSIT SCHEME
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
TDA
10100
RMD Cir 100/14
TDA TDA
10100 10100
RMD Cir 100/14 RMD Cir 100/14
TDA
10100
RMD Cir 100/14
TDA
10100
RMD Cir 100/14
TDA TDA
10100 10100
RMD Cir 100/14 RMD Cir 100/14
TDA
10100
RMD Cir 100/14
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT CBS 27/2014
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
[210]
OR OS CO
FDORD FDOSD FDCOM
Ordinary fd scheme public TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT Ordinary fd scheme staff TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT COMBO SCHEME NRE TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT CUSTOMER PNB BAL VIKAS DEPOSIT SCHENE 70 RDBAL BAL VIKAS DEPOSIT SCHEME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT FM FDBAM FD MONTHLY INCOM TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT OPTION FQ FDBAQ FD QUARTERLY INCOME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT OPTION PNB SAKSHAM SCHEME SK FDSKM SAKSHAM SCHEME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT SS FDSKS SAKSHAM SCHEME - STAFF TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT M3 FSMMP SHAK SHAM SCHEME – PUB. TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT M4 FSMMS SHAK SHAM SCHEME - STAFF TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT M5 FSOMP SHAK SHAM SCHEME - TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT PUBLIC M6 FSOMS SHAK SHAM SCHEME - STFF TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT GROWTH DEP SCHEME (single fixed deposit above Rs. 10 Cr. taken at card rate or below card rate) CR
FDCDR
FDR Core Reinvestment Scheme CD FDCDM FDR Core Monthly interest income scheme CO FDCDQ FDR Core Quarterly interest income scheme CS FDCDS FDR Core Simple interest scheme BULK DEPOSIT SCHEME (single fixed deposit above Rs. LR
FDBLR
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSIT
10 Cr. taken at DRI rate )
FDR DRI Reinvestment Scheme LM FDBLM FDR DRI Monthly interest income scheme LQ FDBLQ FDR DRI Quarterly interest income scheme LS FDBLS FDR DRI Simple interest scheme OTHER TERM DEPOSIT SCHEMES 75 FDCGN FD CAPITAL GAIN A/C
TDA
10300
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10300
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10300
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10300
TERM DEPOSIT
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSITS
DT
FDNRF
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSITS
TA TB TC VW
FCNRB FCNRO FCNRS FCNRL
TDA TDA TDA TDA
10100 10100 10100 10100
TERM TERM TERM TERM
DEPOSITS DEPOSITS DEPOSITS DEPOSITS
TD TF TH TN N6
FMNRE FMNRO FNRE RDNRE FNRSM
TDA TDA TDA TDA TDA
10100 10100 10100 10400 10100
TERM TERM TERM TERM TERM
DEPOSITS DEPOSITS DEPOSITS DEPOSITS DEPOSITS- Min 1 year
NRE FLEXIBLE DEPOSIT SCHEME FCNR (B) - MBFD FCNR (B) - ORDINARY FCNR (B) - DEPOSITS FCNR PREMIUM LINKED SCHEME FD MULTI BENEFIT NRE FD MULTI BENEFIT NRO FD ORDINARY NRE RECURRING DEPOSIT NRE NRE MONTHLY INTT SUGAM
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[211]
N7
FNRSQ
N8
FNROM
N5
FNROQ
EM ES
FNRES FMSKM
SCHEM NRE QTLY INTT SUGAM SCHEME NRE SUGAM MONTHLY PAY OUT NRE SUGAM QUARTERLY PAY OUT SAKSHAM -NRE CUSTOMERS SAKSHAM -NEW WITHOUT MORATR.
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSITS- Min 1 year
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSITS
TDA
10100
TERM DEPOSITS
TDA TDA
10100 10100
TERM DEPOSITS TERM DEPOSITS
TROUBLE SHOOTING – DAY END ( Table exists in AFI at Day can be rectified )
TABLE NAME
FUNCTION
MEENU FOR REMOVAL
GAM GAM GAM ALT ANT BGM BLT BLT CBT CMC CMG CMT DHT DCMM DISB DST IMA IMT ITC IZC LHT LLT SPT SDR XXX EDT FXM FBM,FDT,FEIF,FBI COMBINATION OF VARIOUS TABLES LIKE AAS,ANT,AST,EIT,GAC,GAM SDR,CDT COMBINATION OF VARIOUS TABLES LIKE LAM,ITC,AST,LRS,AIT,GEM,LRH COMBINATION OF TABLES LIKE GAM,GEM,AAS,TAM,DRT,ETC.
Z M E M M M A M M M A M M A A A A M M A M A/M M A M A/M A A
verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU Verification by TDEXT verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU verification by CAACAU EXPODM FBM FBM
A M
OAACAU SRM
A
OAACAU (LOAN A/C)
A
OAACAU (TD A/C)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
by ACM BY TDEXT by ALM by ACM(N) by GMM by BM by BM ® by ICHBAU byCUMM(E) by CUMM(V) by CUMM(M) by ACLHM ODCM/IDCM by RPCTM DSPWFQ by IMC by IMGNT by INTTM MICZ BY ACLHM BY LNM BY SPPAU BY SRM BY CHBMAU
[212]
GCH UPR SCT ACD ATT
A M V V V
GCHRG HUPM ACXFRSC MEAC ACXFRSOL
HUPM SBA,CCA,OA LAA SBA,CCA,ODA
SIH TDT CAR
V V V
SIM TDREN/OAACAU SWCM
ALL FD DEBITCARD
Sl No.
REASON DUE TO WHICH UNVERIFIED RECORD EXISTS
TO KNOW UNVERIFIED RECORDS
FEQUENCY
1
Personalised Cheque Book requests-Uploaded but not verified – CBSCHQBK
DAYRPT
10/17
DAILY
2
SMS alerts entered but not verified
DAYRPT
10/37
DAILY
3
Internet banking facility entered but not verified Credit Balance in Loan accounts
10/36A 10/36B 10/40
DAILY
4
DAYRPT DAYRPT DAYRPT
5
Debit Card entered but not verified SRM Not created during week
1/1 2/1 10/10
DAILY
6
CARDREP CARDREP DAYRPT
7
CCLD Not done in accounts
LADRPT
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
1
DAILY
Weekly Weekly
[213]
ALTERNATE DELIVERY CHANELLS ATM CARD/ DEBIT CARD The product is called “BUY NOW PAY NOW” MAINTENANCE OF STOCK INVENTORY – NON PERSONALIZED DEBIT CARDS To maintain stock inventory of non personalized debit cards at branches TBD HO New Delhi has prescribed the procedures: (i) TBD HO while issuing the debit cards to branches will upload the details in system and effective 10.12.2012 branches will be able to issue only those debit cards which have been uploaded by TBD HO and marked received by the branches. (ii) HO TBD has already uploaded the stock of debit cards issued to branches up to 30.11.2012 (iii) On receipt of stock of debit cards branches to acknowledge the card in “DCARDINS” menu in CBS through Option “R” by entering the SBC code (Lot No.) range mentioned on the debit card packet and verify by another user through DCARDINS option “V”. TYPES OF CARDS At present following types of cards are issued to customers: Card Type G I L M W T E
Description PERSONALISED GOLD CARD BIOMETRIC CARD TO ILLITERATE PLATINUM CARD MITRA CARD BIOMETRIC CARD WITHOUT PIN PNB Rakshak platinum debit card EMV Card
Card Type N P
Description
RK RU PK
Rupay Kisan Card (NP) Rupay NP Debit card Personalized Rupay Kisan Cards (with name only) PNB Rakshak classic debit card
S
NON PERSONALISED CARD PERSOALISED CARD
ISSUE OF DEBIT CARD BEARING RUPAY & MASTER CARD LOGO (1) If customer desires to use the card for cash withdrawal, POS purchase and e-commerce shopping in India & abroad then the Debit Card bearing Master Card logo should be issued after getting the request on the existing Debit Card Application Form till the revised application form is available. (2) If customer desires to use the card for cash withdrawal and POS purchase only in India and not abroad then the Debit Card bearing RuPay logo should be issued after getting the request on the existing Debit Card application form. FUNCTION CODES AVAILABLE IN DCARD MENU FUNCTION DESCRIPTION A Addition to new card V Verification of newly added card I Inquiry of the card D Deletion of card M Modification in data entered R Receive – Request to activate personalized card C To verify request for activation of personalized card
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[214]
PLATINUM DEBIT CARD – ELIGIBILITY CA (sole Prop.) Who maintain QAB of Rs.1.00 lac during last quarter Saving Fund Who maintain QAB of Rs.0.50 lac during last quarter CAOD (Against Bank Who avails limit of Rs.1.00 lac and above deposit & GOI sec.) Other customers Valued customers in the opinion of Incumbent Inch. MENUS RELATING TO DEBIT CARD : DCARDINS DCARD DPINREQ SWCM ACM/7 or ACI/7
Debit Card Inventory acknowledgement Debit card issue and request for activation Duplicate Pin request Card information at Account level List of Cards linked to the Account
ISSUE OF PERSONALIZED DEBIT CARDS THROUGH SMS i) Only personalized debit card can be issued ii) Customer can request through his mobile number registered in CBS iii) Facility is available in all a/cs where debit card not yet issued iv) Debit card & ATM pin will be dispatched at home address. v) Final activation will be done from the base branch only. SMS Process flow - Customer should send SMS by registered mobile number to 5607040 DEBCARD Customer will receive reply immediately as follows: i) If a/c not exist - Invalid a/c no. please re-send with correct no. ii)If mobile no. not registered – Use registered mobile number iii)If debit card already issued – Debit card already issued iv)If all are correct – Request received & yr request no. is XXXXX v) After dispatch of card – Debit card has been dispatched On receipt of Card and PIN Number User to visit base branch and branch will authenticate the customer by his signature and photograph from CBS and on receipt of acknowledgement in register activation request will be punched with R option and confirmation with C option. Card will be activated within 48 hours. DEBIT CARD – FUNCTIONS AT ATM MACHINE S.No. Function Description 1 Withdrawal ATM is being utilized for withdrawal of money 2 Transfer Transfer of funds between one account to other 3 Taxes Payment of Direct Taxes through ATM (GBD Cir.118/2011) 4 Stop payment Stop payment of cheques through ATM Machine (IT CBS Cir.34/2011) 5 Credit Card Payment of credit card dues Payment 6 IBS Internet banking Registration – New User 7 IBS- Password Request for duplicate password 8 IBS-facility To get Additional facility from view to transaction 9 IMPS Immediate payment system ADD-ON CARDS / ATTACHMENT OF ACCOUNT Add on cards Maximum 2 add-on cards can be issued Attachment of a/c Maximum 3 accounts per card can be attached
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[215]
CASH WITHDRAWAL LIMIT AND PURCHASE LIMIT FROM POS TYPE OF CARD CASH WITHDRAWAL ATM Classic/Maestro Debit Card Rs.25000/- per day (Max. Rs.15000/- per transaction) Platinum / Gold Debit Card Rs.50000/- per day (Max. Rs.15000/- per transactions) PNB Mitra ATM Card Rs.5000/- per day PNB Biometric ATM Card Rs.5000/- per day Rupay card ( NPCI based ) Rs.25000/- per day
POINT OF SALE (POS) Rs.60000/- per day Rs.125000/- per day Not valid for POS Not valid for POS Rs.60000/- per day
SALILENT FEATURES OF RUPAY CARD 1) Card launched by NPCI (National Payments Corporation of India) 2) All Indian banks and financial institutions in India to participate in electronic Payment system. 3) Cash withdrawal through all RuPay enabled ATMs 4) Card can be used at selected POS terminals identified by NPCI 5) PIN is mandatory required at ATM and POS terminals both. 6) Validity of the card is 7 years. 7) Can be used only in India. 8) Rupay Card is enabled for E-commerce transactions effective 12.08.2014. 9) Rupay Card users can avail debit transactions on the basis of Transaction password & phrase without OTP upto 10000/- and beyond 10000/transaction with OTP permitted. 10)Additional feature like 3D secure services are available on Rupay Card. SALILENT FEATURES OF DEBIT CARD BEARING MASTER CARD LOGO 1) 2) 3) 4)
Can be used in India and outside India. Cash withdrawal, POS and E-commerce will be through master card enabled ATMs Signature base card as well as PIN base card To make online payment customer to register himself for 3D secure service through website ‘www.pnbindia.com’ menu- Personal Banking>menu Cards>3D secure service link. 5) Charges for Int’l Transaction at ATM (i) Cash Withdrawal - Rs.150/- per transaction. (ii)Balance Enquiry - Rs.15/- per transaction. 6) Charges for Int’l ATM Transaction in Nepal under Everest Bank Ltd. Sharing arrangement. (i) Cash withdrawal - Rs.50/- per transaction (ii)Balance Enquiry - Rs. 15/- Per transaction. 7) Charges for Int’l transaction in Bhutan under Druk PNB Ltd. Sharing arrangement. (i) Cash withdrawal -Rs.6/- per transaction. (ii)Balance enquiry - NO Charges For international use Maximum Cash withdrawal, POS and E-commerce transaction has been fixed at Rs.25000/-. PROCEDURE TO ISSUE PERSONALISED RUPAY KISAN CARD i) Branches may use existing application of debit cards. On receipt and verification of application form the Branch shall punch the data through DCARD Menu in Finacle under “Personalized Rupay Kisan Card Option under type of Card filed – PK”
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[216]
ii)
iii) iv) v)
Personalized Kisan cards and their respective PINs would be sent to branch by TBD HO and branch to hand over the card with PIN to customer and run “R” and “C” Option in Dcard menu to get the card activated through TBD Similar procedure is required to be followed for issuance of duplicate cards. In case of Loss/theft complaint at Toll free number for hot listing of the card. All other procedures will be same as in other debit cards.
PIN Based Cards AT POS Transaction card holder has to punch PIN SIGNATURE Based Cards POS Transaction by signing the slips without PIN BANK’S CHARGES -DEBIT CARDS TYPE OF CHARGES
AMOUNT OF CHARGES Issue Charges NIL Annual fee inclusive of Rs.100/-+ (Service card issued to student Tax) Add on Card Rs.50/- per card Duplicate PIN Rs.25/RESOLUTION OF COMPLAINT Lodgement of complaints for failed /suspected /fraudulent transactions (TBD18/14) Incase Suspected / Fraudulent transactions only FAILED TRANSACTION
Time limit Technical nature complaint i.e. delivery and working of debit card In respect of failed / suspected / Fraudulent transactions To know complaint
Status
of
Deleting at ATM/Debit Card Status enquiry of card
TYPE OF CHARGES
AMOUNT OF CHARGES
Duplicate Card Card with Photo.
Rs.100/Rs.25/-
Staff
Free for all
Following prescribed forms are to be used: 1)PNB 1207 – Complaint form for ATM transactions 2)PNB 1208 – Customer dispute form for POS/E-commerce/ Payment gateway transactions debit card Forms are required to be submitted to ATMCell TBD HO through
[email protected] or
[email protected] Within a maximum period of 7 days from the date of receipt of customer’s complaint failing which compensation of Rs.100 per day required to be paid to aggrieved customer. Customer is entitled to received compensation only if claim is lodged with the issuer bank within 30 days of date of transaction. These cases should be forwarded to HO TBD via mail
[email protected] by providing following information: 1)Name of customer 2)Customer ID 3)SOL ID 4) Branch Name 5)Type of Service 6)Nature of complaint 7)Any other issues Complaint be lodged at following numbers or e-mail: 18001802222 – 18001032222 - Toll Free OR 0120-2490000 - 0120-2490053 - Tolled number OR Email -
[email protected] Status of complaint can be seen through DOCKET ID by logging into ANDROPNB at CBS hom page. ID and Password can be obtained from Cos or by sending mail to
[email protected] Customer/Branch/CO/any office may obtain further clarification from TBD by sending mail at
[email protected] or
[email protected] SWCM to be used to delete card at account closure. Using ‘D’ option by feeding card number after leaving first 3 digits. (1) Use ACI menu- option 7 if link flag in ‘N’ then card is Hot listed. (2) Use SWCM menu enter card no. (leaving first 3 digits ) if card status is 2 than card is hot listed and if it is ‘0’ than status of card is active.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[217]
HOTLISTING OF ATM/DEBIT CARDS Through Call Centre
Through SMS mode
All cards that are lost / stolen / surrendered / unusable are required to be hotlisted by registering request with Bank’s call centre at 18001802222 /18001032222 or 0120-2490000, 0129-2490053. Card holder to send SMS to 5607040 with following sequence HOT e.g. HOT 5126520000000013 Confirmation message will be received like: a) If Card blocked successfully : Debit card blocked on dd/mm/yy at hh:mm:ss & your reference number is XXXXX. Please contact nearest branch for new card b) If card number is invalid : Incorrect debit card number, Retry with correct number or call customer care at 18001802222/18001032222/01202490000 c) If mobile number is not registered : Mobile number not registered with Bank. System unable to Block debit card. Call customer care at 18001802222/18001032222/01202490000 d) If system faults (Destination not available) Unable to block debit card call customer care 18001802222/18001032222/01202490000 e) If card is already blocked : Debit card already blocked on dd/mm/yy at hh:mm:ss. Contact nearest branch for new debit card. (TBD Circular no. 57/2014 dated 24.09.2014)
TRANSFER OF FUNDS THROUGH ATMS ATM LINKED ACCOUNT Rs. One lac per transactions without any limit Other accounts Per day cash withdrawal limit without any limit CASH RETENTION LIMIT IN ATMs (TBD Circular 09/2014) Average Cash dispensed by ATM (Rs.) Upto 70000/Above 70000/- & upto 1.50 lacs Above 1.50 lacs & upto 2.50 lacs Above 2.50 lacs & upto 3.50 lacs Above 3.50 lacs & upto 4.50 lacs Above 4.50 lacs & upto 5.50 lacs Above 5.50 lacs & upto 7.00 lacs Above 7.00 lacs & upto 8.00 lacs Above 8.00 lacs & upto 9.00 lacs Above 9.00 lacs
Cash Retention Limit (Rs.) 3 lacs 6 lacs 9 lacs 12 lacs 15 lacs 20 lacs 25 lacs 30 lacs 35 lacs 40 lacs
MARK UP CHARGES ON POSP TRANSACTIONS 1) Mark up charges @ 2.50% subject to minimum of Rs.10/- for each POSP transactions done by the debit card users at Petrol pumps for railway bookings and on actual claim basis on Hotel/Restaurant transactions. (TBD 17/2014) 2)Foreign nationals using our Banks ATM a ATM access fee @Rs.150/- per transactions will be recovered at the time of doing transaction. MONETARY COMPENSATION SCHEME FOR ACTIVE PNB RUPAY/MASTER DEBIT CARDS (Valid upto 31.03.2015 refer TBD 41/2014 and 60/2014 dated 17.10.2014)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[218]
NPCI INSURANCE PROGRAMME FOR RUPAY CARD HOLDERS – VALID UPTO 31.03.2015 ELIGIBILITY 1)All Rupay card holders ie RuPay Debit, RuPay Kissan (KCC) and RuPay prepaid-Classic and Platinum will be eligible for the benefit under the insurance programme. 2)Facility is available to the RuPay cardholders who have performed minimum one successful financial or nonfinancial transaction at any Channel ie ATM/Micro ATM/POS/ e-Com in last 45 days prior to incident. 3)RuPay card holders will be eligible for the compensation on only one eligible RuPay card per card holder or per customer even if multiple cards of different banks are meeting the eligibility criteria. The choice of the card for the claim would rest with the customer. 4) The claim will need to be submitted by the card issuing entity (Branch), at the request of eligible beneficiary, directly to the Insurance Company. 5) Personal Accident insurance is open to everyone from the age of 18 years to 65 years. It may be noted that age below 18 and beyond 65 year will not be eligible 6) Claim to be forwarded directly to HDFC Ergo insurance company by branch. The PNB Monetary Compensation Scheme For RuPay Cards is being dispensed with w.e.f 01.11.2014. (Refer FID 29/2014 dated 22.11.2014) PNB MONETARY COMPENSATION SCHEME – VALID UPTO 31.03.2015 Free Group Accidental Death insurance cover to all its Debit Card holders, subject to the usage of Card. The cover would be applicable only if a card holder has used his Debit Card for a financial transaction within the previous 45 days from the date of incidences (accident) and submit claim to base branch within 60 days from the date of loss. Branches to maintain claim register as per format. Te extent of cover would be as under : Classic / Maestro Debit Card Platinum / Gold Debit Card PNB MITRA ATM CARD PNB Rakshak Card Person below officer rank Officers (Lts. Captains, Majors Lt.Cols.&Col.Brig.above)
Rs. 50,000/Rs.200,000/Rs. 25,000/Rs.2,00,000/Rs.5,00,000/-
EMV CHIP + MAGSTRIPE DEBIT CARD (TBD 50/2013) -
EMV denotes = ‘EuroPay’,’MasterCard’,’Visa’.
-
Chip based cards acceptable on Europay, Master Card & Visa Machines & Terminals in India as wella as outside India.
-
Primary authentication of transaction through chip( if machine is chip enabled) and if not Magstripe will be used for authentication.
-
PIN will be required for both ATM & POS
-
Limit Cash withdrawal -25000/- POS Rs.125000/- per day.
-
Linking of a/cs – 3 a/cs per card
-
Cost of card – Rs.100/- in additional to Annual charges but Incumbent Incharge may refund in case of premium customers.
-
EMV Cards are personalized cards
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[219]
-
Branch to punch the data through DCARD menu under EMV card option under type of card field =EMV Card –“E”.
-
EMV Card with PIN will be sent to branch in sealed cover.
-
After handing over the card to customer branch to run ‘R’ and ‘C’ option in DCARD menu for activation of the card.
-
Branch to enter e-mail id of the customer while punching the request for debit card.
-
Validity is 7 years.
RATIONALIZATION OF TRANSACTIONS & CHARGES ON TRANSACTIONS (Effective from 1st November 2014 TBD Circular No. 61/2014 dated 24.10.2014) TYPE OF CUSTOMER NO. OF FREE TRANSACTIONS (per month on other bank’s ATM) (FINANCIAL & NONFINANCIAL) Saving Fund a/c (except Small /No Frill/ Basic 3 SF a/c in 6 metros Saving Fund a/c (Small/ No frill/ Basic SF a/c in 5 6 metros Saving Fund account – In areas other than 6 5 metros Metros – Mumbai, New Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata, Bengaluru and Hyderabad TRANSANCTION CHARGES TYPE OF CUSTOMER
Saving fund account – Financial tran Saving fund account – Non Financial
TRANSACTION CHARGES (PLUS SERVICE CHARGES, IF ANY) ON OTHER BAN’S ATM (Rs.) Rs.20/Rs.20/-
REIMBURSEMENT OF PROXY TRANSACTIONS – ATM Normal ATM transaction, following accounting entries are passed by the system: Dr - Customer a/c Cr.- ATM a/c ( 51650021) At the time of reversal due to hardware problem, following accounting entries should be passed by the system: Dr - ATM a/c (51650021) Cr.- Customer a/c Sometime proxy entries are created in ATM a/c due to non-availability of limit in ATM a/cs and the following entries are created by the system. Dr - Proxy a/c (ATM a/c–51650021is given in the remarks column of Tranctions ) Cr - ATM a/c Proxy transactions are also created in Customer accounts due to non-availability of funds in their accounts ( when CBS system is working on SI Server ). Dr - Proxy a/c (Customer a/c is mentioned in the remarks column of proxy transactions ) Cr - ATM a/c
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[220]
Aforesaid provision of Proxy Account is meant for facilitating the day end only and not for any other purpose and as per the instant guidelines, such proxy transactions should be reversed next day and in no case be allowed to outstand for more than three days ( I & A Division Circular – 42/2003 dated 21.11.2003). Before sending claim to TBD HO Check Account head 5711316 & 3171116 in CBS and explore the particular entry. If an ATM account, i.e. , 51650021XXXXXX(ATM_ID) is mentioned under the remarks column of transaction, send the claim immediately to ATM Cell, TBD HO at
[email protected] or
[email protected] in the following format for reimbursement of these entries:ATM ACCOUNT No. (as per Remark Col)
Date proxy
of
Amount
Particulars as per details in entry
BO Sol ID where the entry is outstanding
Date of reversal of proxy entry
On exploring the entry if the account number of a particular customer is mentioned under the remarks column, then the amount is to be recovered from that account holder only and no claim is to be sent to ATM Cell. While doing so, it must be ensured that Card holder account is not debited twice for same transaction. (FOR DETAILS ON ATM ACCOUNTING REFER TBD 28/2014) INTRODUCTION OF IMMEDIATE PAYMENT SERVICE (IMPS) THROUGH ATM. Interbank fund transfer through Immediate Payment Service (IMPS) is on increasing trend being its 24X7 availability & instant credit to beneficiary account. Keeping in view the growing tendency, after launching it at Mobile Banking & Internet Banking platform, IMPS has been now introduced at ATMs also. Daily limit of IMPS fund transfer through ATM is fixed as Rs.10000/-. The detailed procedure is as under: IMPS Registration through ATM – One time activity 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Insert Debit card at PNB ATM Click on “Fund Transfer” option Select “Immediate Payment Service” Select “Registration” Enter “Mobile Number” registered with Bank for SMS Alerts Confirm mobile number by re-entering the same All the accounts linked with the card will be displayed on the screen *Select any one account number & press submit On successful response, the message will be displayed - Transaction processed successfully & MMID of the account will be printed on the receipt 10. In case of Invalid/mismatched mobile number, the activity will be declined with response code 98. *Note: All the operative accounts linked with the debit card can be registered for IMPS one by one with the similar procedure. IMPS Fund Transfer through ATM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Inserts Debit card at PNB ATM Click on “Fund Transfer” option Select “Immediate Payment Service” Select “Fund Transfer” Enter Beneficiary’s Mobile Number
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[221]
6. 7. 8. 9.
Enter Beneficiary’s Mobile Money Identifier (MMID) Enter amount to be transferred Select Account type System will display all the accounts mapped with that account type. Choose the desired account number 10.Confirmation screen will be displayed stating entered beneficiary Mobile Number, MMID & Amount. 11. Check the details & press “Proceed” 12. On successful response ATM will display the message - Transaction processed successfully and reference no & amount will be printed on the receipt. Note:- While making payment Beneficiary’s MMID & mobile number is required to be entered. E-COMMERCE TRANSACTION USING DEBIT CARDS AS A MEASURE OF STRENGTHENING THE SECURITY MEASURES ON CARD NOT PRESENT OR CNP TRANSACTIONS, THAT IS TRANSACTIONS UNDERTAKEN WITH DEBIT CARDS ON THE INTERNET FOR ECOMMERCE TRANSACTIONS, IT HAS BEEN DECIDED THAT SUCH TRANSACTIONS WOULD BE ACCEPTED FOR ONLY THOSE CARDHOLDERS WHO HAVE REGISTERED FOR THE SMS ALERTS FACILITY. THIS MEASURE WOULD COME INTO EFFECT FROM JANUARY15, 2012. SHIFTING OF STOCK OF NON-PERSONALIZED DEBIT CARDS FROM ONE SOL ID TO ANOTHER IN THE SYSTEM Menu Option DCARDINS be made available to the Helpdesk users at Circle office IT Deptt. Helpdesk users at Circle office IT Department have been enabled to shift the inventory of one branch to another as and when required within the circle. Process Flow : Menu option DCARDINS Sub option – ‘M’
To shift a particular SBC no. (Card lot of 100) in the FINACLE system from one Sol Id to another.
a. Enter DCARDINS menu with ‘M’ option. b. Enter SBC No. (Card lot of 100) to be shifted to another Sol Id. c. Enter Sol Id of the branch where cards to be shifted. d. Press ‘Y’. e. Press ‘F4’. Partial transfer is not allowed, only complete set of 100 cards of any SBC number can be shifted from one Sol to another. The process flow to receive & verify the SBC by the branch is reiterated as under: Menu option DCARDINS Sub option – ‘R’
To receive a particular SBC no. (Card lot of 100) in the FINACLE system
Sub Option ‘V’
To verify the above received records in the FINACLE system by another User
2. Sub option – ‘R’ a. Enter DCARDINS menu with ‘R’ option. b. Enter SBC number individually or range of the SBC No allotted to the Sol and then SOLID in the next field. c. Press ‘Y’. d. Press ‘F4’. 3. Sub option – ‘V’ a. Enter DCARDINS menu with ‘V’ option. b. Enter SOL ID and then SBC number individually or range of the SBC No allotted to your sol in the next field. c. Press ‘Y’. d. Press
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[222]
There are also Two separate types of Prepaid Card, salient feature are given hereunder: SN o 1.
Feature
PNB Uphaar Card
PNB Suvidha Card
Usage of card
To be given as a gift by the purchaser
2.
Persons who can purchase the card
3. 4. 5. 6.
Min and Max value Validity POS, E-com. Per day cash withdrawal ATM Per day cash with. Limit for POS & Ecom Reload ability
KYC compliant customers through transfer from their account and non customers through cheques only Rs.500/- and Rs.50000/Maximum one year Allowed Not allowed
To be given out by corporate to their employees/small services providers. KYC comliant customers through transfer from their account and non customers through cheques only. Rs.500/- and Rs.50000/Maximum 3 years Allowed max 50000/Rs.25000/- per day
Rs.25000/- per day
Rs.25000/- per day
Reloading not permitted
Reloadable by purchaser through debit to PNB account / by cheuqe Current account – Separate current accounts would be opened in CBS for each card. Yes only by our existing corporate clients, to be purchased and re-loaded to the debit of their account.
7.
8.
9.
Type of account for supporting the card 10 Whether facility of bulk purchase would be made available 11 Menu option for issue / upload of cards (i) Issue (ii)Bulkupload (iii)Reload (iv)Surrender Reports – PNB Uphar Card Suvidha Card
Current account-separate current accounts would be opened in CBS for each card Yes through cheque/transfer from account only
PCARDISS UPHBULK N/A N/A - Cardrep 9A and 9B - Cardrep 10A and 10B
PSUVISS N/A PSUVRLD PSUVSUR
CREDIT CARD Credit cards are issued with preset credit limits and also called “BUY NOW PAY LATER” Important - From Ist July 2013 onwards, bank shall issue all new cards for domestic usage only unless Int’l use is specifically sought. (1) Card is accepted for cash withdrawal at all ATMs of PNB. (2) Card is accepted for cash withdrawal of all ATMs of other banks in India & abroad which accepts VISA Cards ( If enabled for Int’l usage). (3) The Card is accepted for payment at all Merchant Establishments having POS EDC (Electronic Data capturing machine) like shops, restaurents, railways etc. who accepts VISA cards and even globally (if card is enabled for Int’l usage). ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA 1) The applicant should have banking relationship with PNB with a satisfactory track record for minimum 6 months.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[223]
2) Applicant should be literate i.e. 10th standard pass. 3) Applicant should have independent financial means. 4) The applicant should be between the age of 21 years and up to 65 years. For add-on card minimum age will be 18 years. 5) The applicant should be residing / working within the city limits. 6) Minimum Annual Income (Per annum ) Profession Salaried applicant Business/Self employed/ Professional Individuals drawing salary from account with PNB
For Classic Card 100000.00 100000.00
For Gold Card 250000.00 200000.00
Limit based on the income criteria for different slabs
EXCEPTION – ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA 1) In case of Senior Government Officials, Senior executives of corporate dealing with us, Bank can issue credit card even if they are not maintaining their individual banking relationship with us. These applications have to be recommended by Incumbent Incharge only after completion of KYC norms and submission of complete documents as required. 2) Credit card can be issued to the employees of corporate / institutions maintaining their deposit / advance or other accounts with us but employees are not maintaining individual accounts with us. GENERAL PUBLIC Category of credit card
Limit
Limit
Cash withdrawal limit
Minimum Maximum Classic Card +2 Add on 10,000/1,00,000 30% of the card limit Gold Card + 2 Add on 50,000/5,00,000/40% of the card limit As per RBI guidelines KYC/AML guidelines in respect of add-on/ supplementary card holder are also complied with. While recommending issuance of Add-on cards, copy of necessary KYC documents are also attached with the application. EMPLOYEES OF RRBs SPONSORED BY PNB (CC Circular 05/2014) Our bank has sponsored following RRBs: a. Madhya Bihar Gramin Bank, Patna. b. Sarv Haryana Gramin Bank, Rohtak. c. Himachal Pradesh Gramin Bank, Mandi. d. Punjab Gramin Bank, Kapurthala. e. Sarv U.P. Gramin Bank, Meerut. The credit card limit for RRB employees shall be fixed as given here-under: Cadre/ Designation Limit on the Card in Cash Limit in Rs. Rs.
Add-on cards
Officers – JMG I
50,000
10,000
Two
MMG II & III
75,000
15,000
Two
SMG IV & V
1,50,000
30,000
Two
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
Banking relationship with PNB with a satisfactory track record of minimum 6 been waived but RRB staff should have an account with PNB. Officer employee should be permanent employee of RRB. KYC compliance should be ensured by RRB. All applications should be routed through HO of the RRB. In case officer does not remain in service entire dues to be recovered.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
months’
[224]
has
HOUSING LOAN CUSTOMER OF THE BANK Housing loan sanctioned Rs.2 lac to 5 lacs Rs.500001/- to 2000000/- lacs Above Rs.2000000/-
Pre-approved card limit 10% of housing loan 10% of housing loan max.Rs.1.00 lac 5% of housing loan max. Rs.3.00 lacs
Type of Card Classic Gold Gold
TERM DEPOSIT HOLDERS OF THE BANK 1.Credit card in the name of applicant whose name appeared on FD either single or jointly with family members. 2.Joint deposit with minor not eligible. 3.Limit 90% of the deposit amount with PNB 4.Limit will be set up in multiples of 1000/5.Branch to mark lien on FDR 6.No income proof, no upper age limit, minimum age 18 years 7.FD in PNBTax Saver, RD, Capital gain, Deposit in the name of minor not eligble. 8. On failure to pay monthly credit card dues: In case, a Credit Card holder fails to make payment of monthly credit card dues till the expiry of 60 days of ‘payment due date’, the outstanding against the credit card account will be liquidated by making premature encashment of Term Deposit and by appropriating the proceeds towards repayment of credit card dues. 9.Joining /Annual / Renewal fee - NIL Type of card Card limit (min.) Card Limit( Max.) Classic Rs.10000/Rs.49000/Gold Rs.50000/Rs.499000/Platinum Rs.500000/Rs.1000000/STAFF Cadre / Designation Card Limit Cash Limit Add – on card Subordinate Staff 5000 NIL NIL Clerical 25000 5000 Two Officer-JMG-1 50000 10000 Two MMG II & III 75000 15000 Two SMG IV & V 150000 30000 Two TEG VI 200000 40000 Two TEG VII 300000 60000 Two CMD /ED 500000 100000 Two Cash withdrawal limit will be within the overall credit limit assigned to the card holder. DOCUMENTS REQUIRED Proof of identity and Proof of residence: As per existing KYC / AML guidelines. Proof of Income: Any of the following latest documents: a. For Salaried persons: copies of latest (i) Salary Slip (ii) Salary Certificate (iii) IT return duly acknowledged by IT Deptt. (iv) Form 16
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[225]
b. For Self employed/Professionals: (i) IT return duly acknowledged by IT Deptt. (ii) PAN Card or Form 60/61 (with Photo ID). MENUS RELATING TO CREDIT CARD : CCAPPL Credit Card application punching in CBS CCPAY To Record Payment received from customer APPLSCHD Printing of Application Schedule APPLRPT Credit Card Application Report APLURPT Unverified credit card application report CCTRAN Credit card transaction report FEATURES OF THE CREDIT CARD 1) No Annual fee, No Joining fee and no renewal fee 2) Low Finance Charges 3) 50 Days interest free credit 4) At the time of payment of credit card bills, the customer has the option of paying any amount between Minimum Amount due or Total Amount due. Minimum amount due is 5% of total amount due or Rs.100/- whichever is higher. 5) No fuel surcharge for single purchase of fuel between Rs.400/- to Rs.3000/6) Credit card statement if received through e-mail is password protected having the secured password as “Credit card Number” 7) All credit card applications should be completely filled in and entered in CBS system through menu option “CCAPPL”. Print report alongwith the application duly recommended be submitted to the Credit Card Processing Centre A-37 Sector 60 NOIDA – 201301 UP. COLLECTION OF DUES – CREDIT CARD In order to facilitate easy and convenient mode of payment of credit card dues, the card holders may choose to make payment at any CBS branch, through following modes: i) Cash deposit ii)
Transfer cheque payment
iii)
Clearing instruments like cheque, draft, cash order etc.
iv)
Standing Instructions
v)
PAYMENT THROUGH DELIVERY CHANELS ATM Machine
vi)
Internet banking
vii)
Bill Desk
viii) ix)
NEFT Auto debit authority
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[226]
GLOBAL PLATINUM CREDIT CARDS (CC Circular 06/2014) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Primary Card Educational qualification Relationship with PNB Visit report
-
1 Plus 2 Add on cards allowd. Should be literate Track record of minimum 6 months. If existing customer no visit report If new customer visit report is to be submitted. 5) Independent financial means for primary cards. Add on card can be issued with Solely liability of the primary card holder. 6. Age 21 to 65 years for Add on card 18 years. 7. Proof of address Same as normal card. 8. Minimum annual income Rs.500000/9. Cash withdrawal limit 40% of the limit 10. Card limit Minimum 50000 Maximum 10 lacs 11. Joining/Add on card/Annual Rs.500/Fee 12. Renewal No renewal fee 13. Reward points 2 Points for every purchase of Rs.150/14. Lost card liability Rs.50000/- maximum 15. Scoring model Application will be assessed through scoring Model. INTERNET BANKING - RETAIL Internet banking facility is available to the customer of CBS Branches for accessing/ operating their accounts without coming to bank branches. At present customers as per the constitution defined as individual / joint can avail the facility of retail IBS and other constitution type customers can avail the corporate IBS facility. Current / Cash credit account holders, who are sole prop./partnership be allowed retail IBS facility if they wish to operate with single user ID - for this Modify CUMM (constitution code “Sole Prop – 011” AND “ Partnership 009” S.No. Type of IBS Required application form 1 Retail Customers PNB-1063 2 Corporate customers PNB-1085 On receipt of application from the customer other activities is to be made as under: Use menu option IBSRPOST, Put customer ID + F4, put required details, facility required i.e. V (view)/VT (view and transancton)+F4. S.No. Main Activity Sub Activity 1 C-Create 1)A-Add,M-Modify,I- Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify 2 E-Enable 2)A- Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify 3 D-Disable 3)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V - verify 4 P-DUPLIATE 4)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V - verify PASSWORD 5 M-Modify User 5)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel,V- verify profile 6 A-Attach more 6)A- Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V-verify accounts After using “C” option and verification One envelope will be received from IBS, ITD Section Head Office New Delhi containing the passwords (codes ) of the customers. On receipt of envelope Branch user to enable the Passwords through “E(A)” option followed by entering the facility to be enabled i.e. L (login) LT(Login and Transactions ). Now press F4 to finish. Please note that : Customer ID will be User ID in case of Retail IBS user. The password should be handed over to the user after obtaining proper receipt and activated by the branch officials as explained above. The password will automatically enabled after 24 hours.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[227]
SIMILAR ACTIVITIES IS TO BE DONE TO DISABLE USER, APPLYING DUPLICATE PASSWORD, MODIFY USER PROFILE AND TO ATTACH MORE CUST IDS / ACCOUNTS. Retail IBS – Fund Transfer limit ‐ Within own accounts
-
No limit
‐
3rd Party accounts
-
Rs.15 lacs per day
‐
RTGS
-
Rs.2lacs min amount
‐
NEFT
-
Less than 2 lac per Transactions
ENHANCED SECURITY FEATURES Retail IBS user can configure own limits for following parameters in the system himself: (i) Login time (through his login) (ii) Transaction limit (within max. limit of 15 lacs & maximum number of transactions to be undertaking through his login. (iii)Account level restriction on the facility obtained (through branch) RETAIL INTERNET BANKING – NEW USER INTERFACE GENERAL GUIDELINES (i) This facility is available only for Retail IBS Users. (ii) Only self operated Saving and current a/c customers are eligible. (iii) Only customers registered for SMS alerts are eligible. (iv) Only customers having debit /ATM Cards, ATM Pin can avail this facility. (v) Only customer who have got updated Date of birth or PAN Number can avail the facility. (vi) User can change Customer ID only Once (vii) For modification, cancellation, link another a/c customer to visit at branch. (viii) OTP can be generated only thrice in a day (ix) If three times wrong OTP entered user will be disabled for a day only. (x) Password should be minimum 6 maximum 28 characters (combination of alpha, numeric and special character) (1)
ONLINE RESET PASSWORD THROUGH FORGET PASSWORD
a) Enter User ID, select facility (Login or Transaction or both) and click on forget password > On sucessful validation of entered data an OTP (One time password) will be delilvered to the handset of the user registered for SMS alters. ( This OTP will be valid for 5 minutes only ) b) Next screen displayed will ask to Input the OTP received. c) On successful validation of OTP, User will be required to enter the ATM Card Number, ATM Pin, One Active Savings or Current Account number linked to that ATM Card and Date of Birth / PAN Number d) On validation of entered details user is taken to the next screen where user can set the new passwords (login, transaction or both depends on the facility type he has chosen) (2) USER ID CHANGE a) Retail IBS user can change his own USER ID only once from the existing user ID after logging into the IBS module>Personal setting > Change user ID. b) User to enter the existing IBS User-id and new self generated IBS User-id and confirm new user
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[228]
id. Now click on “Check availability of user ID” option. If selected user ID is available than again enter existing IBS User-id and new self generated IBS User-id and confirm new user id and click on ‘Change user id’ and appropriate message will be displayed. (3) ONLINE USER REGISTRATION a) A separate new link is provided in bank’s IBS website “www.netpnb.com" b) Upon clicking the link the user will be moved to screen where following information is required to be entered: i) Account No. ii) Date of Birth or PAN Number (any one) iii)Facility type (whether to generate login or both passwords)(FOR SECURITY VALIDATION EITHER OF PAN OR DOB WILL MANDATORY FIELD ) c) On successful validation an OTP will be delivered to the handset of the user’s registered mobile number for alerts and move to another window for entering generated OTP. d) Once OTP is validated user will be moved to another screen to enter here i) ATM Card Number ii) ATM Pin iii) One active Saving or Current account number linked to that ATM Card. e) On successful validation of entered details, user is moved to set the passwords ( login, transaction or both depends on the facility type he has chosen). f) On successful passwords settings click on Register and appropriate message will be displayed asking the user “to login to e-banking applicdation after 24-48 hours” (4) IMPS (Interbank Mobile Payment System) Features of IMPS 1) Facility is available only to Retail Internet Banking users 24X7X365 Who are registered SMS Alerts users 2) Beneficiary MMID and Mobile Number are prerequisites for fund transfer which is currently have a limit of Rs.50000/- per day. 3) The facility of bulk IMPS fund transfer is available through upload Option maximum 5 trans. Total limit for amount of Rs.50000/- still holds good for additional transactions. (Records be prepared in .xls file as per following format) Mobile NO. 1234567890 1234567880
MMID 1234567 1234568
Amount 1.00 1.00
PROCESS FLOW FOR IMPS THROUGH IBS 1. Link for IMPS is available under the ‘ Transfers’ menu option 2. After clicking on IMPS, user needs to click on Generate/Retrieve MMID to generate his/her MMID. For Receiving funds user to share his MMID and mobile number with the remitter. 3. Click on “New transaction” under Transfer-IMPS menu 4. User Required to enter information as per screen and click on submit and on next screen IBS user ID and Transaction passwords be entered for confirmation of the transaction. 5. On successful validation screen will appear to show status. 6. For BULK transactions using uupload – click Bulk transaction under Transfer – IMPS menu. User needs to attach the file by browsing and clicking on upload button. 7. On entering the user and transaction password in next screen system will show the status of transaction.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[229]
VIEW TAX CREDIT STATEMENT (26 AS) – RETAIL IBS USER Integration with NSDL for implementation of view Tax Credit Statement (form 26AS) for retail IBS User Pre-Requisite – PAN Number of the customer should be present in the Cust ID on which the retail internet banking is being availed. STEPS: 1) Log on to internet banking > click on “Tax credit statement “(form 26AS)” provided on home page. 2) Page containing PAN of IBS user will open. Now click on submit 3) User will be directed to NSDL website 4) Click on view form 26AS 5) User to select the financial year for the Tax credit statement 6) Now user can check the Tax credit statement for selected year 7) Here TDS certificate can be printed also. PAYEE SETUP IN RETAIL INTERNET BANKING – FUND TRANSFER Payee creation will remain mandatory for making 3rd party fund transfer within PNB and interbank remittances using NEFT and RTGS. To add a payee/beneficiary, click on link “Register Beneficiary”. Provide the 16 digit a/c number and click on “Get Details”, Payee name will be displayed by the system. If payee name is correct then click on “Add beneficiary”. A beneficiary ID is shown by the system at the top and a six digit URN (Unique Reference Number), which is One Time Password (OTP) is sent on user’s mobile number registered with PNB for SMS alerts. At this stage added payee is not activated. For activation, customer needs to confirm the added payee, should clicks on the link “Confirm/Reject Beneficiary”. A list of all added payees which are yet to be confirmed/rejected by the user will be displayed. Select a payee and click on “Confirm beneficiary”. Enter the URN received on mobile number and click on “confirm beneficiary” again. IF URN is correctly entered then payee/beneficiary will be activated immediately and user can transfer the funds. LIMIT SET UP - SECURITY FEATURE – RETAIL INTERNET BANKING As a part of the new security feature retail internet banking users can now restrict the risk involved in retail internet banking services by setting up various limits as per their requirements. A new link ‘Limits’ has been introduced in the left menu bar for setting/modifying the limits. The procedure is as under STEP I – SETTING OF OVERALL LIMIT Users will be required to set daily overall limit in terms of amount (within overall ceiling limit of Rs. 15, 00,000/-) and number of transactions that can be transacted by the user through Internet Banking. STEP II – SETTING OF LIMIT ON TYPE OF TRANSACTION After setting the daily overall limit in internet banking, users will be required to set daily limits for each of the following transaction type in terms of amount and number of transactions that can be transacted by the user through Internet Banking – a) NEFT b) RTGS c) Third Party Transfer (Transfer to other account within PNB) d) Bill Payments After completion of above steps, internet banking users can straight away make bill payment transactions within their daily Bill Payment and Overall limits.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[230]
STEP III – SETTING OF LIMIT ON BENEFICIARIES 1. Before adding any new beneficiary in internet banking, user will be mandatorily required to set limit in terms of number of beneficiaries that may be added in a single day by the user. This will include beneficiaries for all types of Transfers i. e. Transfer to other account within PNB, NEFT and RTGS etc. For example, if a user has set his limit to 5, he cannot add more than 5 beneficiaries in a single day for all types of transfers. 2. Users will be required to set limit for each beneficiary individually (for all types of beneficiary’s viz. Transfer to other account within PNB, by NEFT and RTGS) in terms of maximum amount per transaction that can be transferred to the beneficiary & Number of transactions that can be made to the beneficiary in a day. However, in case of adding a new beneficiary, system will prompt for these limits at the time of creation of beneficiary itself. ADDITIONAL AUTHENTICATION FOR TRANSACTIONS IN RETAIL INTERNET BANKING Additional authentication by way of SMS OTP which will be sent to user’s registered mobile number in addition to the transaction password has been introduced for Transfer to other accounts within PNB, by NEFT and RTGS above Rs. 25,000/-. Additional authentication by way of SMS OTP which will be sent to user’s registered mobile number in addition to the transaction password has been introduced for Bill payment transactions above Rs. 5000/-. Bill Payment transactions towards ticket booking through IRCTC have been excluded from requirement of additional authentication using SMS OTP. However, the daily overall limit and bill payment transaction limit set by the user will apply to IRCTC transactions also. IMPORTANT FEATURES OF RETAIL IBS 1. For making payment to registered beneficiaries in Transfer to other account within PNB/RTGS/NEFT, users will be first required to set limit for each beneficiary individually (for all types of beneficiary’s viz. Transfer to other account within PNB, NEFT and RTGS) in terms of maximum amount per transaction that can be transferred to the beneficiary & Number of transactions that can be made to the beneficiary in a day. 2. The limits will be restricted to maximum overall limit and other limits set by user himself/herself. If the user decreases the overall limit, system will prompt him/her to reset other limits within new overall limit set by the user. 3. Users can anytime increase and decrease their limits online as per their requirement and convenience a. Limits can be decreased anytime without any hassle b. The upward revision will require additional authentication by way of OTP which will be sent to user’s registered mobile number in addition to the transaction password. 4. The OTP will be valid for a limited time period (5 Minutes). Users are required to use the OTP as soon as they receive the same. Only limited number of attempts (5 attempts) would be available to users for validating the OTP failing which, the transaction password will be blocked E-FD THROUGH INTERNET BANKING The facility of issuance of e-FD has been customised in Internet Banking Services for the following Schemes of term deposits only: Multi Benefit Term Deposit Scheme, Special Term Deposit Scheme, Ordinary Term Deposit Scheme & PNB Sugam Term Deposit Scheme subject to conditions given below:
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[231]
1. Customer should be an existing customer having operative Saving/Current Account, internet banking and mode of operation, branch will be same as in debit account. 2. The Saving/Current account should be fully KYC compliant i.e. Photograph, Address proof, PAN Details/Form 60-61, properly introduced account etc. 3. The IBS screen would contain an icon whereby the customer can lodge a request for e-FD for a maximum amount of Rs. 10 crore at applicable card rates for PNB Sugam Term Deposit Scheme and below Rs. 1 Crore for all other Schemes.. 4. Through the icon the customer can view and fill up the account opening form for an e-FD. 5. After filling up the form the request of the depositor shall be submitted through Internet banking. 6. Acceptance of terms & Conditions is mandatory prior to issue of E-FD. 7. Details of e-FD will be displayed on the screen for printing receipt (e- confirmation of deposit) which would contains date of deposit, amount, favouring, period, rate of interest, date of maturity, Maturity value etc. 8. Document essentially required is the valid PAN document. 9. For nomination, depositor can retain the nominee(s) for term deposit account as in the debit account from which it is funded.
10. 15G/15H form is to be deposited in the branch if the depositor seeks exemption from TDS.
11. Auto Renewal facility provided only for the maturity value. In case the depositor wants to renew for the principal amount only, then Branch has to be visited within 14 days of the maturity of the e-FD.
12. Proceeds on maturity (if no auto renewal instructions are given) to be credited in the account through which the term deposit was funded. 13. Branch would be intimated through day end report of the (number & details) e-FDs’ issued.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[232]
INTERNET BANKING - CORPORATE : Menu - IBSCPOST To get view and Admin functionality, only Form [A] of PNB 1085 need to be submitted and for transactional services Form [B] of PNB 1085 is to be submitted. On the basis of information furnished in Form A, Account Administrator will be created who will have only view option and Admin facilities as per following procedure: S.No. 1 2 3
Main Activity C-Create User A-Attach Cust ID L-Link A/c
Sub Activity 1)A-Add,M-Modify,I- Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify 2)A- Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify 3)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V - verify
Account administrator has to collect the user ids and password from branch and submit acknowledgement of receipt of password following which his user id would be activated. Administrator can now login and CREATE OTHER USER IN HIS ORGANIZATION / HIMSELF FOR EITHER VIEW OR TRANSACTION FACILITY WITH “CUSER” Profile. To avail transaction password, corporate has to submit Form B. All facilities related to activation / workflow rules for corporate users are available under Relationship Manager Login ->User Maintenance menu. The following facilities are available (i) Form B – Request for Form B (ii) Activation Request - Request for activation of User ID after acknowledgement of receipt of password is submitted by user (iii) Password Reset Request – Request for issuance of duplicate password (iv) Disable User Request – Request for disabling a user (v) Report – Generation of report of requests submitted SUBMISSION OF FORM B Corporate users willing to avail transaction facility has to submit Form B. There are 4 distinct blocks in Form (1)Divisions (2)Roles and Hierarchy (3)Limits (4)Workflow Rules (1) Divisions means different departments of the corporate client. (2) Roles and Hierarchy means – Roles and Hierarchies in the organization need to the filled. The role / Designation with the highest rank would have the lowest hierarchy number, i.e. 1, the next higher rank would have hierarchy number 2 and so on. This information is required by the system to ensure that the rank of the official authorizing the transaction is higher / equal than the person who initiated it. (3) Limits All transactions / transfers through Internet Banking have been group into 4 transaction types by the bank, namely A, B,C & D as
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[233]
under S. No. 1
Transaction type for fund Transfer Self -Transfer
Code
Transactions Facilities available
A
2
Third party
B
3
Upload (Batch transfers)
C
4
Linked account transfer*
D
5
Inter Bank transfers
E
- Online Transfer / Schedule Transfer of funds to own accounts - Request for account opening / renewal of any type of account - Request for cheque book - Request for reporting loss of demand draft/ cash order - Setting up of sweeping rules - online stop payment of cheques - Utility Bill Payments - Online Transfer / Schedule Transfer of funds to third party accounts - Request for bill lodging (both inland and foreign) - Request for issuance of Demand Draft/Cash Order - Request for LC / LG opening / amendment - Request for funds transfer to non-CBS branches - Online lodgment of LC, LG and bills - Upload of files like salary upload, dealer debit upload etc. - MIS File upload for reconciliation Online Transfer / Schedule Transfer of funds from linked account(s) -Online RTGS -Online NEFT -Request for RTGS -Request for NEFT
(4) Workflow rule Workflow rules for each type of transaction have to be defined here. Transaction types can be group together in one row for same combination of To and From Limits. On receipt of FORM “B” duly completed in all respects, Relationship manager of branch will enter the details of form “B” by logging into system through Relationship Manager . To understand from “B” Please refer screen shot below:
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[234]
Corporate User ID of the customer received from HO TBD after request through IBSCPOST
Roles /designation and Serial Number. Please note Highest designation will be lowest Hierarchy Number to easy understand the roles and powers of the officials of the company
These are Names & User IDs of the company created by Admn user with CUSER profile. Here user ID creation is 5 Alpha and 3 numeric
From Limit
Designation in company and transaction type to handle financial transaction in company through IBS as per bank’s set code above
To Limit
Limits up to which these designated officials can do the transaction as per transaction type defined
Hierarchy code Here workflow rule to be defined, whether Txn type set above is to be handled by one user or two users with maker and authorizer concept. Now define workflow and amount as per Hierarchy defined above
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[235]
On completion of the activity by Relationship Manager Branch will again receive password of the user created by the Account Administrator as per role, Hierarchy, limit and workflow. On handing over these user password to customer branch to move for activation again through Relationship Manager. SECURITY FEATURES IN CORPORATE IBS – (TBD 08/2014) A new link ‘Limits’ introduced in the left menu bar for setting / modifying the limits. Procedure: Setting of limits 1)
Set overall Limits Corporate admin will set per day overall limit for all C-Users (Corporate Users) in terms of amount and number of transactions without any restriction with the option to decrease the same subsequently. On decreasing overall limit of a C-User, the transaction limit of that user beyond new limit will be automatically reduced. Admin is not empowered to increase the limit.
2)
Increase Overall limits – C-User will submit request for increase in overall limit through his login. Which would be approved by corporate admin. A reference ID & cyber receipt will be generated. Corporate to submit the receipt duly signed by authorized signature at branch by any mode i.e. scanned copy through mail/fax/postage/visit. Branch RM would submit reference ID in prescribed column, fetch the details and approve/reject request. It will go to Bank admin (RMDC) and Bank admin will approve request procedurally.
3)
Set transaction Limits: Corporate admin will set transaction type (NEFT/RTGS/Bill payment/Third Party) limits for all his CUsers(corporate user). Admin may increase/decrease the transaction type limit any number of times within overall limit set for the C-User. The limit for C-User is comprehensive and will get exhausted with each transaction.
4)
Set No. of beneficiaries: Corporate admin will set limit interms of number of beneficiaries that can be registered in total by all C-users in a day. IF admin sets 20 it will be applicable to all CUSER collectively and not individually.
5)
Set Beneficiary Limit : C-User will set per day limit for each beneficiary in terms of amount & number of transactions for existing beneficiaries. In case of addition of new beneficiary system will prompt for these limits at the time of creation of beneficiary itself. Corporate admin will approve the beneficiary limits set by CUser If another C-user is required to remit funds to same beneficiary he should first set the limit. The record will go to admin for approval.
6)
Modify Beneficiary Limits : C-User can increase/decrease beneficiary limit within his transaction type and overall limit. Modification done by C-User will be approved by Admin.
7)
Initiating Payment : During transaction to a particular beneficiary, Only maker/initiator’s limit for that beneficiary will be consumed.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[236]
INTRODUCTION OF PAYEE REGISTRATION MECHANISM FOR THIRD PARTY TRANSFERS INCORPORATE INTERNET BANKING WITH IMMEDIATE EFFECT. As A Measure To Strengthen Controls And To Raise The Level Of Security In The Internet Banking System, The System Of Payee Registration Mechanism For Third Party Transfers Have Been Introduced In The Corporate IBS System With Immediate Effect. Hereinafter In Order To Undertake Funds Transfer To Third Party Accounts Within PNB, Corporate IBS Users Would Be Required To First Register The Beneficiary Account In The System. The Process For This Registration Is As Under: Corporate User (With CUSER Profile) Would Create The Payee For Third Party Transfer. The Payee So Created Would Be In A Disabled State And Would Not Be Visible To The Corporate User. Admin User Of The Concerned Corporate Would Be Required To Either Accept And Activate The Payee Id Created By The Corporate User Or Reject The Same, By Logging Into The System. On Activation, The Payee ID Becomes Visible To The Corporate Users Under The ‘Make Payment’ Option For Undertaking Fund Transfer To Third Party Accounts Within The Bank.
In case a Corporate has forgotten their Admin Password, they may apply for a Duplicate Password through the branch. These requests must be submitted under the login of the Relationship Manager at the Branch, as per the existing process. IBS SHIELD IBS customer can avail another security feature thus l have to choose a image and a phrase which will be registered against their user-id. Customer whenever access the IBS website after checking the user credentials, website will display to customer the image and phrase registered by them against their id. This will confirm to the customer that he / she is on genuine website. Customer should enter their password into website only if they find the correct image and phrase displayed on website. If they find the phrase and / or image other than the registered one, Customer should not enter their password. MOBILE BANKING Application Menu Option
-
PNB 1167 MBRPOST
Any person having account with PNB with Single or Joint name (having constitution code 001 or 002 as per CUMM) can apply for PNB Mobile Banking Services. On receipt of application on prescribed format duly completed in all respect user to enter menu option MBRPOST. ‘Mobile Banking’ only ‘10’ digit mobile number is to be entered in CBS without prefixing ‘91’ (Country code). Activity will be as under: The procedure for submission of request – Branch level function Main menu: MBRPOST Options: C – Create New User E – Enable User D – Disable User P – Duplicate Password M – Modify User Profile , Mobile number, security answers A – Attach more Cust ids
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[237]
A. Steps for Submitting Request for New User Creation Role of Maker: Enter option ‘C’ Click F4 Enter 'A‟ in function Enter Cust id , Click F4 Enter Mobile Number ( Max 10 digits allowed) Enter ZIP CODE(Pin code given in the address of the customer) Enter Date of Birth in a given date format(DD-MM-YYYY) Enter Mother‟s Maiden Name ( not case sensitive, No spaces allowed) Enter the facility required by the Customer „V‟ for only View „VT‟ for both View & Transaction Click F4 Role of Checker : Enter option „C‟ Click F4 Enter 'V‟ in function Enter Cust id, Click F4 Verify the Details and Click F4 This record will be added for Creation of User at HO TBD. B. Enable Passwords: After the Password for Mobile Banking for a customer is received at the Branch, the steps for Submitting Request for Enabling the User in „MBRPOST‟ menu are as under: Role of Maker: Enter option „E‟ Click F4 Enter 'A‟ in function Enter Cust id , for which the password had been received, Click F4 Enter the facility to be Enabled „L‟ for Login only T‟ for Transaction only „LT‟ for both view & Transaction Click F4 Role of Checker Enter option „E‟ Click F4 Enter 'V‟ in function Enter Cust id, Click F4 Verify the Details and Click F4 C. Disable User Role of Maker: Enter option „D‟ Click F4 Enter 'A‟ in function Enter Cust id , Click F4. Check the User Id, Name, Address etc Enter the facility to be Disabled „L‟ for Login only T‟ for Transaction only
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[238]
„LT‟ for both view & Transaction Click F4 Role of Checker Enter option „D‟ Click F4 Enter 'V‟ in function Enter Cust id, Click F4 Verify the Details and Click F4 D. Request for Duplicate Password: Role of Maker: Enter option „P‟ Click F4 Enter 'A‟ in function Enter Cust id, for which duplicate password is needed, Click F4. Enter the facility to be Enabled „L‟ for Login only „T‟ for Transaction only „LT‟ for both view & Transaction Click F4 Role of Checker Enter option „P‟ Click F4 Enter 'V‟ in function Enter Cust id, Click F Verify the Details and Click F4 E. Steps for Submitting Request for Modification of User Profile, Mobile Number, Security Questions Role of Maker: Enter option „M‟ Click F4 Enter 'A‟ in function Enter Cust id, for which the user Id already allotted, Click F4. Enter the data to be modified ( F – User Profile, M – Mobile Number,S – Security Questions ) For User Profile modification Enter facility as „L‟ for Login only „T‟ for Transaction only „LT‟ for both view & Transaction For Mobile Number modification Enter the new Mobile Number For Security questions modification Enter the new Zip code / Date of Birth / Mother‟s Maiden Name Click F4 Role of Checker Enter option „M‟ Click F4 Enter 'V‟ in function Enter Cust id, Click F4 Enter modification type ( F – User Profile, M – Mobile Number, S – Security Questions) Verify the Details and Click F4
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[239]
F. Steps for Submitting Request for Attachment of More Cust Ids Role of Maker: Enter option „A‟ Click F4 Enter 'A‟ in function Enter cust id, Click F4 Check the User Id, Name, Address etc Enter the Cust Id to be attached. Click F4 Role of Checker: Enter option „A‟ Click F4 Enter „V‟ in function Enter Cust id, Click F4 Check the User Id, Name, Address etc Enter the Cust Id to be attached Click F4 Check the A/c Name, Address of the New Cust id Click F4 It shows User Id of the Maker and Creation date Click F4 for Submission 1. AVAILABLE SERVICES : Account Details Account Balance Inquiry Nominee Details Mini Statement (last 10 transactions) Transfer of funds to own accounts Transfer of funds to 3rd Party Accounts within PNB IMPS for interbank fund transfer (using MMID & registered mobile number) IMPS Merchant payments (P2M) IMPS P2A (using IFSC code) Cheque Status Inquiry Stop payment of Cheque Request for 1) Cheque Book 2) FD Opening 3) NEFT 4) RTGS Mobile Payments towards utility bills/services Change SMS Password , Transaction Password Apply for Bank products
Daily limit: Daily limit of fund transfer through mobile banking is fixed as Rs. 50,000/- per customer, which includes mobile payments. Under SMS/USSD mode this limit is fixed as Rs. 5,000/- per day.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[240]
IMMEDIATE PAYMENT SERVICE (IMPS): One of the features of mobile banking is that the funds can be transferred to other bank accounts in real time using the link IMPS. Our Mobile Banking application is enabled for : 1) IMPS Person to Person (P2P) payments 2) Person to account (P2A) 3) Merchant payments (P2M) 1) IMPS Person to Person (P2P) payments IMPS is a very useful feature of mobile banking, where a user can remit funds to other banks on real time basis by entering beneficiary’s MMID (Mobile Money Identifier) & registered mobile number. The procedure is as follows: 1) Generate MMID: Based on the requirements user can create MMID for his various accounts with bank for which he/she wishes to receive funds. MMID is a seven digit number generated for each account no. This would be one time activity 2)
View MMID: Using this option the registered Mobile Banking user can view the MMID created for different account number
3)
Funds Transfer: By using the feature the customer can do interbank transfer of funds. The customer will select debit account no. And enter beneficiary mobile number, beneficiary MMID, amount to be transferred and clicks Transfer. The user then confirms the transaction by entering the transaction password and the funds transfer is initiated on real time basis
2) IMPS Person to Account (P2A) payments Interbank payments through Mobile Banking can be done using IFSC Code & account number
of the
beneficiary. This mode is different from NEFT/RTGS, as the facility of fund transfer in this mode is available 24*7 and funds are transferred on real time basis. A. The procedure for fund transfer through browser based flavor is as under: 1) 2) 3)
Click the link IMPS from home page Click Fund transfer – To account number Click Register Payee
4)
After submitting the required details, click the link Add Payee. The payee will be added in your payee
5) 6) 7) 8)
list For making transaction, go to home page and click the link “Generate OTP”. User will get OTP through SMS Click the link IMPS>Funds transfer using account number. Mention here To a/c (Select beneficiary from drop down list) and amount to be transferred. After submitting the required details, click on Transfer Enter OTP generated above and click on confirm.
System will display appropriate message and reference number for record. B. In Application Based flavor, User needs not to generate OTP, and he is required to enter transaction password instead of OTP. Remaining procedure is same as in browser based.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[241]
3) IMPS Person to Account (P2M) payments Various services available on IMPS merchant payments, are as follows: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Mobile / DTH recharge Credit card payments Insurance Premium payments Mutual Fund payments NBFC payments
1. MOBILE/ DTH RECHARGE: The procedure for mobile recharge is as under: Browser based flavor: Login in Thin client service using User Id and Login Password Click „Generate OTP‟ for generating One Time Password Read the OTP received over SMS Select IMPS link, then select IMPS Merchant payments. Select debit account no., and Fill the details as under: Merchant mobile number: 9870888888 Merchant MMID: 9002222 Amount: Rs. XX/- , **Payment Reference: Enter Operator name & Mobile No to be recharged Enter OTP and press OK. Success message with reference no. wil be displayed on the mobile screen. Application based flavor: Login Mobile Banking with Valid User ID & MPIN Select IMPS link, then select IMPS Merchant payments. Select debit account no., and Fill the details as above. Enter Transaction password and press OK. Success message with reference no. will be displayed on the mobile screen. ( FOR DETAILS REFER TBD 51/2013)
OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES –GPRS (BROWSER BASED FLAVOUR) - THIN CLIENT For browser based flavor the handset should be wi-fi enabled or net enabled i.e. GPRS connectivity has to be enabled from the service provider whose connection is being used by the customer. PNB Mobile banking user can login from any mobile handset using his login password. a) To login – 1) Go to https://mobile.netpnb.com 2) Click ‘Access’ Thin client services. 3) Click on retail banking 4) In next screen enter Mobile Banking user ID and login PW 5) User to accept the terms and conditions and forced to change His/her login password (first time login only)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[242]
b) To view Account information system will display following options: 1) Accounts To view Click on accounts : System will 2) Generate One time password (OTP) bring new screen to select ‘Account type’. 3) Transfer to Own account 4) Transfer to Other accounts Select ‘Account Number from list’ and 5) Immediate Payment service (IMPS) select the facility you want to see i.e. 6) Status of transfers 1) View Balance 2) Mini. Txn qry 7) Mails 3) Cheque status Inq 4) Account details 8) Requests 5)Nominee details 6)Cancel 9) Query on request 10)Mobile payments 11)Customize 12)Activity Inquiry 13)Feedback 14)Apply for Bank products 15)complaint Management 16)Sign Off C) Transfer to other PNB accounts For making transaction User needs to first generate one time password (OTP), which will work as transaction password. Before making any transaction, user will first click on the link Generate OTP & OTP wil be delivered to his registered mobile number. The OTP generated once can be used only for one transaction within 10 minutes from generated time. In case the time period lapses, the customer wil require generating new OTP Workflow
1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
Login to Thin client service using User Id and Login Password Click ‘Generate OTP’ for generating One Time Password Read the OTP received over SMS Click ‘Transfer to Other accounts’ Select the accounts, enter amount and press transfer Confirm the transaction by entering OTP
D) To make interbank transactions (IMPS) in personal accounts: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
Workflow
Login to Thin client service using User Id and Login Password Click ‘Generate OTP’ for generating One Time Password Read the OTP received over SMS Select IMPS link, Then select Funds Transfer option Select debit account no., and Fills beneficiary mobile number, beneficiary MMID, amount to be transferred and clicks Transfer All the details entered by customer are displayed to the customer and he then enters OTP and press OK. Success message with reference no. are shown to the customer. Funds get transferred instantly. The facility can be availed on 24X7 basis. Further a confirmation SMS is sent to both the remitter and the beneficiary
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[243]
OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES –GPRS - APPLICATON BASED FLAVOR: A.
Downloading application (Android phones): User can download mobile application on his registered mobile from android market through the link Google play under the category Finance. After downloading: Open the application Enter User ID Click the link “Generate OTP” User wil receive 6 digit numeric code (OTP) as SMS on registered mobile number Enter this OTP in the specified field & submit Successful registration message will be displayed on the screen. Now user is enabled for accessing mobile application in his mobile. Invoke the application Set MPIN (4 digit numeric code), this wil work as login password
B.
Downloading application : Blackberry/Symbian (Java enabled) phones 1) Goto https://mobile.netpnb.com through your mobile. 2) Click ‘PNB Mobile services’ 3) Click ‘Register for Mobile Banking’ 4) Click ‘Retail m-Banking’ 5) Logs in with User Id and Login Password and choose the ‘downloading client’option 6) Click the link J2ME Thick client GPRS for Symbian mobile & Blackberry application for blackberry mobile. 7) In the screen mPIN (4 digit numeric) has to be created by the user himself which he requires to enter at the time of every login 8) Click ‘Download Client’ to transfer the jar file. You will find an ‘PNB Mobile’ icon under the applications of the mobile phone 9) Invoke the icon to run the application.
1) At First time Login, User has to enter the details of Date Of Birth, PIN Code, Mother’s Maiden Name in addition to the MPIN which he has created at the time downloading. 2)After successful validation, the system will allow to enter into the Mobile Banking Application. 3) On the subsequent logins, user enter the user Id and mPIN only
MOBILE BANKING THROUGH SMS MODE Any mobile phone capable of sending and receiving SMS can be used for SMS Based Mobile Banking. The user has to create SMS in the following predefined format(s) according to the service (s) required by him and send the same to our fixed number 5607040 SMS CODES FOR ‘VIEW ONLY FACILITY’ Facility For Balance Inquiry Mini Statement Inquiry A/C Statement request Cheque Status Inquiry
Short Code BAL MINTSTMT
STMT
CHQINQ
Format of the SMS message BAL 16 digit Account Number MINTSTMT 16 digit Account Number
Example
STMT Month 16 digit account no. CHQINQ CHEQUE NUMBER 16 digit
STMT JAN 015300XXXXXXXXXX
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
BAL 015300XXXXXXXXXX MINTSTMT 015300XXXXXXXXXX
CHQINQ cccccc 015300XXXXXXXXXX
[244]
Stop Payment of Cheque
STPCHQ
Cheque Book request
CHKBK
Change SMS Password
CHNGPWD
Account Number STPCHQ CHEQUE NUMBER 16 digit Account Number CHKBK ACCOUNT NUMBER MBANKING USERID NUMBR OF LEAVES FOR CHEQUE BOOK CHNGPWD SMS PASSWORD NEW SMS PASSWORD
STPCHQ cccccc 015300XXXXXXXXXX
CHKBK 015300XXXXXXXXXX BBBBBBBB 20
CHNGPWD 2222 3333
(Where SMS Password =2222; A/C No. 015300xxxxxxxxxx, Cheque NO.=cccccc User ID = BBBBBBBB New SMS PW =3333) CODES FOR ‘FUND TRANSFER FACILITY’ Facility
Short Code SLFTRF
Format of the SMS Example message Self transfer SLFTRF SLFTRF 015300xxxxxxxxxx of funds FROM A/C NO. 015300yyyyyyyyyy 500 TO A/C NO. AMOUNT IMPS ( INTRA BANK AND INTERBANK REMITTANCE UPTO RS.5000/- PER DAY PER CUSTOMER ) Generate 7 digit MMID MMID MMID - customer will receive a list of MMID MMID linked to user ID Cancel MMID MMIDCAN MMIDCANCEL MMIDCANCEL - This will cancel all the CEL MMIDs generated for the user ID. Method 1 for IMPS IMPS IMPS 8888888888 1234567 500 fund transfer Beneficiary mobile 6666777 number Benefit MMID Amount IMPSPIN Method 2 for IMPS IMPS 8888888888 1234567 500 IMPS PIN IMPS PIN is a seven digit no. which is combination of 4 digit SMS PASSWORD and last 3 digits of REMITTERS MMID MMID Mobile Money Identifier: A seven digit code assigned to an account number of a customer that will be used for sending and receiving mobile remittances.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[245]
Note: This facility through SMS is free of charge by the Bank. However, telecom charges on SMS would be as per tariff of the telecom service provider. MOBILE BANKING NUUP–NATIONAL UNIFIED USSD PLATFORM NPCI ( National Payment Corporation of India ) has launched USSD based Mobile Banking through a common platform for all Banks under National Unified USSD Platform (NUUP). USSD based Mobile Banking Services can now be availed by the customers by dialing *99# which would connect tge customer to USSD platform of NPCI. Features: 1) 2) 3)
NUUP is accessible & available for all the Mobile Service providers (GSM Mobile subscribers) Internet / GPRS activation on the Mobile handset is not required. Individual bank has no charges but telecom operator charges `1.50 per session.
Operational procedure: On dialing *99# system would ask for first four digits of IFS code of the bank which in our case is “PUNB”. After entering “PUNB” & clicking “send”, following services would be available to the customers: Balance Enquiry Mini Statement Fund Transfer using MMID Fund Transfer using IFSC MMID Generation Change M-Pin
On selecting different options system flashes required messages and asking to enter details like : 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6)
last 4 digits of account number M-Pin Amount to be transferred Remarks for amount to be transferred (optional) MMID and Mobile Number of the beneficiary IFSC code and account number of the beneficiary
On providing required information on mobile NPCI will act as per requirement of the customer. (For details Refer TBD Circular no. 49/2014 dated 10.09.2014) VISUALLY IMPAIRED CUSTOMERS ISSUANCE OF ATM /DEBIT CARD / INTERNET BANKING / MOBILE BANKING SERVICES RBI has mandated that all banking facilities should be made available to visually impaired customers without any discrimination. (i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
ATM/Debit Card, Internet Banking & Mobile banking services may be provided to visually impaired persons considering the merits of each applicant like educational qualification, status etc. Obtain undertaking from the applicant (as per annexure) along with the request form. The facility can be provided in joint account also. The request along with full justification should be sent to the respective circle office for approval.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[246]
(v) Circle head has been empowered to approve such request. (For details refer TBD Circular 55/2013) Charges for IMPS Transactions. (TBD Circular 43/2014 dated 23.07.2014) From 23/07/2014, the charges @ Rs. 5/- + Service tax per transaction have been made applicable for IMPS transactions. However, staff accounts have been exempted from levy of IMPS charges SMS ALERTS AND SMS BANKING SMS Alerts service have been made part of the account opening process for savings and current account customers by entering mobile number in CUMM by prefix 91. Bank has launched SMS Alert facility to all the customers of the bank, which can be utilized on demand only. Application form : PNB 1174 User to enter details as required as per the menu option and submit F4 / F10 to save. Another user to verify it by putting “V” option in CUMM menu. Features : 1) While entering Details of Debit Card in a register simultaneous request for SMS Alert is to be obtained by getting signature of customer in a in the register. 2) While issuing personalized cheque book to customer SMS Alerts made mandatory. Transaction Limit for getting SMS Alerts i) Normal customers covered ii) All transactions at ATM, IBS, E-commerce iii) Rs.5001/- and above for the transactions through CBS Mandatory Requirements: 1) Mobile number with prefix 91 must available in the IInd page of CUMM Screen. 2) If there is a change in mobile number it should be updated only through CUMM menu. CHARGES FOR SMS FACILITY Beginning from 01.07.2013, a sum of Rs. 15/- per quarter will be charged from all new as well as existing customers, who are registered for SMS Alerts. However; following categories of accounts have been exempted for SMS Alerts charges: 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5
Senior Citizen accounts Staff accounts Retired staff accounts Vidyarthi accounts Mitra accounts
Customers who are registered with SMS alert facility can get the available balance on MISSED CALL ( Less than 3 ) at our toll free No. 18001802222. System will flash the balance on his mobile.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[247]
CASH DEPOSIT MACHINES (CDM) INSTALLATION / SYSTEM LEVEL CONFIGURATION CDM installation site requires one power point, UPS connectivity and LAN connection. CDM should be installed at a placed in the branch which is under continuous surveillance of CCTV Camera. A)
The ID of the machine will be as under: Six digit sol_id/Alpha/number e.g. 123400F1 where 123400 is the sol_id of the branch, F being the alpha to identify the vendor and last digit being the serial number of the machine deployed in that particular branch In SPSD Branch to log request for creation of Imprest Account in FINACLE by advising SOLID
B) Imprest accounts to be opened machine wise and will be as under (6 digit SOLID)5811371 for 1st machine deployed in the branch (6 digit SOLID)5811372 for 2nd machine in branch and so on Switch on the Machine : Before switching on the CDM in the morning , branch should Check that sufficient paper roll is available in the receipt printer and CDM is connected with UPS supply. Thereafter after switch on and using login password administrator can make available the machine ready for use . Paper Roll Stock : Branch should keep always stock sufficient to meet minimum one month requirement. CDM has space at the bottom of front side to keep paper rolls. Cash Handling: Dial Lock should be always locked. (Centre lock). Before inserting the cash box in the CDM ensure two locks are in locked position. The default dial lock password should be changed by the authorized Official according to their requirement. It can be 3 digit pass word which will be known to custodians of CDM. Customer can deposit at a time maximum 40 notes and upto Rs 30,000/- only. Cash Box has housing capacity of total 2500 notes. Cash box should be removed only by joint custodians. If CDM is down for any reason then cash box should be evacuated by the custodians before handing over to service engineer. Please ensure that no outsiders are present while removing the cash box or while accessing the safe. At a specified time and / or when cash box is loaded to its capacity, the cash collected in CDM is to be evacuated by taking out cash box from CDM & replacing it with spare empty cassette provided with the machine, so as to restore the service immediately. Before evacuating the fully loaded cassette , the custodian / authorized officer , who may be having the admin user id and password , has to take an evacuation report / summary report which shows the cumulative collection as well as unsuccessful transactions, if any. Transaction Report gives details as transaction number, account details, date, time, amount deposited, and denomination wise details. The data in this report to be reconciled with physical cash and
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[248]
transactions in imprest account in finacle. Unsuccessful transactions in the evacuation report after verifying in account , have to be uploaded into the CBS manually by the custodians. ADMINISTRATION FUNCTION i) ii) iii) iv)
Admin user has to enter 4 digit “Unique Number” provided by the vendor ,on the Account Number Screen to go to admin flow. On the Admin Login, administrator has to enter 4 digit “Admin Username” provided by the Vendor. Application will prompt for password on the Admin Screen, where administrator has to enter the 4 digit Password given by the vendor Once valid username & password is entered following Admin Options will be available to the administrator. (i)Configuration : To change the configurations for the acceptance of denominations of currency notes in the kiosk. It is not allowed to local users. It is configured to accept Rs50/-, 100/- , 500/- and 1000/- denomination of Indian Currency Notes. (ii)Reports : (a) Summary Report : For the day known as Evacuation report during the clearance on daily basis. (b) Particular Date report : Duplicate reports can also be taken with print out facility.
RECONCILIATION a) Reconciliation will be done based on the report provided by CBS (PNBRPT 2/44) as well as report available at Cash Deposit Machines. Both the reports should be tallied entry wise with each other. Difference if any, will be rectified on the basis of JP log / EJ. b) If there is a machine breakdown and no EJ is available, then reconciliation is to be done through Physical JP log. c) Reconciliation is to be done by passing accounting voucher on every time when cash is taken out from the Cash Deposit Machine to the debit of Cash in hand and crediting Imprest account Cash Deposit Machine 5811371. This imprest account is to be brought to Nil every time . If there is any mismatch between balance in imprest A/c and Physical Cash in CDM , then reconciliation is to be done on the basis of Summary Report generated before taking out the loaded Cash box from CDM & the Cash Imprest Account in Finacle. DIFFERENT SITUATIONS OF MISMATCH Situation 1: when the transaction has been shown as successful and the account has not been credited. Solution : Any such incidence if brought to the knowledge of Branch Official . Branch should wait for 24 hours for system to provide credit automatically. If need be manual credit may be given after being satisfied regarding the genuineness of the claim by the depositor subject to verification of cash physically and reconciling the transactions. Situation 2: When the transaction has been shown as unsuccessful and the a/c has been credited: Solution : Sometimes the message goes to finacle and the account is credited but while sending back the signal to CDM, some problem occurs because of which the transaction is unsuccessful and to resolve the same Imprest a/c is to be matched with CDM’s summary chart. No manual credit should be given.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[249]
Situation 3: When the transaction has been shown as unsuccessful and the a/c has not been credited . Solution : While communicating to finacle some problem occurs , so the transaction is shown as unsuccessful. Transaction might have moved from Live Server to DRS Server during that period . Moving the transactions back from DRS server to Live Server , may take 10 minutes to 24 hours. Thus technically branch should wait for 24 hours . If need be manual credit may be given after being satisfied regarding the genuineness of the claim by the depositor subject to verification of physical cash in CDM and reconciling the transactions. Situation 4: When no transaction has taken place but the customer claims that his cash has been accepted. Solution : This happens if there is some local problem like machine is put off abruptly or UPS breaks down and / or local breakdown of connectivity . Customers name will not appear in the summary report and physical cash will be found in excess. In such cases customer may be asked to submit written request . The request letter should consist of details of denomination, time of occurrence, account number etc. Branch may give manual credit to account of customer observing all other safeguards also like verification from CCTV footage and verification of genuineness of request of the customer etc. Situation 5: Summary report generated from CDM shows transaction as unsuccessful and account number is not appearing but amount has been accepted by CDM and excess cash is found. Solution : Branch to credit the amount in Sundry Deposit specifying amount as unsuccessful CDM Transaction. It should be reported to vendor immediately for resolution. If any customer claims then the branch should verify the genuineness of the transaction by obtaining the receipt issued by the machine to the customer. Branch should credit the account to the debit of Sundry account. IMPORTANT DO’S AND DON’T’S OF CASH DEPOSIT MACHINE DO’S: (1)
On daily basis tally the summary report generated from CDM with impress account Cash deposit Machine 5811371 in finacle.
(2)
Before switching over CDM Check regularly - its connection with UPS and LAN is proper, Clean the touch Screen with tissue paper, open the printer cover and check for sufficiency of paper roll and CDM is under surveillance area. of CCTV which is functioning. Before inserting the cash box , ensure two locks are in locked position.
(3)
To check LAN connectivity Exit the application procedure through Admin mode Press Ctrl + Alt +Delete key Press End task Application Select the FTL kiosk 3 tasks and delete . Then go to Desktop Start Run on command prompt type cmd browse on getting command prompt type c:\ document and settings\pnb> type cd\ at c:\ping 10.192.2.5 –t if reply from Server received , then CDM is properly connected to main server.
(4)
If customer reports unsuccessful transaction, Verify first in FINNACLE in the Customer if the amount is credited or not. If it is credited , then the unsuccessful transaction is to be treated as Successful .
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[250]
(5)
If amount not shown in Finacle and cash found in CDM is excess, then after proper verification and written request from Customer manual credit to be given after waiting for 24 hrs, so as to avoid double credit as system can also later give credit on rectification of problem.
(6)
Whenever Engineer visits branch to attend for Request Call / Preventive Maintenance, ensure the Cash Box is to be taken out only in the presence of Bank Official.
(7)
Switch Off the CDM through Shut down procedure only.
DON’TS: (1) Customers be advised not to place Wet notes, Taped notes, Cut notes, Notes with Pins in Note Feeder. (2) Handle carefully when removing the cash acceptor. If note gets struck in between Cash Acceptor and Cash box do not remove cash box. First remove acceptor , to access cash box. (3) DO NOT SWITCH OFF THE CDM DIRECTLY. MOVEMENT OF CASH THROUGH THE CASH DEPOSIT MACHINE a) b)
c) d) e)
f)
Each CDM may have at least two sets of sealed Cash Cassettes for holding cash. As soon as the currency cassette of cash deposit machine gets completely filled, the filled out Cash Cassettes may be taken out by two authorized personnel of the branch and replaced with empty Cash Cassettes. During the course of a day, this exercise may be carried out as many times as required. At the end of each day, the Cash Cassettes in the CDM must necessarily be taken out and replaced with empty Cash Cassettes. The Cash Cassettes taken out from the CDM would be taken to the strong room of the branch under the supervision of two authorized branch personnel. The cassettes taken out from the CDMs would be taken to the secure area in the strong room of the branch. There, under the supervision of two authorized branch personnel, the cash be taken out from the cassettes, counted and tallied under the scrutiny of the CCTVs installed. The cash received may be tallied with the receipts generated by the CDM, and tallied. Any discrepancy / shortage / overage must be taken up and resolved on the same day.
‘TWO AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OF THE BRANCH’ AS MENTIONED ABOVE, ARE THE BRANCH CASH CUSTODIANS, WHO WILL ALSO BE THE CUSTODIANS OF THE CASH AT CDM. ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE a)
The CBS system has been geared for integration with the CDMs to be installed in branches. Under this process, Imprest Accounts in CBS are required to be opened for each individual Cash Deposit Machine. In case a branch has more than one CDM, separate machine specific Imprest accounts would be required to be opened. For opening of the Imprest Account for cash deposit machine, please refer to HO: ITD CBS Circular No. ITD/CBS/83/2011.
b)
The cash deposited in the machine by a customer would be credited to his account, to the debit of this Imprest Account. At the end of the day, the branch would be required to bring down the balance in the Imprest Account as ‘Nil’, by passing a manual voucher where in the Imprest Account would be credited to the debit of ‘Cash in Hand’. This can be done after the cash has been taken out from the machine and has been duly accounted for.
UNDER THE MECHANISM ADOPTED IN FINACLE, THE PROCESS FLOW IS AS UNDER: a. b. c.
The customer deposits cash in the CDM. The machine checks the authenticity of the currency notes deposited. The machine issues a printed receipt to the customer for the accepted amount of deposit.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[251]
d.
The amount accepted by the CDM is credited into the customer’s account to the debit of the Imprest Account of that particular Cash Deposit Machine. At the end of each day, after the cash taken out from each CDM has been duly accounted for as per the receipts generated by it, the balance in the Imprest Account of the CDM is required to be brought down to “Nil” by passing a manual voucher where the Imprest Account is credited to the debit of “Cash in Hand” held by the branch.
e.
SELF SERVICE PASSBOOK PRINTING TERMINAL The Self Service Passbook Printing Terminal will enable the customer to update the passbook at his convenience. The branch will need to print a bar code for the customer’s account number and affix the bar code on the customer’s passbook Once the bar code has been affixed on the passbook, the procedure to be followed by the customer is as under:1. 2.
Customer on approaching the Self Service Passbook printer will tap the START button on the Touch screen The machine will prompt for selection of the language
3.
The Machine will ask the customer to place the bar-code in front of the bar code reader
4.
When the bar-code is validated by Finacle and it is found that there are unprinted transactions in the account, the machine will ask the customer to place the passbook in the passbook printer and guide the customer with on-screen prompts till all unprinted transactions are printed.
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MACHINE a) If all the transactions have already been printed, the terminal will give a “There is nothing to print”
message to the customer
b) The machine will prompt the customer to turn over the page and re-insert the passbook if some transactions are still pending when the complete page has been printed c) The machine will prompt the customer to get a new passbook issued from the branch if the printing is completed up to seventh page as our current passbooks have seven pages. d) The first time printing in a new passbook has to be done by the branch only as the passbook printing terminal is not equipped to print the name and other details of the customer e) In case there is some connectivity failure while the customer is printing the passbook at the terminal there might be mismatch in the last print date saved in the Finacle and therefore the system will prompt the customer to visit the branch. The branch official has to invoke a menu option PBPUPD to synchronise the passbook entries in Finacle with the terminal IMPORTANT The facility of printing of Bar Code and updation of Pass Book from any branch of the bank already exists. To provide better customer services, all customers be allowed to get Bar Code printed and affixed on Pass Book and also allow them to get their Pass book updated from any PUM/branch of their choice.
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[252]
MIS CODES PRIORITY SECTOR CLASSIFICATION (MISD CIRCULAR 03/2014) 1. DIRECT AGRICULTURE Till 19.07.2012 a. Entire outstanding Customer Constitution:
Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) or Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM security code: No condition b. 1/3 rd of the outstanding in excess of Rs.1 Cr Customer Constitution:
OTHER THAN Individual
(001),
Joint
(002), HUF (010), Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999), Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT), Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM security code: No condition c.
Entire outstanding Customer Constitution: Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010), Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010) Mode
of
Advance
: F&A Unit-Rural Area-Inv
in
P&M-without any
ceiling
(FAR5L-inv upto 5L,FA25R-inv 5L to 25L,FA5CR-inv 25L to 5Cr,FA10R-inv 5Cr to 10 Cr, FAATR-inv >10Cr) SRM security code: No condition After 19.07.2012 d. Entire outstanding Customer Constitution:
Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector: Agriculture 10010 Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT), Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM
security
code:
Receipt
i.e.
OTHER
THAN
loan
against
Warehouse
CARNC,CSRNC,WHREC,WHRNB,WHRNC,WHRNG, WHRSACML e. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 Lac Customer Constitution:
Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[253]
Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) or Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM Security code: CARNC,CSRNC,WHREC,WHRNB,WHRNC,WHRNG, WHRSACML, f.
Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.2 Cr Customer Constitution:
OTHER THAN
Individual (001), Joint (002),
HUF
(010), Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT), Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM security code: No condition g. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.2 Cr Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Loan to Farmer Producer Company (PCSMF) SRM security code: No condition h. Entire outstanding Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct Adv Thru PACS (PACSD), Direct Adv Thru FSS (FSSDA), Direct Adv Thru LAMP (LAMPD) SRM security code: No condition 2. INDIRECT AGRICULTURE Till 19.07.2012 a. 2/3 rd of the outstanding in excess of Rs.1 Cr Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN
Individual (001), Joint (002) ,
HUF
(010), Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) ,Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM security code: No condition b. Entire outstanding to Food & Agro-based processing unit in rural areas Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (12-001), Joint (002), HUF (010) , Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: F&A Unit-Rural Area-Inv
in
P&M-without up
to
10
Cr
(FAR5L-inv up to 5L,FA25R-inv 5L to 25L,FA5CR-inv 25L to 5Cr,FA10R-inv 5Cr to 10 Cr) SRM security code: No condition c.
Entire outstanding Customer Constitution: No condition Sub Sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: i) Agro & Food processing in non-rural areas with investment in
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[254]
P&M up to 10 Cr(AGR25, AGR5C, AGR10, AGR5L). ii) Indirect adv through PACS, FSS, LAMP (PACSI, FSSIA,
LAMPS)
iii) Agri Business Clinic (ACABC) iv) Inv in bonds of NABARD, RIDF (NABAD, RIDF) v) Customer Service Units (CTBTC) vi) Indirect adv through cooperatives (COOPI) vii) General Credit Card (GCC) viii) Other indirect Finance
incl distribution of fertiliser, pesticide,
seeds etc ix) Finance thru NGO, loans to Arthias, loans to RRBs for onlending (INDRT and no purpose defined), x) Indirect adv thru electricity board (ELEBI), xi) Indirect to NBFC for onlending to SHG/JLG(INBFC) xii)Indirect adv through Women Development Agency/Corp.(INWDA) SRM security code: No condition d. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit of Rs.40 lac Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode Of Advance: Distribution of Input for the allied activities such as cattle feed, poultry feed etc. (IPDIA) SRM security code: No condition e. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit of Rs.30 lac Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Dealers in Drip Irrigation & Sprinkler Irrigation machineries (DISAM) SRM security code: No condition
After 19.07.2012
f.
Entire outstanding of loan with limit MORE THAN Rs.2 Cr Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010), Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM SECURITY CODE: OTHER THAN loan against pledge/ hypothecation of Warehouse Receipt i.e. CARNC, CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG, WHRSACML
g. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 Lac Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010),
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[255]
Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT), Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM) SRM SECURITY CODE: loan against pledge/ hypothecation of Warehouse Receipt i.e. CARNC, CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG, WHRSACML h. Entire outstanding Customer Constitution:
OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF
(010), Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector: is Agriculture (10010) AND Mode of Advance:Indirect (INDRT) SRM Security code: OTHER THAN loan against pledge/ hypothecation of Warehouse Receipt (SRM security code CARNC, CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG, WHRSACML Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN loan for the purpose of distribution of fertiliser (DISTF) or pesticide (DISTP) or seeds (DISTS) i.
Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 Lac Customer Constitution:
OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF
(010), Proprietor (011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999) Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance : Indirect (INDRT) SRM Security Code: CARNC, CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG, WHRSACML Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN loan for the purpose of distribution of fertiliser (DISTF) or pesticide (DISTP) or seeds (DISTS) j.
Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.5Cr Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance:Indirect (INDRT) Purpose of Advance: Distribution of fertiliser (DISTF) or pesticide (DISTP) or seeds (DISTS)
k.
Entire outstanding of loan with limit >Rs.2 Cr up to Rs.5 Cr Customer Constitution: No condition Mode of Advance: PCMIF Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010)
l.
Entire outstanding Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[256]
Mode of Advance: Advance is Indirect Adv Thru PACS (PACSI) Direct Adv Thru FSS (FSSIA) or Direct Adv Thru LAMP (LAMPI) m. Entire outstanding of loan with limit up to Rs.5 Cr Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: For supply of input for allied activities (IPDIA), For the Dealers in Drip Irrigation & Sprinkler Irrigation machineries (DISAM) n. Entire outstanding Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: for Agri Business Clinic (ACABC), Customer Service Unit maintaining fleet of tractors, bulldozers, boring equipments, threshers etc (CTBTC) Sanction limit: Irrespective of limit o. Entire outstanding of loan with limit up to Rs.5 Cr Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector:Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: indirect advance through cooperatives (COOPI) p. Entire outstanding Customer Constitution: No condition Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010) Mode of Adv: Indirect (INDRT) or Indirect adv through Women Development Agency/Corp.(INWDA) Purpose of Adv: Storage
Facility
(STRFC),
Loan
to
NBFC/
NGO/
MFI
for
onward lending (NBNGM), Adv to RRB for onlending (RRBOA) 3. Loan to Mfg Enterprise with inv. in P&M upto 10 Lacs Till 19.07.2012 a. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg1 with Inv. in P&M upto 10L (20010) Mode of Advance: No condition After 19.07.2012 b. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg1 with Inv. in P&M upto 10L (20010) Mode of Advance: No condition c.
Entire outstanding Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: FAR5L or AGR5L (Food & Agro Industries in rural & nonrural areas with investment in P&M upto 5 L)
4. Loan to Mfg Enterprise with inv. in P&M 10 L - 25 L Till 19.07.2012
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[257]
a. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg2 with Inv. in P&M 10- 25L (20020) Mode of Advance: ANY After 19.07.2012 b. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg2 with Inv. in P&M 10-25L (20020) Mode of Advance: ANY c.
Entire outstanding Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: FA25R or AGR25 (Food & Agro Industries in rural & non-rural areas with investment in P&M 5-25 L)
5. Loan to Mfg Enterprise with inv. in P&M 25 L - 5Cr Till 19.07.2012 a. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Small Mfg1 (20030) or MSME Small Mfg2 (20035) Mode of Advance: ANY After 19.07.2012 b. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Small Mfg1 (20030) or MSME Small Mfg2 (20035) Mode of Advance: ANY c.
Entire outstanding Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) Mode of Advance: FA5CR or AGR5C (Food & Agro Industries in rural & non-rural areas with investment in P&M 25L-5 Cr)
6. Micro1 Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. upto 4 L Till 19.07.2012 a. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service1 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac (20001), Retail Trade (70010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN Retail Trade (RETTD) b. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 20 lac Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service1 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac (20001), Retail Trade (70010) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Purpose of Advance: Retail Trade (RETTD) c.
Entire outstanding Sub-sector: Prof & Self Emp (70030), Small Business (70020), Small Road & Water Transport (40010), Transport Others (40020) Mode of Adv: Direct (DIRCT)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[258]
Sanction Limit: No limit d. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service1 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac (20001), Retail Trade (70010), Prof & Self Emp (70030), Small Business (70020), Small Road & Water Transport (40010), Transport Others (40020) Mode of Advance: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT) After 19.07.2012 e. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 5 Cr Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service1 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac (20001), Retail Trade (70010), Prof & Self Emp (70030), Small Business (70020), Small Road & Water Transport (40010), Transport Others (40020) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) f.
Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service1 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac (20001), Retail Trade (70010) , Prof & Self Emp (70030), Small Business (70020), Small Road & Water Transport (40010), Transport Others (40020) Mode of Advance: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT)
7. Micro2 Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. 4L to 10L Till 19.07.2012 a. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac to 10 lac (20002) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN Retail Trade (RETTD) b. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 20 lac Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 4 lac to 10 lac (20002) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Purpose of Advance: Retail Trade (RETTD) c.
Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac to 10 lac (20002) Mode of Advance: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT)
After 19.07.2012 d. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 5 Cr Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 4 lac to 10 lac (20002) Mode of Advance:Direct (DIRCT) e. Entire outstanding
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun
[259]
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 4 lac to 10 lac(20002) Mode of Advance: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT) 8. Small Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. 10L to 2 Cr Till 19.07.2012 a. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Small Service Inv. In Equipments 10 lac to 2 Cr (20003) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN Retail Trade (RETTD) b. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 20 lac Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 10 lac to 2 Cr (20003) Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Purpose of Advance: Retail Trade (RETTD) c.
Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Small Service Inv. In Equipments 10 lac to 2 Cr (20003)
Mode of Adv: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT) without any limit ceiling After 19.07.2012 d. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 5 Cr Sub-sector: MSME Small Service Inv. In Equipments 10 lac to 2 Cr (20003) Mode of Adv: Direct (DIRCT) e. Entire outstanding Sub-sector: MSME Small Service Inv. In Equipments 10 lac to 2 Cr (20003) Mode of Advance: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT) 9.
Incremental Loans to Micro1 Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. upto 4 L After 13.11.2013 and till 31.03.2014 a. Incremental Loans to accounts having Sanction Limit > 5 Cr and 5 Cr and =4L & 5 Cr and 10 L &
